Marine and Estuarine Environments, Organisms and Geology of^he Cape Cod Region an indexed bibliography. 1665-/965 Anne E. Yentsch, Melbourne R. Carriker, Robert H. Parker, Victor A. Zullo Systematics Ecology Program, Marine Biological Laboratory _ Woods Hole, Massachusetts BOSTON UNIVERSITY mRlNE PROGRAM MARINE AND ESTUARINE ENVIRONMENTS, ORGANISMS & GEOLOGY OF THE CAPE COD REGION an indexed bibliography, 1665-1965 Marine and Estuarine Environments, Organisms and Geology of the Cape Cod Region an indexed bibliography, 1665 - 1965 Anne E. Yentsch, Melbourne R. Carriker, Robert H. Parker, Victor A. Zullo Systematics Ecology Program, Marine Biological Laboratory Woods Hole. Massachusetts Copyright 1966 by the Marine Biological Laboratory First Edition Library of Congress Catalog Card Number 66-30182 Published through The Job Shop, Woods Hole, Massachusetts for The Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole. Printed by Leyden Press, Inc., Plymouth, Massachusetts PREFACE Since its incorporation at Woods Hole in 1888 the Marine Biological Laboratory traditionally has provided facilities and services to independent investigators for re- search, training and scientific communication in marine biology. It fosters maximum use of its facilities throughout the year. In the early decades research on the natural history of marine organisms was stressed, while the recent trend has been toward cellular and molecular investigations. The Systematics-Ecology Program was established by the Laboratory Trustees in September 1962 as a continuing program of basic research and training in the biology of the whole organism. The aims of the Program are (a) to extend in a modern, integrated, continuing manner systematic and ecologic knowledge of the estuarine and coastal marine ecosystems of the Cape Cod Region, and thereby to contribute to the advancement of the systematic and ecologic sciences; and (b) to provide opportunities in year-round research and communi- cations for advanced experience and study in the fields of estuarine and coastal marine systematics and ecology. Within this context the Program from time to time issues publications which further the synthesis of knowledge of organismic biology of the region. The first of these publi- cations, "Keys to Marine Invertebrates of the Woods Hole Region," was edited by Ralph I. Smith and appeared in 1964. The present volume, a second in the series, is intended as an introductory guide to the scientific literature of the region and covers a 300 year period from 1665 to 1965. It is intended to introduce scientists to major papers on the region and to provide the beginning for more intensive literature surveys. The emphasis is on works that relate to the biology of the whole organism, biotic factors of ecological significance, and physics, chemistry, climatology and geology of the region. Preparation of the bibliography was begun in 1962-1963 by the junior authors who were joined by Anne E. Yentsch in 1964. The facilities of the Marine Biological Labora- tory Library were used during the literature search and some work was done in the Boston Public Library and the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University. The bibliographic form is that suggested in "Style Manual for Biological Journals, 2nd ed. (1960) prepared by the American Institute of Biological Sciences. Journal ab"bre- viations were taken from the World List of Scientific Periodicals, 1900-1960, 4th ed. (1963). An index was prepared from titles, abstracts and, in some cases, from the texts. An effort was made to include all known new species descriptions for the region and the scientific names of these are underscored in the index. Scientific names were indexed as they appeared in the original publication with no attempt to provide modern synonyms. Entries were made for phyla, classes (for the larger phyla), lesser taxa when these were given in the title of the paper, scientific names, key words, and geographic locations. It is a pleasure to acknowledge the valuable contribution of Anne E, Yentsch whose painstaking search of the literature, double checking of the references, and compilation of the bibliography and its index provide the basis for this publication. We also express our thanks to Mrs. Barbara Webber who varityped the entire manuscript; Mrs. Ann Martin, Mrs. Robert N. Cram, Mrs. Joan Stimson, and Miss Constance Chadwick who aided in the checking of references; Dr. Mary Sears and Dr. K. 0. Emery who suggested refer- ences; the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution for permission to reproduce the photo- graph of a Cape Cod beach by Jan Hahn; Herbert A. Ashmore who prepared Figure 1; and the Library of the Marine Biological Laboratory where the bulk of the search for refer- ences was conducted. Preparation of this publication was made possible by support to the Systematics- Ecology Program from the Ford Foundation; Public Health Service Research Grant DE 01870 from the National Institute of Dental Research; Grants GB-561 and GB-4509 from the National Science Foundation; Contract Nonr 3070(03) from the Office of Naval Re- search, Department of the Navy; and the Whitehall Foundation. This financial aid is gratefully acknowledged. Woods Hole, Massachusetts Melbourne R. Carriker, Director November, 1966 Systematics-Ecology Program VI TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction Bibliography Index Vll INTRODUCTION Thoreau describes Cape Cod as "the bared and bended arm of Massachusetts: the shoulder is at Buzzards Bay; the elbow, or crazy bone, at Cape Mallebarre (Chatham); the wrist at Truro; and the sandy fist at Provincetown." It is an outpost of sand, gravel, stones and clay stretching into the North Atlantic between 41°30-42°5'N and 69°55 -70° 46 ' W. The Cape Cod peninsula, or bent arm, partially encircles Cape Cod Bay which faces north and opens seaward into Massachusetts Bay and the Gulf of Maine. To the south the islands of Nantucket, Martha's Vineyard and the chain of the Elizabeth Islands form a barrier between the open ocean, Nantucket Sound, Vineyard Sound, and Buzzards Bay. At the base of the peninsula the Cape Cod Canal, officially opened in 1916, provides a channel between Cape Cod Bay and Buzzards Bay. This complex of cape, islands and sounds, an area roughly 90 x 100 kilometers, forms the Cape Cod Region. Sediments, predominately gravel, sands and shell fragments, are coarsest and relative- ly free of organic detritus in tidal scoured Vineyard Sound and grade into finer particles in Nantucket Sound and portions of Cape Cod Bay. Much of Buzzards Bay and the central regions of Cape Cod Bay support extensive soft mud bottoms whereas broad intertidal sand flats bound southeastern Cape Cod Bay and wide intertidal mud bottoms characterize northwestern Buzzards Bay. Small estuaries, often constricted and intermittently cut off from outside water by barrier beaches, dissect the southern coasts of both the Cape and islands. Tidal marshes fringe the shore line and reach impressive acreages, especially at the outer end of the Cape behind the barrier beaches and at Barnstable along the southern shore of Cape Cod Bay. Intertidal boulders dot exposed beaches, high colorful sea cliffs mark Gay Head, and the long straight shore of the outer Cape faces the North Atlantic Ocean. The Gulf Stream lies some 150 kilometers southeast of Woods Hole. As a result of cold water masses north of the Cape, the temperature of the seawater in Cape Cod Bay in late summer is several degrees lower than that in the southern sounds. Cape Cod forms the rough boundary between two major marine provinces, and most of the organisms found in the western North Atlantic, from Nova Scotia to Cape Hatteras, are represented in the Cape Cod Region. Serious study of the Region began in the early 1800' s, and as indicated by the fre- quency of publication of the 1,360 literature references in this Bibliography, has intensi- fied with the decades. Henry Da\id Thoreau, 1864. Cape Cod. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston, Mass. IX » V ^ WOODS HOLE / / ' ^-^j ..-..-^ <^ y /r >^'^_— , NANTUCKET S^OUND Map of the Cape Cod region. A SHMO R E Fre ten quency year in of publication of literature references cited in the Bibliography shown for tervals. Edward Hitchcock (1833) discussed the formation of Cape Cod in his preliminary report on the geology of Massachusetts, a publication believed by Chamerlain (1964) "to have been the first state geology report in the nation." Among the reasons why geologists have studied the Region is the observation by Woodworth and Wigglesworth (1934) that "Cape Cod more than any other part of southeastern New England shows the changes due to the ravages of the sea since the glacial epoch." Early naturalists were attracted to Cape Cod by the intrinsic natural beauty of the terrain, the varied wildlife inhabiting the bogs, ponds, salt marshes, dunes, beaches and waters, and by the often tempestuous interplay of land and sea. The U. S. National Park Service recognized the uniqueness of the Cape when it established the Cape Cod National Seashore, noting "The combination of these features cannot be matched anywhere on the Atlantic Coast." Thoreau was also well aware of it when he wrote "We went to see the Ocean, and that is probably the best place of all our coast to go to." Biologists started describing the biota of the Cape Cod Region prior to 1844 when A. A. Gould recognized Cape Cod as a natural faunal boundary between Arctic and temper- ate organisms. In a long list of papers, for example, Storer (1839-1859) provided records of fish; Desor (1851) described the distribution of animal life among Nantucket shoals and observed that "modern investigations merely go to confirm the great idea which was vaguely anticipated by the ancient poets and philosophers, that the Ocean is the origin of all things;" Stimpson (1854) named new species of mollusks; Atwood (1861-1873) wrote on the habits of bluefish, cod and mackerel and discussed the fisheries; and A. Agassiz (1862-1877) reported on invertebrates. Spencer F. Baird's activities in the Region in 1871 including his founding of the Bureau of Fisheries Laboratory in Woods Hole in 1875, establishment of the first American seaside laboratory on Penikese Island by Louis Agassiz in 1873, and incorporation of the Woods Hole Marine Biological Laboratory in 1888, provided a catalyst for further research in the Cape Cod Region. The number of publications during the period 1885-1914 undoubt- ably reflects this scientific activity. XI Earliest comprehensive contributions to the systematics and ecology of the marine biotic communities of the Region were made by Verrill (1873), S. I. Smith (1873) and Verrill, Smith, and Harger (1873) in their census of the invertebrate animals of Vineyard Sound and adjacent waters during the summer of 1871. Their first field studies included some 40 dredgings, principally in Vineyard Sound, and to a lesser extent in southern Buzzards Bay, western Nantucket Sound, and northeastern Rhode Island Sound, and ranged bathymetrically from the high water line outward. Lists and illustrations of the macro- scopic species encountered and descriptions of the major habitats of the area are given. Later Sumner (1910) and Sumner, Osburn, Cole and Davis (1913) published the results of a detailed qualitative systematic study of the distribution of macroscopic benthic plants and animals of Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay in relation to the gross nature of the bottom and the temperature and salinity of the water. Investigations were carried out by means of dredging operations in open waters during the summers of 1903-05, with supple- mentary work during the following four summers; intertidal and shallow waters were excluded. This useful publication supplementated the reports of Verrill and associates and added a detailed catalog and distributional charts of many of the macroscopic species reported for the area. The number of new species which has been described in the Cape Cod Region is over 500. In terms of the estimated total number of 10,000 species probably occurring in the Region, this is a sizeable contribution, and one made primarily through the indefatigable efforts of early systematists. New species are still being described in the Region as field biologists pursue their investigations. As an introduction to the Bibliography, we have selected excerpts from various publica- tions and matched the quotations with appropriate photographs taken in the region within the last five years. These excerpts describe in the author's own words the diversity of the Cape and islands and suggest the many reasons why this Region drew their attention. M. R. Carriker A. E. Yentsch December 1966 70° ii 3S 3s . ■•■^irjS-*-^ ^"^ Bamftabl •^Jft mat fdt ly ' ' ^HiM, 3 /joy ' =fe,",>'-'' 7 S'ovlK'C.JlanTuI /e ffi .«wmta:-.4: ^o : iS (Arvy^JifrjXm Tt^^!* Jffiimi Utitr ^fi^uM, 3S: 2< .|--wi -^J- / X ,./.., 7°° Early map of Cape Cod apparently drawn around 1720 by a Boston pilot named Cyprian Southack. Plate 71 from Ann. Rept. U. S. Cst. Geod. Surv., 1890. The fifteenth day we had again sight of the land, which made ahead, being as we thought an island, by reason of a large sound that appeared westward between it and the main, for coming to the west end thereof, we did perceive a large opening, we called it Shoal Hope. Near this cape we came to anchor in fifteen fathoms, where we took great store of codfish, for which we altered the name, and called it Cape Cod. Here we saw sculls of herring, mackerel, and other small fish, in great abundance. John Archer, 1602. xiu Henry Beston, 1929. The Outermost House. Doubleday, Doran & Co., Inc. Garden City, New York. East and ahead of the coast of North America, some thirty miles and more from the inner shores of Massachusetts, there stands in the open Atlantic the last fragment of an ancient and vanished land. ... a great ocean beach runs north and south unbroken, mile lengthening into mile. Solitary and elemental, unsullied and remote, visited and possessed by the outer sea, these sands might be the end or the beginning of a world. Age by age, the sea here gives battle to the land; age by age, the earth struggles for her own, calling to her defence her energies and her creations, bidding her plants steal down upon the beach, and holding the frontier sands in a net of grass and roots which the storms wash free. The great rhythms of nature, . . . have here their spacious and prime- val liberty; cloud and shadow of cloud, wind and tide, tremor of night and day. Journeying birds alight here and fly away again all unseen, schools of great fish move beneath the waves, the surf flings its spray against the sun. Often spoken of as being entirely glacial, this bulwark is really an old land surfaced with a new. The seas broke upon these same ancient bounds long before the ice had gathered or the sun had fogged and cooled. There was once, so it would seem, a North- ern coastal plain. This crumbled at its rim, time and catastrophe changed its level and its form, and the sea came inland over it through the years. Its last enduring frontier roughly corresponds to the wasted dyke of the cliff. Moving down into the sea, later glaciations passed over the old beaches and the fragments of the plain, and, stumbling over them, heaped upon these sills their accumulated drift of gravels, sand, and stones. The warmer sea and time prevailing, the ice cliff retreated westward through its fogs, and presently the waves coursed on to a new, a transformed and lifeless, land. XIV Outer beach of Cape Cod at Nauset. -^^ Y EN TSC H XV The east side of the cape, through Wellfleet and Truro, is a nearly continuous bluff, one hundred to one hundred and sixty feet high, horizontally stratified, being evidently a remnant of a nearly level plain, the east part of which has been washed away by the sea. This process is still going forward. Warren Upham, 1879. HS^. Eroding sea cliffs along the shore of Outer Cape Cod. Y EN TSCH The wind loosens and tears down the incoherent gravel and sand in the coastal bluffs. On fair days when dry winds are blowing in a favorable direction, pebbles loosen- ed by the blowing out of the sand at their bases roll down to a sandy talus. Many of these pebbles take somewhat curved courses, ricochetting so as to leave a series of pits on the beach sand leading to the resting place of the spent pebble. Hundreds of small streams of dry sand run out from incoherent layers to add their contribution to the growing fan of talus that rises between the beach and the top of the wasting cliff. When very high winds are blowing inland, sand and dust are carried up the slope and on to the surface back of the cliff. J. B. Woodworth. In Woodworth & Wigglesworth, 1934. XVI The dunes or sand hills, which are often nearly or quite barren of vegetation, and of snowy whiteness, forcibly attract the attention on account of their peculiarity. . . . As we approach the extremity of the Cape, the sand and the barrenness increase; and in not a few places, it would need only a party of Bedouin Arabs to cross the traveler's path, to make him feel that he was in the depths of an Arabian or Lybian desert. Edward Hitchcock, 1833. Sand dunes on the southwest shore of Nantucket Island. VAN ZANDT Sand is frequently thrown by the spray, or waves, during a storm, so high upon the shore, that the reflux waves do not carry it back. This being dried by the sun, is driven inwards by the sea breezes, and in the course of time forms hills of considerable elevation. Or some- times the wind from the sea raises the sand from a cliff or tertiary formation and carries it inland. Thus are formed those moving sand hills, which on the eastern continent, are called dunes or downs, and which have excited so much interest near the banks of the Nile. . . . They may be seen in the greatest perfection and on the largest scale, on Cape Cod; parti- cularly near its extremity. They are frequently as high as 60 or 70 feet, and on the east end of the Cape, they move towards the west, . . . A series of these dunes, several miles long, threatens the village and bay of Provincetown, and large quantities of the beach grass have been transplanted to their ridges for the purpose of arresting their progress. Edward Hitchcock, 1833. xvii Even where this artificial modification of the swamps has changed the regimen of their lesser creeks, this water system remains one of the most beautiful exhibitions of natural forces which the sea shore affords. There being everywhere the same pressure of the growing sod against their streams, they are free to cast their curves into exactly the form which the pendulum motion of their currents demands. . . . The only likeness in symmetry to these tidal rivers is found in the fresh-water swamps, whose clear natural streams flow through matter resembling in its process of growth the peat of the salt-water swamp, but even there the changes in the volume of the current make its curves less beautiful than those of the tidal marshes. N. S. Shaler. 1885 Tidal marsh in Pleasant Bay. OLDHAM The reconstructions provide a picture of the ontogeny of the Barnstable marsh which is orderly and plausible. They indicate that the sand spit has grown eastward during a period of about 4000 years. The marsh, which consisted at first of isolated pockets in protected indentations of the upland, became continuous and began to spread into the enclosure from along the upland margin as sediment accumulated in its shallower parts and protection from the sea became more complete. The development of marsh along the margin of the sand spit proceeded more slowly, perhaps because the basin deepened with distance from the upland and more time was required for sedimentation to reduce its depth. The broad sounds between the advancing tongues of marshland became the site of the future creeks, and the meandering channels in the sand which formed their bottom defined the final pattern which these creeks assumed. High marsh has now extended to the margin of these channels and at present the creeks are in quasi-equilibrium with the hydraulic forces which arise from the quantity of water which they must carry in response to the rhythm of the tide. Alfred C. Redfield, 1965 xviu There is, however a more definite limit to the encroachment of these upper-level salt marshes upon the tidal streams. As the marshes extend they narrow the channels occu- pied by the free-running tide until they reduce its flowage-ways to very limited bounds, the lines of which are determined by a delicate adjustment of the forces which extend the marsh area and the destructive scouring action of the tide exercised on its growing edge. There is no other case in nature, save in the coral reefs, where the adjustment of organic relations to physical conditions is seen in such a beautiful way as in the balance be- tween the growing marshes and the tidal streams by which they are at once nourished and worn away. N. S. Shaler, 1885. Tidal stream in western Nantucket Island. VAN Z A N DT XIX Sediment layers, streaked like bright finger- smeared dyes, show red, green, tan, gray, yellow, brilliant white and nearly coal black across the face of the cliffs and give this foreland its name. Some layers are primarily sand, others mainly gravel, others compact clay. Some are full of fossils; large glacial boulders protrude like bony knuckles from others. This colorful confusion of sediments, the creased and shuffled pages of an ancient manuscript, contains New England's most complete record of its past hundred million years. It tells a story of a land first covered with ancient forests, then engulfed by seawaters, laid bare and engulfed again; of giant sharks swimming over what are now the meadows of Chilmark, of camels and horses roaming the plains where Gay Head now rises; of a series of overpowering invasions by ice floes from the north. Barbara Chamberlain, 1964. 'Af^ ^^0 •gg ^• ^tt. M Sea cliffs of Gay Head, Martha's Vineyard. Y EN T S C H XX Ever since Baird's time it has been generally known that this is the best place on the Atlantic coast for the study of marine biology. Indeed, Wood's Holl has become a strong biological center by virtue of the exceptional opportunities for work here offered in a varied and extensive shore fauna and flora, in numerous accessible islands rich in forms of peculiar interest, and in many perfectly isolated fresh-water ponds, brackish ponds, and salt-water ponds of easy control. „ ^ „„ . ,_^^_ ^ r J ^ CO. Whitman, 1902. C A R R I K E R Aerial view of the Woods Hole scientific community, showing U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Biological Laboratory on the left, the Marine Biological Laboratory in the center, and the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution on the right. A totally different condition of things was found at Woods Hole where the water is exceptionally pure and free from sediment, and where a strong tide rushing through the Woods Hole passage keeps the water in a state of healthy oxygenation specially favor- able for biological research of every kind and description. The entire absence of sewage owing to the remoteness of large towns, as well as the absence of large rivers tending to reduce the salinity of the water, constituted a strong argument in its favor, and this station was finally fixed upon for the purpose in question. Spencer F. Baird. 1881 XXI The Marine Biological Laboratory had its origin in the latter part of the last Century when naturalists came to appreciate the vast variety of life in the sea. Since then, biology has evolved very rapidly and has come to include a number of more or less specialized subdivisions. Great departments of biology have grown up at our universities. In this great development, the Marine Biological Laboratory played a leading role. It became the summer meeting ground for professors and students of all branches of biology from all over the Country. It acquired an outstanding scientific library. It became a headquarters for experi- mental physiology. It is still a beehive of scientific activity, but its sea-side location has become almost incidental. At Woods Hole, the late 1920' s also marked the beginnings of another step forward in North Atlantic oceanography. A special committee of the National Academy of Sciences had been at work studying the national needs in marine science. This committee recommended the establishment of a new facility . . . Thus, in 1930, it seemed advisable to establish a new laboratory at Woods Hole that would have as its objectives the study of the oceans as a whole: their physics, their chemistry, their geology, and their meteor- ology, as well as some aspects of their biology, in particular, their ecology. By the Summer of 1931, the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution was a going concern, with a sea-going vessel and a small part time staff recruited largely from eastern university campuses. Columbus O'Donnell Iselin, 1Q57. Matthew Fontaine Maury (1806-1873). "Pathfinder of the Seas" -- The Development of Oceanography. xxii The marine life of the Woods Hole region is more fully and accurately known than IS that of any other region of similar extent on the western shore of the of the Atlantic, and there are but few regions anywhere in the world where such knowledge is more complete. Of marine animals alone, approximately 1700 spe- cies are known from Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay, and the marine plants are correspondingly numerous. Edward Linton, 1915. Dredge haul taken in Vineyard Sound at a site where Arbacia, Amaroucium and Aequipecten were abundant. C A R R I K E R XXIIl Collecting at a rock jetty at low tide, at the eastern entrance of the Cape Cod Canal. C A R Rl K E R In prosecuting our explorations we soon found that there are, in the waters of this region, three quite distinct assemblages of animal life, which are dependent upon and and limited by definite physical conditions of the waters which they inhabit. The first of these includes all those kinds which inhabit the bottom and shores of Vineyard Sound, Buzzard's Bay, and the other similar bodies of shallow water along this coast from Cape Cod westward and southward. These shallow waters consist of nearly pure sea-water, which has a relatively high temperature, especially in summer, for it is warmed up both by the direct heat of the sun, acting on the shallow waters spread over broad surfaces of sand, and by water coming directly from the Gulf Stream, and bringing not only its heat, but also its peculiar pelagic animals. . . . The second assemblage is a very peculiar one, which inhabits the estuaries, ponds, lagoons, harbors, and other similar places, where the water is shallow and more or less brackish, and very warm in summer, but cold in the winter. The third group inhabits the shores of the outer islands and headlands and the bottoms in moderately deep water, outside of the bays and sounds. These outer waters are comparatively cold, even in summer, and are no doubt derived from an offshoot of the arctic current, which drifts southward along our shores in deep water and always has a tendency to crowd against and up its submarine slopes, in which it is also aided in many cases by the tides. A. E. Verrill, 1873. f^^BS 1 1, Sand flats exposed at low tide along a Cape Cod Beach. But the influence of the Gulf Stream extends much nearer to the coast than the edge of the continental shelf, and without doubt affects our local faunal conditions. The presence nearly every year in Vineyard Sound of considerable masses of the Sargassum bacciferum, with its attendant fauna, shows that strong southerly winds may drive the surface water of the Gulf Stream as far as the mainland of Massachusetts. And, apart from these occasional and obvious effects, it is probable that the warm current exerts a constant influence upon the coastal waters of southern New England, the two undergoing a certain degree of intermingling as a result of winds and tides. Sumner, Osborn, Cole & Davis, 1Q13. C A R R I K E R Edgartown Great Pond estuarine system seen from the air; barrier beaches have closed off the inlets. XXY C A R R I K E R A rocky intertidal area at Sesuit Harbor, Cape Cod Bay, where the macroscopic algae Fucus and Ascophyllum. were abundant. The northern shore of Cape Cod, from its sandy character, is practically destitute of all species of algae, except a few forms which are here and there found growing on the eel-grass. As soon as we pass to the south of Cape Cod, however, the flora assumes an entirely different aspect. . . . It will be seen that Cape Cod is the dividing line between a marked northern and a southern flora. In fact, the difference between the florae of Massachusetts Bay and Buzzards Bay, which are only a few miles apart, is greater than the difference between those of Massachusetts Bay and the Bay of Fundy, or between those of Nantucket and Norfolk. This difference in the flora corresponds precisely with what is known of the fauna. W. G. Farlow, 1882a. XXVI The boring gastropod Eupleura ruudata. The hvdroid Perm aria tiarclla. OLDHAM O L DH AM Abundant on the piles of Fish Commission dock at Woods Hole, and also growing profusely on eel grass near the Hole. One of the most abundant and beautiful species on our coasts. C. C. Nutting, 18t)Q Apeltes quadracus, a small fish of the eel grass community. XXVIl Algae, hydroids and Spirorbis on blade of eel grass, Zostera marina. . . . for while the nature of the sea water governs the lives of the animals and plants that inhabit it, at the same time the functions of the latter are as constantly altering the nature of their environment in a way to which we see nothing comparable on land. Henry B. Bigelow, 1931. Oceanography, Its Scope, Problems, and Economic Importance. Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, Mass. The barnacle Balanus balanoides. OLDHAM . . . the surface of the sea is sometimes covered for thous- ands of square yards with great submerged rafts of \hiemiopsis leidyi, the individuals touching one the other . . . A. G. Maver, 1912. O L DH AM The ctenophore Mnemiopsis leidyi. The importance of marine life for the study of general biology depends on several circumstances. . . . the oceans, which now constitute about two-thirds of the earth's surface, contain forms of animal life never found on continents or in their fresh waters. Many of these are the most ancient forms, in a geological sense, in the world. The entire phylum of Echinodermata is exclusively marine; so, with minor exceptions, are the sponges and coelenterates. Among the mollusks the cephalopods (squids and octopi) are exclusively marine; and among the vertebrates the Selachia (sharks, rays, etc.) are practically exclusively marine. Apart from such great and zoologically important groups, the oceans contain myriads of forms representing every phylum of the animal kingdom specially adapted to various oceanic environments, such as those of the almost infin- itely diversified shore or littoral regions, of the pelagic (lighted) and the abyssal (unlighted) zones of the free oceans to the floor at great depths, and of great oceanic territories such as those of the Gulf Stream and other ocean currents and of the arctic and antarctic cold and of the tropics. Frank R. Lillie, 1944. The Woods Hole Marine Biological Laboratory University of Chicago Press, Chicago. XXIX From June 28 to August 13, 1912, the writer occupied a room in the Marine Biological Laboratory at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, and had opportunity to extend his observa- tions on fiddler-crabs. . . . Fiddlers seemed to feel that the necessity for having their burrows closed when the tide came in was -very urgent. Once I pulled up all the grass on a thickly populated area about six feet square and chased all the crabs into their holes; then I sat in front of this open space while the tide came in and covered the mouths of of the burrow. Though the crabs were timid, and apparently feared me, several of them rushed out when the water came near, and, after hastily grabbing one or more pellets of mud, plugged their holes. Other animals that were observed to be active when the tide came in, and which might have harmed the fiddlers, were ribbon- fish, minnows, green crabs, and prawns. A. S. Pearse, lQ14b. Uca pugilator. Waving at mouth of burrow (from Pearse, 1914b). XXX BIBLIOGRAPHY Adams, C. B. 1839a. Observations on some species of the marine shells of Massachusetts, with descriptions of five new species. Boston I. nat. Hist. 2- 262- 288. [paper presented in 1838] Adams, C. B. 1839b. Remarks on some species of shells found upon the southeastern shore of Massachusetts. Am. J. Sci. 36: 387-389. Adams, C. B. 1841a. Descriptions of thirteen new species of New England shells. Boston J. nat. Hist. 3: 318-332. [1840] Adams, C B. 1841b. Description of Tellina tenta Say, and oi Helix serpuloides Montagu, with remarks on other marine shells of Massachusetts. Boston J. nat. Hist. 3: 332-338. [1840] Agassiz, Alexander. 1862. The Acephalan fauna of the southern coast of Massachusetts [Buzzards Bay]. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 8: 224-226. (1861) Agassiz, Alexander. 1865. [On the geographic distribution of the sea urchin of Massachusetts Bay — the Echinus granularis (Say)]. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 9: 191-193. [1863] Agassiz, Alexander. 1873. The history of Balanoglossus and Tornaria. Mem. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. n.s. 9: 421-436. Agassiz, Alexander. 1877. North American starfishes. Mem. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 5(1): 1-136. Agassiz, E. C and A. Agassiz. 1865. Seaside studies in natural history. Marine animals of Massachusetts Bay. Radiates. Boston: Ticknor and Fields. 157 pp. Agassiz, Louis. 1860-1862. Contributions to the natural history of the United States. 4 vols. Little Brown & Co., Boston. Agassiz, Louis. 1868. [Discovery of a Cetacean new to America from Nantucket]. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 11: 318. [1867] Alexander, D. G. 1960. Directional movements of the intertidal snail, Littorina littorea. Biol. Bull. 119: 301-302. (Absu.) Allabach, L. F. 1905. Some points regarding the behavior of Metridium. Biol. Bull. 10: 35-43. Allee, W. C. 1919. Note on animal distribution following a hard winter. Biol. Bull. 36: 96-104. Allee, W. C. 1922a. The effect of temperature in limiting the geograph- ical range of invertebrates of the Woods Hole littoral. Anat. Rec. 23: 111. Allee, W. C. 1922b. The invertebrate course in the Marine Biological Laboratory. A contribution to the technique of teaching zoology. Biol. Bull. 42: 99-131. Allee, W. C. 1922c. Some physical factors related to the distribution of littoral invertebrates. Anat. Rec. 23: 109-110. Allee, W. C. 1922d. Studies in marine ecology. II. An annotated catalog of the distribution of common inverte- brates of the Woods Hole littoral. Marine Biolog- ical Laboratory & the University of Chicago. 123 pp. (unpublished manuscript) Allee, W. C. 1923a. Studies in marine ecology. I. The distribution of common littoral invertebrates of the Woods Hole region. Biol. Bull. 44: 167-191. Allee Allee, W. C. 1923b. Studies in marine ecology. III. Some physical factors related to the distribution of littoral invertebrates. Biol. Bull. 44: 205-253. Allee, W. C. 1923c. Studies in marine ecology. IV. The effect of temperature in limiting the geographical range of invertebrates of the Woods Hole littoral. Ecology 4: 341-354. Allee, W. C. 1927. Studies in animal aggregations: some physiolog- ical effects of aggregation on the brittle starfish, Ophioderma brevispina. J. exp. Zool. 48: 475-495. Allee, W. C. 1934. Concerning the organization of marine coastal communities. Ecol. Monogr. 4: 541-554. Allee, W. C. and G. Evans. 1937a. Certain effects of numbers present on the early development of the purple sea urchin, Arbacia punctulata: a study in experimental ecology. Ecology 18: 337-345. Allee, W. C. and G. Evans. 1937b. Some effects of numbers present on the rate of cleavage and early development in Arbacia. Biol. Bull. 72: 217-232. Allee, W. C. and J. R. Fowler. 1932. Studies in animal aggregations: further studies on oxygen consumption and autotomy of the brittle star, Ophioderma. J. exp. Zool. 64: 33-50. Allen, C. M. 1900. A contribution to the development of Parypha crocea. Biol. Bull. 1: 291-314. Allen, G. M. 1916. The whalebone whales of New England. Mem. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 8: 107-322. Allen, G. M. 1921. New England sharks in the Society's collection Bull. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 24: VIO. Anderson, J. M. 1956. Observations on autotomy in the starfish, Asterias forbesi. Biol. Bull. Ill: 297. (Abstr.) Andrews, E. A. 1942. Parafolliculina violacea (Giard) at Woods Hole. Biol. Bull. 83: 91-96. Anonymous. 1665/66. A further relation of the whale fishery around the Bermudas, and on the coast of New England and New Netherland. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. 1(8): 132- 133. Anonymous. 1889. Report on the operations of the steamer HALYCON for the year ending December 31, 1886. Rept. U. S. Comm. Fish. 1886: 699-700. (Abstr.) Anonymous. 1916. New England sharks. Bull. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 7: 4. Anonymous. 1926. The Torpedo ray. Collecting Net 1(4): 7. Anonymous. 1937. aiark killed in Hadley Harbor. Collecting Net 12: 87. Anraku, Masateru. 1962. The separation of copepod populations in a natural environment: a summary. Contributions to Symposium on Zooplankton Production, 1961. Rapp. et Proc. Verb., Cons. perm. int. Explor. Mer 153: 165-170. Anraku, Masateru. 1964. Influence of the Cape Cod Canal on the hydro- graphy and on the copepods in Buzzards Bay and Cape Cod Bay, Massachusetts. I-II. I. Hydrography and distribution of copepods. Limnol. Oceanogr. 9: 46-60. II. Respiration and feeding. Ibid: 195-206. Anraku, Masateru and M. Omori. 1963. Preliminary survey of the relationship between the feeding habit and the structure of the mouth parts of marine copepods. Limnol. Oceanogr. 8: 116-126. Allen, M. J. 1952. An example of parasitism among Polychaetes. Nature, Lond. 169: 197. AUorge, M. M. 1906. Esquisse geographique du Cap Cod (Etats-Unis). An. Geog. 15: 443-448. AUyn, H. M. 1912. The initiation of development in Chaetopterus. Biol. Bull. 24: 21-72. Arcisz, W., E. Wattie and J. L. Dallas. 1953. Seasonal variations of coliforms and entero- cocci in a closed shellfish area. Proc. natn. Shellfish. Ass. 1951: 1-11. Armstrong, P. B. 1957. Motility in developing teleost embryos. Biol. Bull. 113: 325. (Abstr.) Armstrong, P. B. and J. S. Child. 1965. Stages in the normal development of Fundulus heteroclitus. Biol. Bull. 128: 143-168. Baird Arnold, E. L. Jr. 1949. Unusual occurrence of fish on New England banks. Copeia 1949: 299-300. Arnold, E. L. Jr. 1951. Northward dispersal of warm-water marine fishes in southern New England during the summer of 1949. Copeia 1951: 87-88. Arnold, J. M. 1962. Mating behavior and social structure in Loligo pealii. Biol. Bull. 123: 53-57. Arnold, J. VI. 1965. Normal embryonic stages of the squid, Loligo pealii (Le Sueur). Biol. Bull. 128: 24-32. Atwood, N. E. 1861. [Remarks on Naucrates at Provincetown, and on the habits of the cod]. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 7: 4. [1859] Atwood, N. E. 1865. [Notes on the habits of bluefish, lobsters, cod and mackerel]. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 9: 189-190. [1863] Atwood, N. E. 1866a. [Notes on dogfish and other sharks]. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 10: 81-82. [1864] Atwood, N. E. 1866b. [Notes on the mackerel genus Scomber and on the menhaden, Alosa menhaden]. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 10: 65-68. [1864] Atwood, N. E. 1866-1868. [Note on the cramp fish Torpedo occidentalis (Storer), at Provincetown]. Proc. Essex Inst. 5: 14-15. Atwood, N. E. 1873. Fisheries on the coast of Massachusetts [Remarks in relation to the petition to prohibit net and seine fisheries]. Rept U. S. Comm. Fish. 1871-1872, I: 117-124. Auclair, Walter. 1965. The chromosomes of sea urchins, especially Arbacia punctulata; a method for studying un- sectioned eggs at first cleavage. Biol. Bull. 128: 169-176. Ayers, J. C 1956. Population dynamics of the marine clam, Mya arenaria. Limnol. Oceanogr 1: 26-34. Ayers, J. C 1959. The hydrography of Barnstable Harbor, Massa- chusetts. Limnol. Oceanogr. 4: 448-462. Ayers, J. C 1965. A late summer heat budget of Barnstable Harbor, Massachusetts. Limnol. Oceanogr. 10, Supplement, Redfield volume: R9-R14. Ayres, W. 0. 1854. [Notices of Holothuridae and other echinoderms. Ophiolepis robusta Ayres; Thyonidium glabrum Ayres and T. musculosum Ayres]. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 4: 69-70, 134. Bachmann, R. W. and E. P. Odum. 1960. Uptake of Zn55 and primary productivity in marine benthic algae. Limnol. Oceanogr. 5: 349-355. Backus, R. H. 1957. Northern record of the snake eel Ophichthus gomesi (Castelnau). Copeia 1957: 61. Atwood, N. E. 1868. [Notes on the pollock, Merlangus carbonarius; the hake, Phycis americanus; the cusk, Bromius vulgaris]. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 11: 100-102. [1866] Atwood, N. E. 1869. [Description of the shark, Carcharias tigris Atwood]. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 12: 268-269. Atwood, N. E. 1871a. Fisheries on the coast of Massachusetts. Comm. Inland Fish. 1871: 63-73. Rept Atwood, N. E. 1871b. On the possible exhaustion of sea fisheries. 2nd notice. Rept Comm. Inland Fish. 1871: 60-63. Backus, R. H. 1962. Age in a small sample of bluefish (Pomatomus saltatrix (Linnaeus). Breviora 159: 4 pp. Backus, R. H., C S. Yentsch and A. Wing. 1961. Bioluminescence in the surface waters of the sea. Nature, Lond. 192: 518-521. Baird, S. F. 1873a. List of fishes collected at Wood's HoU. Rept U. S. Comm. Fish. 1871-1872: 823-827. Baird, S. F. 1873b. Natural history of some of the more important food-fishes of the south shore of New England. ReptU. S.Comm. Fish. 1871-1872: 228-252. Baird Baird, S. F. 1873c. Report on the condition of the sea fisheries of the south coast of New England in 1871 and 1872. Rept. U S, Comm. Fish. 1871-1872: vii-xli. Baird, S. F. 1873d. Statistics of fish and fisheries on the south shore of New England. Rept U.S. Comm. Fish. 1871-1872: 173-181. Baird, S. F. 1882. Notes on certain aboriginal shell mounds on the coast of New Brunswick and of New England. Proc. U.S. natn. Mus. 4: 292-297. [1881] Baird, S. F. 1889. The sea fisheries of eastern North America. Rept U.S. Comm. Fish. 1886: 3-224. Baylies, William. 1793. Description of Gay Head. Mem. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. 2: 150-155. [letter dated 1786] Bean, B. A. 1898. Notes on the capture of rare fishes. Proc. U. S. natn. Mus. 21: 639-640. Bean, T. H. 1881. Check-list of duplicates of North American fishes distributed by the Smithsonian Institution in be- half of the United States National Museum, 1887- 1880. Proc. U. S. natn. Mus. 3: 75-116. [1880] Bean, T. H. 1884. List of fishes collected by the U. S. Fish Commis- sion at Wood's HoH, Massachusetts, during the summer of 1881. Rept U. S. Comm. Fish. 1882: 339-344. Bancroft, F. W. 1904. Variation and fusion of colonies in compound ascidians. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. series 3, zoology 3: 137-186. [1903] Bangs, Outram. 1897. An important addition to the fauna of Massachu- setts. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 27: 159- 161. [1896] Barlow, J. P. 1952. Maintenance and dispersal of the endemic zooplankton population of a tidal estuary. Great Pond, Massachusetts. Ph. D. thesis. Department of Biology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Barlow, J. P. 1955. Physical and biological processes determining the distribution of zooplankton in a tidal estuary. Biol. Bull. 109: 211-225. Barlow, J. P. 1956. Effect of wind on salinity distribution in an estuary. J. mar. Res. 15: 193-202. Barnwell, F. H. and F. A. Brown Jr. 1963. Differences in the persistent metabolic rhythms of fiddler crabs from two levels of the same beach. Biol. Bull. 125: 371-372. (Abstr.) Bartlett, H. H. 1909. The submarine Chamaecyparis bog at Woods Hole, Massachusetts. Rhodora 11: 221-235. Bartlett, H. H. 1911. Botanical evidence of coastal subsidence. Science n.s. 33: 29-31. Bartsch, Paul. 1907-1912. Pyramidellidae of New England and the adjacent region. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 34: 67-113. [1909] Bean, T. H. 1885. Descriptions of Physiculus fulvus and Lotella maxillaris, new species of fishes collected in 1881 by the United States Fisheries Commission. Proc. U. S. natn. Mus. 7: 240-242. [1884] Beckwith, C J. 1909. Preliminary report of the early history of the egg and embryo of certain hydroids. Biol. Bull. 16: 183-192. Belding, D. L. 1909. A report upon the moUusk fisheries of Massachu- setts. Wright & Potter, Boston, Mass. 243 pp. Belding, D. L. 1910a. The growth and habits of the sea clam (Mactra solidissima). 44th Ann. Rept Mass. Div. Fish. Game 1909: 26-41. Belding, D. L. 1910b. A report upon the scallop fishery of Mass. Wright & Potter Printing Co., Boston, Mass. 150 pp. Belding, D. L. 1914. Conditions regulating the growth of the clam (Mya arenaria). Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 43: 121-130. Belding, D. L. 1916. A report upon the clam fishery. 50th Ann. Rept Mass. Div. Fish. Game 1915: 93-234. Belding, D. L. 1930. The soft-shelled clam fishery of Massachusetts. Mar. Fish. Mass. Div. Fish. Game 1: 65 pp. Beltran. Enrique. 1933. Gruberia calkinsi sp. nov., a brackish-water ciliate (Protozoa, Heterotrichida) from Woods Hole, Massachusetts. Biol. Bull. 64: 21-27. Bigelow Benedict, J. E. 1901. The hermit crabs of the Pagums bemhardus type. Proc. U.S. natn. Mus. 23: 451-466. Bennett, M. F. 1954. The rhythmic activity of the quahog, Venus mercenaria, and its modification by light. Biol. Bull. 107: 174-191. Bennett, M. F. and F. A. Brown. 1959a. Phasing of the rhythm of running activity of the fiddler crab. Biol. Bull. 404. (Abstr.) Bennett, M. F. and F. A. Brown. 1959b. Experimental modification of the lunar rhythm of running activity of the fiddler crab, ilea pugnax Biol. Bull. 117: 404. (Abstr.) Bennett, M. F., J. Shriner and R. A. Brown. 1957. Persistent tidal cycles of spontaneous motor activity in the fiddler crab ilea pugnax. Biol. Bull. 112: 267-275. Bernatowicz, A. J. 1958. A Bermudian marine Vaueheria at Cape Cod. Biol. Bull. 115: 334. (Abstr.) Berner, R. A. 1963. Electrode studies of hydrogen sulfide in marine sediments. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta 27: 563- 575. Berry, E. W. 1915. The Cretaceous flora of southern New York and New England. J. Geol. 23: 608-618. Bertholf, L. M. 1945. Accelerating metamorphosis in the tunicate, Sty ela partita. Biol. Bull. 89: 184-185. (Abstr.) Bertholf, L. M. and S. O. Mast. 1944. Metamorphosis in the larva of the tunicate Styela partita. Biol. Bull. 87: 166. (Abstr.) Bigelow, H. B. 1915. Exploration of the coast water between Nova Scotia and Chesapeake Bay, July and August, 1913, by the U.S. Fisheries Schooner GRAMPUS. Oceanography and plankton. Bull. \1us. comp. Zool. Harv. 59: 149-359. Bigelow, H. B. 1917. Explorations of the coast water between Cape Cod and Halifax in 1914 and 1915 by the U. S. Fish- eries Schooner GRAMPUS. Oceanography and plankton. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 61: 161- 357 . Bigelow, H. B. 1922. Exploration of the coastal water off the north- eastern United States in 1916 by the U. S. Fish- eries Schooner GRAMPUS. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 65: 85-188. Bigelow, H. B. 1926. Plankton of the offshore waters of the Gulf of Maine. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 40 (part 2): 1-509. Bigelow, H. B. 1927. Physical oceanography of the Gulf of Maine. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 40 (part 2): 511-1027. Bigelow, H. B. 1933. Studies of the waters on the continental shelf, Cape Cod to Chesapeake Bay, I. Cycle of temp- erature. Papers phys. Oceanogr. 2(4): 1-135. Bigelow, H. B. and W. C. Schroeder. 1936. Supplemental notes on fishes of the Gulf of Maine. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 48: 319-343. Bigelow, H. B. and W. C. Schroeder. 1940. Notes on New England fishes. Copeia 1940: 139. Bigelow, H. B. and W. C. Schroeder. 1953. Fishes of the Gulf of Maine. 2nd edition. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 53: 577 pp. Bigelow ,H. B. and W. C. Schroeder. 1958. A large white shark, Careharodon careharias, taken in Massachusetts Bay. Copeia 1958: 54-55. Bigelow, H. B. and M- Sears. 1935. Studies of the waters on the continental shelf. Cape Cod to Chesapeake Bay, II. Salinity. Papers phys. Oceanogr. 4: 1-94. Bigelow, H. B. and M. Sears. 1939. Studies of the waters on the continental shelf, Cape Cod to Chesapeake Bay, III. A volumetric study of the zooplankton. Mem. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 54: 183-378. Bigelow, H. B. and W. W. Welsh. 1925. Fishes of the Gulf of Maine. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 40 (part 1): 1-567. Bigelow, R. P. 1926. Variation in the number of fin-rays in three species of Fundulus of the Woods Hole region. Biol. Bull. 51: 299-302. Bigelow, R. P. 1941. Notes on Squilla empusa Say. 31: 399-403. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. Blake, J. H. 1871. The habits and migrations of some of the marine fishes of Massachusetts. Am. Nat. 4: 513-521. Blake, J. W. 1961. Preliminary measurements of filter feeding activity of the soft-shell clam, Mya arenaria, by use of radioactive algae. Biol. Bull. 121: 383. (Abstr.) Blum, J. L. 1960. A new Vaucheria from New England. Trans. Am. micr. Soc. 79: 298-301. Blum, J. L. and J. T. Conover. 1953. New or noteworthy Vaucheriae from New England salt marshes. Biol. Bull. 105: 395-401. Blunt, E. M. 1827. American coast pilot. Cape Cod region, p. 65-91. Blunt: Gray & Bunce printers New York. 11th edi- tion. 676 pp. Also 13th edition (with map), p. 176- 192. 1837. 726 pp. Boschma, H. 1925. On the feeding reactions and digestion in the coral polyp Astrangia danae, with notes on its symbiosis with Zobxanthellae. Biol. Bull. 49: 407-439. Boss, K. J. and A. S. Merrill. 1965. The family Pandoridae in the western Atlantic. Johnsonia 4(44): 181-215. Bousfield, E. L. 1965. Haustoriidae of New England(Crustacea: Amphi- poda). Proc. U. S. natn. Mus. 117: 159-240. Boyce, S. G. 1952. An ecological study of coastal plants on Cape Cod. Biol. Bull. 103: 296-297. (Abstr.) Boyce, S. G. 1954. The salt spray community. Ecol. Monogr. 24: 29-67. Brand, T. von and N. W. Rakestraw. 1940. Decomposition and regeneration of nitrogenous organic matter in sea water. III. Influence of temperature and source and condition of water. Biol. Bull. 79: 231-236. Brand, T. von and N. W. Rakestraw. 1941. Decomposition and regeneration of nitrogenous organic matter in sea water. IV. Interrelationship of various stages; influence of concentration and nature of particulate matter. Biol. Bull. 81: 63-69. Brand, T. von, N. W. Rakestraw and C. E. Renn. 1937. The experimental decomposition and regeneration of nitrogenous organic matter in sea water. Biol. Bull. 72: 165-175. Brand, T. von, N.W. Rakestraw and C. E. Renn. 1939. Further experiments on the decomposition and regeneration of nitrogenous organic matter in sea water. Biol. Bull. 77: 285-296. Brand, T. von, N.W. Rakestraw and J.W. Zabor. 1942. Decomposition and regeneration of nitrogenous organic matter in sea water. V. Factors influ- encing the length of the cycle; observations upon the gaseous and dissolved organic nitrogen. Biol. Bull. 83: 273-282. Brannon, M. A. 1897. The structure and development of Grinnellia amer- icana, Harv. Ann. Bot. 11: 1-28. Breder, C. M., Jr. 1922a. Description of the spawning habits of Pseudo- pleuronectes americanus in captivity. Copeia 102: 3-4. Breder, C M., Jr. 1922b. Some embryonic and larval stages of the winter flounder. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 38: 312-316. Brown, F. A. Jr., F. H. Barnwell and H. M. Webb. 1964. Adaptation of the magnetoreceptive mechanism of mud-snails to geomagnetic strength. Biol. Bull. 127: 221-231. Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett and W. J. Brett. 1959. Effects of imposed magnetic fields in modifying .,nail orientation. Biol. Bull. 117: 406. (Abstr.) Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett and M. I. Sandeen. 1953. Temperature independence of the frequency of the endogenous tidal rhythmicity of the fiddler crab, Uca pugnax. Biol. Bull. 105: 371. Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett and H. M. Webb. 1954. Persistent daily and tidal rhythms of O2 consumption in fiddler crabs. J. cell. comp. Physiol. 44: 477- 505. Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett and H. M. Webb. 1960. A magnetic compass response of an organism. Biol. Bull. 119: 65-74. Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett, H. M. Webb and C. M. Ralph. 1956. Persistent daily, monthly and 27-day cycles of activity in the oyster and quahog. J. exp. Zool. 131: 235-262. Bulfinch Brown, F. A., Jr., W. J. Brett, M. F. Bennett and F. H. Barnwell. I960. Magnetic response of an organism and its solar relationships. Biol. Bull. 118: 367-381. Brown, F. A., Jr., W. J. Brett and H. M. Webb. 1959. Fluctuations in the orientation of the mud snail, llynassa obsoleta, in constant conditions. Biol. Bull. 117: 406-407. (Abstr.) Brown, F. A., Jr., M. Fingerman, VI. I. Sandeen and H. M. Webb. 1953. Persistent diurnal and tidal rhythms of color change in the fiddler crab, Uca pugnax. J. exp. Zool. 123: 29-60. Brown, F. A., Jr., and M. N. Hines. 1952. Modifications in the diurnal pigmentary rhythm of Vca effected by continuous illumination. Physiol. Zool. 25: 56-70. Brown, F. A., Jr., M. I. Sandeen and N. Fingerman. 1952. Modification of the tidal rhythm of Vca by tidal difference and by illumination. Biol. Bull. 103: 297. (Abstr.) Brown, F. A., Jr., M. I. Sandeen and C. L. Ralph. 1954. The primary lunar rhythm of 02-consumption in the fiddler crab. Biol. Bull. 107: 306. (Abstr.) Brown, F. A., Jr., M. I. Sandeen and H. M. Webb. 1954. Solar and lunar rhythms of 0-) consumption in the sea weed, Fucus. Biol. Buliri07: 306. (Abstr.) Brown, F. A., Jr., and G. C Stephens. 1951. Studies of the daily rhythmicity of the fiddler crab, Uca. Modifications by photoperiod. Biol. Bull. 101: 71-83. Brown, F. A., Jr., and H. M. Webb. 1949. Studies of the daily rhythmicity of the fiddler crab, Vca. Modifications by light. Physiol. Zool. 22: 136- 148. Brown, F. A., Jr., and H. M. Webb. 1960. A "compass-direction effect" for snails in con- stant conditions, and its lunar modulation. Biol. Bull. 119: 307. (Abstr.) Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb and F. H. Barnwell. 1964. A compass directional phenomenon in mud-snails and its relation to magnetism. Biol. Bull. 127: 206- 220. Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb and M. F. Bennett. 1955a. Proof for an endogenous component in persistent solar and lunar rhythmicity in organisms. Proc. natn. Acad Sci. U.S.A. 41: 93-100. Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb and M. F. Bennett. 1955b. 27-day cycles of activity in oysters and quahogs. Anat. Rec. 122: 463. (Abstr.) Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb, M. F. Bennett and F. H. Barnwell. 1959. A diurnal rhythm in response of the snail llyanassa to imposed magnetic fields. Biol. Bull. 117: 405- 406. (Abstr.) Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb and W. J. Brett. 1958. Correlation between 0_-consumption in Fucus in constant conditions, including pressure, and specific barometric pressure parameters. Biol. Bull. 115: 345. (Abstr.) Brown, P. A., Jr., H. M. Webb and W. J. Brett. I960. Magnetic response of an organism and its lunar re- lationships. Biol. Bull. 118: 382-392. Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb and R. C Graves. 1952. A persistent tidal rhythm in the fiddler crab Vca pugnax. Biol. Bull. 103: 297. (Abstr.) Brown, J. T. 1883. Some notes on whales. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 3: 411-416. Brown, T. C. 1905. A new lower Tertiary fauna from Chappaquiddick Island, Martha's Vineyard. Am. J. Sci. series 4, 20: 229-238. Also in Science, 1905, 20: 990-991. (Abstr.) Bryson, John. 1893. The glacial geology of Martha's Vineyard com- pared with that of Long Island. Am. Geol. 11: 210-212. Budington, R. A. 1942. The ciliary transport system of Asterias forbesi. Biol. Bull. 83: 438-450. Bulfinch, T. 1844. [Two specimens oi Janthina fragilis, the ocean snail, from the coast of Nantucket]. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 1: 20-21. [1841] Bullington Bullington, W. E. 1939. A study of spiraling in the ciliate Frontonia with a review of the genus and a description of two new species. Arch. Protistenk. 92(1): 10-66. Bumpus, D. F. 1961. Drift bottle records for the Gulf of Maine, Georges Bank and Bay of Fundy, 1956-1958. Spec. Sci. Rept U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv. No. 378: 127 pp. Bumpus, D. F., J. Chase, C. G. Day, D. H. Frantz Jr., D. D. Ketchum and R. G. Walden. 1957. A new technique for studying non-tidal drift with results of experiments off Gayhead, Mass., and in the Bay of Fundy. J. Fish. Res. Bd Can. 14: 931- 944. Bumpus, D. F. and G. C. Day. 1957. Drift bottle records for Gulf of Maine and George's Bank, 1931-1956. Spec. Sci. Rept U. S. Fish Wildl. Serv. No. 242: 61 pp. Bumpus, H. C. 1891. The embryology of the American lobster. J. Morph. 5: 215-262. Bumpus, H. C. 1898a. The breeding of animals at Woods Holl, during the month of March, 1898. Science n.s. 7: 485-487. Bumpus, H. C. 1898b. The breeding of animals at Woods Holl during the month of May, 1898. Science n.s. 8: 58-61. Bumpus, H. C. 1898c. The breeding of animals at Woods Holl during the months of June, July and August. Science n. s. 8: 850-858. Bumpus, H. C. 1898d. On the identification of fish artificially hatched. Am. Nat. 32: 407-412. Bumpus, H. C. 1899. The reappearance of the tilefish. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 1898, 18: 321-333. Burbanck, W. D. 1961. The distribution and ecology of Cyathura polita (Stimpson) in tidal marshes of Cape Cod, Massachu- setts and its vicinity. Assoc. SE Biologists Bull. 8: 29-30. (Abstr.) Burbanck, W. D. 1962. An ecological study of the distribution of the isopod Cyathura polita (Stimpson) from brackish waters of Cape Cod, Mass. Am. Midi. Nat. 67: 449-476. Burbanck, W. D. and M. P. Burbanck. 1958. Chromosomes of the estuarine isopod, Cyathura sp. Biol. Bull. 115: 346. (Abstr.) Burbanck, W. D., R. Grabske and J. R. Comer. 1964. The use of the radioisotope, zinc 65, in a prelim- inary study of population movements of the estuarine isopod, Cyathura polita (Stimpson, 1855). Crusta- ceana.7: 17-20. Burbanck, W. D., M. E. Pierce and G. C. Whiteley Jr. 1956. A study of the bottom fauna of Rand's Harbor, Massa- chusetts: an application of the ecotone concept. Ecol. Monogr. 26: 213-243. Burnett, A. L. 1955. A demonstration of the efficacy of muscular force in the opening of clams by the starfish, Asterias forbesi. Biol. Bull. 109: 355. (Abstr.) Burnett, A. L. 1960. The mechanism employed by the starfish, Asterias forbesi to gain access to the interior of the bi- valve, Venus mercenaria. Ecology 41: 583-584. Bush, Louise. 1964. Oistribution and behavior of some marine Turbell- aria of the Woods Hole region. Biol. Bull. 127: 364. (Abstr.) Butcher, W. S. 1948. A new species of Nonion (Foraminifera) from the Woods Hole region. Contr. Cushman Lab. foram. Res. 24: 21-23. Bumpus, H. C. 1901. On the movements of certain lobsters liberated at Woods Hole during the summer of 1898. Fishery Bull Fish. Wildl. Serv. U. S. 1899, 19: 225-230. Bunting, Martha. 1894. The origin of the sex cells in Hydractinia and Podocoryne; and the development of Hydractinia. J. Morph. 9: 203-236. Burbanck, W. D. 1959. The distribution of the estuarine isopod, Cyathura sp., along the eastern coast of the United States. Ecology 40: 507-511. Butler, Patrick. 1959. Palynological studies of the Barnstable marsh. Cape Cod, Massachusetts. Ecology 40: 735-737. Cable, R. M. 1954. A new marine cercaria from the Woods Hole region, and its bearing on the interpretation of larval types in the Fellodistomatidae (Trematoda: Digenea). Biol. Bull. 106: 15-20. Cable, R. M. and A. V. Hunninen. 1939. Studies on the life history of Spelotrema nicolli. Biol. Bull. 77: 309. (Abstr.) Chidester Cable, R. M. and A. V. Hunninen. 1940. Studies on the life history of Spelotrema nicolli (Trematoda: Microphallidae) with the description of a new microphallid Cercaria. Biol. Bull. 78: 136- 157. Cable, R. M. and A. V. Hunninen. 1941. Studies on the life history of Siphodera vinaled- wardsii, a trematode parasite of the toadfish. Biol. Bull. 81: 279. (Abstr.) Cable, R. \1. and A. V. Hunninen. 1942. Studies on Deropristis inflata (Molin); its life his- tory and affinities to trematodes of the family Acan- thocolpidae. Biol. Bull. 82: 292-312. Cable, R. M. and H. W. Stunkard. 1931. A trematode from the cloaca of the gull. Science n.s. 74: 438. Calkins, G. N. 1902. Marine protozoa from Woods Hole. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U.S. 1901, 21: 413-468. Calkins, G. N. 1915. Microtaeniella clymenellae, a new genus and new species of colonial gregarines. Biol. Bull. 29: 46- 49. Campbell, M. A. 1957. Larval development of Streblospio benedicti Webster. Biol. Bull. 113: 336-337. (Abstr.) Carpenter, H. F. 1889. The shell-bearing MoUusca of Rhode Island. Nautilus 3: 69-71. Carriker, M. R. 1964. Report on progress— Systematics-Ecology Program September 1962 - August 1964. Contribution (^42, Systematics-Ecology Program, Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole. 22 pp. (unpublished manuscript). Carriker, M. R. 1965. Report on progress — Systematics-Ecology Program September 1964 - August 1965, third annual report. Contribution #66, Systematics-Ecology Program, Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole. 49 pp. (unpublished manuscript). Carriker, M. R. and B. Martin. 1965. Analysis of shell boring behavior of muricid gastropod Urosalpinx cinerea (Say) by means of color motion picture and microhydrophone re- cording of radular sounds. Amer. Zool. 5(4): 87. (Abstr.) Carriker, M. R. and D. van Zandt. 1964. Use of polished moUusk shell for testing deminer- alization activity of accessory boring organ of muricid boring gastropods. Biol. Bull. 127: 365. (Abstr.) Carter, J. C. H. 1964. A preliminary survey of the calanoid copepods of certain embayments and estuaries of Cape Cod. Biol. Bull. 127: 365-366. (Abstr.) Casteel, D. B. 1904. The cell-lineage and early larval development of Fiona marina, a nudibranch mollusk. Proc. Acad, nat. Sci. Philad. 56: 325-405. Chace, F. A., Jr. 1958. A new stomatopod crustacean of the genus Lysiosquilla from Cape Cod, Massachusetts. Biol. Bull. 114: 141-145. Chaet, A. B. 1964. A mechanism for obtaining mature gametes from starfish. Biol. Bull. 126: 8-13. Chamberlain, B. B. 1964. These fragile outposts — a geological look at Cape Cod, Martha's Vineyard and Nantucket. The Natural History Press, Garden City, N. Y. 327 pp. Chamberlain, N. A. 1957. Larval development of the mud crab Neopanope texana sayi (Smith). Biol. Bull. 113: 338. (Abstr.) Chambers, Robert. 1930. The manner of sperm entry in the starfish egg. Biol. Bull. 58: 344-369. Chang, J. J. 1954. Analysis of the luminescent responses in Mnemiopsis upon stimulation. Biol. Bull. 107: 296-297. (Abstr.) Chase, A. M. 1941. Observations on luminescence in Mnemiopsis. Biol. Bull. 81: 296-297. (Abstr.) Cheney, R. H. 1950. Viability of Arbacia gametes in relation to time. Biol. Bull. 99: 354-355. (Abstr.) Chester, G. D. 1896. Notes concerning the development of Nemalion multifidum. Bot. Gaz. 21: 340-346. Chidester, F. E. 1911. The mating habits of four species of the Brachyura. Biol. Bull. 21: 235-248. Chidester, F. E. 1914. Twins in fish, one with a cyclopic deformity. Anat. Rec. 8: 367-369. Chidester 10 Chidester, F. E. 1917. Hermaphroditism in Fundulus heteroclitus. Anat. Rec. 12: 389-396. Chidester, F. E. 1929. A starfish attempts to ingest a minnow. Science n.s. 70: 428-429. Clark, H. L. 1905. Fauna of New England. 4. List of the Echinoder- mata. Occ. Papers Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 7: 13 pp. Clark, H. L. 1908. A brittle-star new to the Woods Hole region. Science n.s. 27: 147. Child, C. M. 1900. The early development of Arenicola and Stemaspis. Arch. EntwMech. Org. 9: 587-723. Chrysler, M. A. 1905. Reforestation at Woods Hole, Massachusetts. A study in succession. Rhodora 7: 121-129. Chute, N. E. 1939. Geology of the coastline between Point Gammon and Monomoy Point, Cape Cod, Mass. Comm. Mass. DPW Sp. Paper 1: 26 pp. Chute, N. E. 1946. Shoreline changes along the south shore of Cape Cod caused by the hurricanes of September 1944, and the storms of November 30, 1944 and January 1, 1945. Bull. Mass. DPW Sp. Paper 9: 47 pp. Claff, C. L., F. N. Sudak and V. Moloney. 1958. Survival of Uca pugnax in sand, water and vege- tation contaminated with 2,4 dichlorophenoxya- cetic acid. Biol. Bull. 115: 347-348. (Abstr.) Clapp, C. M. 1891. Some points in the development of the toad-fish (Batrachus tau). J. Morph. 5: 494-501. Clark, A. H. 1887a. The fisheries of Massachusetts, p. 113-280. In: Goode, G. B. The fisheries and fishery industries of the United States. Section II. A geographic review of the fisheries industries and fishing communities for the year 1880. Government Print- ing Office, Washington, D. C. 787 pp. Clark, A. H. 1887b. Historical references. Massachusetts. The fishing towns of Massachusetts, p. 682-737. In: Goode, G. B. The fisheries and fishery industries of the United States. Section II. A geographic review of the fisheries industries and fishing communities for the year 1880. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 787 pp. Clark, H. L. 1901. The synaptas of the New England coast. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 1899, 19: 21-31. Clark, H. L. 1904. The echinoderms of the Woods Hole region. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 1902, 22: 545-576. Clark, W. B. 1890. The geological features of Gay Head, Mass. Johns Hopkins University Circular 10: 28. Clarke, G. L. 1933. Observations on the penetration of daylight into mid-Atlantic and coastal waters. Biol. Bull. 65: 317-337. Clarke, G. L. 1938. Seasonal changes in the intensity of submarine illumination off Woods Hole. Ecology 19: 89-106. Clarke, G. L. 1947. Poisoning and recovery in barnacles and mussels. Biol. Bull. 92: 73-91. Clarke, G. L. and D. D. Bonnet. 1939. The influence of temperature on the survival, growth and respiration of Calanus finmarchicus. Biol. Bull. 76: 371-383. Clarke, G. L. and R. H. Oster. 1934. The penetration of the blue and red components of daylight into Atlantic coastal waters and its relation to phytoplankton metabolism. Biol. Bull. 67: 59-75. Clarke, G. L. and D. J. Zinn. 1937. Seasonal production of zobplankton off Woods Hole with special reference to Calanus finmarchicus. Biol. Bull. 73: 464-487. Claypole, A. M. 1898. The embryology and oogenesis of Anurida maritima (Gu^r). J. Morph. 14: 219-300. Cleland, R. E. 1918. Notes from the Woods Hole Laboratory - 1917. 11 A new Erythrotrichia from Woods Hole. Rhodora 20: 144-145. Clench, W. J. and C. G. Aguayo. 1931. Entovalva (Devonia) perrieri (Malard) in the western Atlantic. Occ. Papers Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 8: 5-8. Cobb, N. A. 1920. One hundred new nemas. Contributions to a science of nematology. IX: 217-343. 11 Collins Cobb, N. A. 1928. A larval nema infesting copepods (Pachycy clops signatus) in fresh and salt ponds in southeastern Massachusetts. J. Parasit. 14: 43-47. [1927] Cobb, N. A. 1929. Initial stratigraphic survey of nemas in the upper 20 mm of marine beach sand, near low tide mark. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 19: 199-200. Cobb, N. A. 1932. Metoncholaimus pristiunis (Zur Strassen); a nema suitable for use in laboratory courses in zoology. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 22: 344-350. Coe, W. R. 1895. Descriptions of three new species ofNew England Palaeonemerteans. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 9: 515-522. Coe, W. R. 1899. Notes on the times of breeding of some common New England nemerteans. Science n.s. 9:167-169. Cole, L. J. 1901. Notes on the habits of pycnogonids. Biol. Bull. 2: 195-207. Cole, L. J. 1906. Feeding habits of the pycnogonid Anoplodactylus lentus. Zool. Anz. 29: 740-741. Cole, L. J. 1910. Peculiar habitat of a pycnogonid (E^ide/s spinosus) new to North America, with observations on the heart and circulation. Biol. Bull. 18: 193-203. Collins, F. S. 1888. Marine algae of Nantucket. In: Owen, M. L. 1888. A catalogue of plants of the county of Nantucket. Gazette Printing Co., Northampton, Mass. Collins, F. S. 1891. Notes on New England marine algae. V. Bull. Tor- rey bot. Club 18: 335-341. Collins, F. S. 1896. Notes on New England marine algae. VII. Bull. Torrey. bot. Club 23: 458-462. Coe, W. R. 1902a. The genus Carcinonemertes. Zool. Anz. 25: 409-414. Coe, W. R. 1902b. The nemertean parasites of crabs. Am. Nat. 36: 431-450. Coe, W. R. 1934. Sexual rhythm in the pelecypod mollusk Teredo. Science n. s. 80: 192. Coe, W. R. 1936a. Sequence of functional sexual phases in Teredo. Biol. Bull. 71: 122-132. Coe, W. R. 1936b. Sexual phases in Crepidula. J. exp. Zool. 72: 455- 477. Coe, W. R. 1938. Conditions influencing change of sex in mollusks of the genus Crepidula. J. exp. Zool. 77: 401-424. Coe, W. R. and S. C. Ball. 1920. The pelagic nemertean Nectonemertes. J. Morph. 34: 457-485. Coker, R. E. 1922. Capture of a rare ray at Woods Hole, Mass. Copeia 110: 65-67. Coker, R. E. 1924. The fisheries biological laboratory. Woods Hole, in 1923. Science n.s. 60: 56-59. Collins, F. S. 1901. Notes on Monostroma. Rhodora 11: 23-26. Collins, F. S. 1906. Notes on algae. VII & VIII. Rhodora 8: 122-126, 157-161. Collins, F. S. 1908a. The genus Pilinia. Rhodora 10: Ul-lll . Collins, F. S. 1908b. Notes on algae. IX. Rhodora 10: 155-164. Collins, F. S. 1908c. Two new species of Acrochaetium. Rhodora 10: 133- 135. Collins, F. S. 1914. Drifting algae. Rhodora 16: 1-5. Collins, F. S. 1916. Notes from the Woods Hole laboratory — 1915. Rhodora 18: 90-92. Collins, F. S. 1918. Notes from the Woods Hole laboratory — 1917. I. Species new to science or to the region. Rhodora 20: 141-143. Collins, G. B. 1950. The Bourndale fishway at Cape Cod Canal. Mar. Fish. Mass. Div. Fish. Game. 8 pp. Collins, G. B. 1952.. Factors influencing the orientation of migrating anadromous fishes. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 52: 375-396. Collins 12 Collins, J. W. 1889. Report upon operations of the U. S. Fish Commis- sion Schooner GRAMPUS from June 5, 1886 to March 15, 1887. Rep. U. S. Comm. Fish. 1886: 701-720. Collins, J. W. and H. M. Smith. 1892. Report on the fisheries of the New England states. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 1890, 10: 73- 176. Colwin, L. H. 1948. Note on the spawning of the holothurian Thyone briareus (Lesueur) Biol. Bull. 95: 296-306. Commissioners on Inland Fisheries. 1872. Fishes taken in the Waquoit Weir April 18 to June 18, 1871. Rept Comm. Inland Fish. 1871: 41-64. Commissioners on Inland Fisheries. 1878-1892. Returns of wiers, seines and gill nets. Rept Comm. Inland Fish. 12: 46-65; 13: 49-63; 14: 34-50; 15: 69-77; 16: 49-62; 17: 40-58; 18: 104-118; 19: 93-107; 20: 69-83; 21: 81-91; 22: 59-69; 23: 69-81; 24: 75- 89; 25: 81-93; 26: 110-120. Commissioners on Inland Fisheries. 1893-1899. Returns of lobsters, gill and sweep nets, pounds and weirs. Rept Comm. Inland Fish. 27: 56-74; 28: 56-77; 29: 68-91; 30: 71-97; 31: 44-69; 32: 66-91; 33: 58-81. Conklin, E. G. 1897. The embryology of Crepidula, a contribution to the cell lineage and early development of some marine gastropods. J. Morph. 13: 1-226. Connell, J. H. 1955. Spatial distribution of two species of clams, Mya arenana L. and Petricola pholadiformis Lamarck, in an intertidal area, p. 15-19. In: Turner, H. J. Jr. 1955. 8th report on investigations of the shell- fisheries of Massachusetts. Commonwealth of Mass- achusetts, Dept. Natural Resources, Div. Marine Fisheries. 25 pp. [prepared by the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution.] Connolly, C. J. 1929. A new copepod parasite, Chomosphaera cancrorum, gen. et sp. n., representing a new genus and its larval development. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.: 415-427. Conover, J. T. 1958. Seasonal growth of benthic marine plants as related to environmental factors in an estuary. Pubis Inst, mar. Sci. Univ. Tex. 5: 97-147. Coonfield, B. R. 1934. Coordination and movement of the swimming plates oi Mnemiopsis leidyi, Agassiz. Biol. Bull. 66: 10- 21. Coonfield, B. R. 1937. Symmetry and regulation in Mnemiopsis leidyi, Agassiz. Biol. Bull. 72: 299-310. Copeland, Manton. 1918. The olfactory reactions and organs of the marine snails Alectrion obsoleta (Say) and Busycon canaliculatum (Linn). J. exp. Zool. 25: 177-227. Copeland, Manton. 1919. Locomotion in two species of the gastropod genus Alectrion with observations on the behavior of pedal cilia. Biol. Bull. 37: 126-138. Copeland, Manton. 1922. Ciliary and muscular locomotion in the gastropod genus Polimces. Biol. Bull. 42: 132-K2. Copeland, Manton. 1930. An apparent conditioned response in Nereis virens. J. comp. Psychol. 10: 339-354. Copeland, Manton. 1935. Keeping Nereis for physiological study. Biol. Bull. 69: 337. (Abstr.) Copeland, Manton and H. L. Wieman. 1924. The chemical sense and feeding behavior of Nereis virens Sars. Biol. Bull. 47: 231-238. Costello, D. P. 1946a. A leptocephalus larva from Eel Pond, Woods Hole, Massachusetts. Anat. Rec. 96: 564-565. (Absu.) Costello, D. P. 1946b. The swimming of Leptosynapta. Biol. Bull. 90: 93- 96. Costello, D. P., M. E. Davidson, A. Eggers, M. H. Fox and C. Henley. 1957. Methods for obtaining and handling marine eggs and embryos. Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Mass. 247 pp. Couthouy, J. P. 1838. Descriptions of new species of Mollusca and shells and remarks on several Polypi found in Massachu- setts Bay. J. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 2: 53-111. Couthouy, J. P. 1839. [Descriptions of new species of shells.] Am. J. Sci. 36: 389-390. Croasdale, Hannah. 1948. The flora of Penikese, seventy-four years after. II. Fresh and brackish water algae of Penikese Island. Rhodora 50: 269-279. Crosby, W. 0. 1881. On the occurrence of fossiliferous boulders in the drift of Truro on Cape, Cod, Mass. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 26: 136-140. [1879] D Dawson Crowell, Sears. 1945. A comparison of shells utilized by Hydractinia and Podocoryne. Ecology 26: 207. Crowell, Sears. 1946. A new sea anemone from Woods Hole, Massachusetts J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 36: 57-60. Crowell, Sears and M. Rusk. 1950. Growth of Campanularia colonies. Biol. Bull. 99: 357. (Abstr.) Crowell, Sears and C. Wyttenbach. 1957. Factors affecting terminal growth in the hydroid Campanularia. Biol. Bull. 113: 233-244. Curl, Herbert Jr., and G. C. McLeod. 1961. The physiological ecology of a marine diatom, Skeletonema costatum (Grev) Cleve. J. mar. Res. 19: 70-88. Curtis, G. C. and J. B. Woodworth. 1899. Nantucket, a morainal island. J. Geol. 7: 226-236. Curtis, W. C. 1903. Crossobothrium lanciniatum and developmental stimuli in the Cestoda. Biol. Bull. 5: 125-142. Curtis, W. C. 1908. A note relating to Procerodes ulvae, P. wheatlandi and G. segmentata. Zool. Anz. 33: 202-204. Curtis, W. C. 1911. The life history of the Scolex polymorphus of the Woods Hole region. J. Morph. 22: 819-853. Cushman, J. A. 1904a. Miocene barnacles from Gay Head, Mass., with notes on Balanus proteus, Conrad. Am. Geol. 34: 293-296. Cushman, J. A. 1904b. Notes on the Pleistocene fauna of Sankaty Head, Nantucket, Mass. Am. Geol. 34: 169-174. Cushman, J. A. 1905a. Fossil crabs obtained at Sankaty Head, Nantucket, in July 1905. Am. Geol. 36: 194-195. Cushman, J. A. 1905b. Fossil crabs of the Gay Head Miocene. Am. Nat. 39: 381-390. Cushman, J. A. 1906a. Additional records for New England Crustacea. Am. Nat. 40: 141-142. Cushman, J. A. 1906b. Marine Ostracods of Vineyard Sound and adjacent waters. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 32: 359-385. Cushman, J. A. 1906c. The Pleistocene deposits of Sankaty Head, Nan- tucket and their fossils. Publ. Nantucket Mitchell Assoc. 1 (1): 1-21. Cushman, J. A. 1908. Foraminifera of the Woods Hole region. Proc. Bos- ton Soc. nat. Hist. 34: 21-34. Cushman, J. A. 1920. A new foraminifer commensal on Cyclammina. Proc. U. S. natn. Mus. 56: 101-102. [1919] Cushman, J. A. 1944. Foraminifera from the shallow water of the New England coast. Spec. Publ. 12, Cushman Lab. Foramin. Res: 37 pp. Dall, W. H. 1894. Notes on the Miocene and Pliocene of Gay Head, Martha's Vineyard, Mass. Am. J. Sci. series 3, 48: 296-300. Dam, L. van. 1954. On the respiration in scallops (Lamellibranchiata). Biol. Bull. 107: 192-202. David, C. N., and R. J. Conover. 1961. Preliminary investigation on the physiology and ecology of luminescence in the copepod, Metridia lucens. Biol. Bull. 121: 92-107. Davis, B. M. 1899. The spore-mother-cell of Anthoceros. Bot. Gaz. 28: 89-108. Davis, B. M. 1913a. A catalogue of the marine flora of Woods Hole and vicinity. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U.S. 1911, 31: 795-833. Davis, B. M. 1913b. General characteristics of algal vegetation of Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound in the vicinity of Woods Hole. Fishery Bill. Fish Wildl. Serv. U.S. 1911, 31: 443-544. Davis, W. M. 1895. Facetted pebbles on Cape Cod, Mass. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 26: 166-175. [1893] Davis, W. M. 1896. The outline of Cape Cod. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. 31: 303-332. Dawson, A. B. 1934. The colored corpuscles of the blood of the purple sea spider, Anoplodactylus lentus Wilson. Biol. Bull. 66: 62-68. Dawson, J. A. 1931. Exhibit of invertebrate animals collected by the invertebrate zoology class in the vicinity of North Falmouth on August 28, 1931. Collecting Net 6: 287-288. Day 14 Day, C. G. 1960. Bottom water temperature on Browns Ledge off southern Massachusetts. J. Cons perm. int. Explor. Mer 25: 235-239. Desor, M. E. and E. C. Cabot. 1849. On the Tertiary and more recent deposits in the island of Nantucket. Geol. Soc. Lond., Quart. J. 5: 340-344. Day, C. G. 1963. Oceanographic observations, the United States. Spec. Sci. Serv. No. 406: 59 pp. 1960, East Coast of Rept U. S. Fish Wildl. Dearborn, H. A. S. 1826. Sketch of the mineralogy of Gay Head, and of Bird Island, with a description of a large sunfish caught in Vineyard Sound. Boston J. Phil. Arts 3: 588-592. Deevey, E. S. Jr. 1948 On the date of the last rise of sea level in southern New England, with remarks on the Grassy Island site. Am. J. Sci., series 4, 246: 329-352. Deevey, G. B. 1948. The zooplankton of Tisbury Great Pond. Bull. Bing- ham oceanogr.Coll. 12(1): 44 pp. De la Cruz, A. H. 1960. Observations on the feeding activity of the isopod, Idothea baltica (Pallas). Biol. Bull. 119: 312. (Abstr.) Dembowski, J. B. 1926. Notes on the behavior of the fiddler crab. Biol. 50: 179-201. Bull Derick, C. M. 1899. Notes on the development of the holdfasts of certain Florideae. Bot. Gaz. 28: 246-263. Desor, E. 1851a. [An account of recent zoological investigations among the shoals of Nantucket.] Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 3: 65-68. [1848] Desor, E. 1851b. [Distribution of animal life among the shoals of Nantucket]. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 3: 108- 110. [1849] Desor, E. 1851c. [Drift fossils from Nantucket]. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 3: 79-80. [1848] Desor, E. 1851d. [New species of Salpa off Nantucket]. Proc. Bos- ton Soc. nat. Hist. 3: 75-76. [1848] Desor, E. 1851e. [Two new species of sponges, Spongia urceolata and S. sulphmea]. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 3: 67-68. [1848] Doty, M. S. 1948 The flora of Penikese, Seventy-four years after. I. Penikese Island marine algae. Rhodora 50: 253-269. Draper, J. W. and D. J. Edwards. 1932. Some effects of high pressure on developing marine forms. Biol. Bull. 63: 99-107. Drew, G. A. 1899. Yolida limatula. Mem. Univ. 4(3): 37 pp. biol. Lab. Johns Hopkins Drew, G. A. 1907a. The circulatory and nervous systems of the giant scallop (Pecten tenuicostatus Mighels), with re- marks on the possible ancestry of the lamelli- branchiata, and on a method for making series of anatomical drawings. Biol. Bull. 12: 225-258. Drew, G. A. 1907b. The habits and movements of the razor-shell clam, Ensis directus, Con. Biol. Bull. 12: 127-140. Drew, G. A. 1908. The physiology of the nervous system of the razor- shell clam, (Ensis directus, Con.). J. exp. Zool. 5: 311-326. Drew, G. A. 1911. Sexual activities of the squid, Loligo pealii (Les). I. Copulation, egg-laying and fertiliza- tion. J. Morph. 2 2: 327-359. Driscoll, A. L. 1964. Relationship of mesh opening to faunal counts in a quantitative benthic study of Hadley Harbor. Biol. Bull. 127: 368. (Abstr.) DuBois, Eugene. 1935. Nobska fog~an "old davil' 138. Collection Net 10: Edwards, B. J. 1873. Table of temperatures of the Little Harbor, Wood's Hole, Mass., from January 1873, to December 1873, (inclusive). Rept U. S. Comm. Fish. 1871-1872: 828-831. Edwards, R. L., R. Livingstone, Jr. and P. E. Hamer. 1962. Winter water temperatures and an annotated list of fishes-Nantucket Shoals to Cape Hatteras. ALBATROSS III cruise no. 126. U. S. Fish & Wildl Spec. Sci. rept—Fisheries no. 397: 31 pp. 15 Faxon Edwards, V. N. 1873. [Report on the fisheries of Nantucket, Edgartown, Hyannis, Martha's Vineyard & etc. in 1871-1872]. ReptU. S. Comm. Fish. 1871-1872: 187-192. Edwards, V. N. 1878. On the occurrence of the oceanic bonito Orcynus pelamys (Linne) Poey, in Vineyard Sound, Mass. Proc. U. S. natn. Mus. 1: 263. [1879] Eigenmann, C. H. 1902a. The egg and development of the conger eel. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 1901, 21: 37-44. Eigenmann, C. H. 1902b. Investigations into the history of the young squeteague. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 1901, 21: 45-51. Emerson, A. F. 1935. Early history of Naushon Island. Thomas Todd Co. Printers, Boston. 502 pp. Emerson, B. K. 1917. Geology of Massachusetts and Rhode Island. U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 597: 289 pp. Emmons, Gardner. 1947. Vertical distributions of temperature and humidity over the ocean between Nantucket and New Jersey. Pap. Phys. Oceanogr. 10: 89 pp. Ewing, Maurice, J. L. Worzel, N. C. Steenland and F. Press. 1950. Geophysical investigations in the emerged and submerged Atlantic coastal plain. V. Woods Hole, New York and Cape May sections. Bull. geol. Soc. Am. 61: 877-892. Fahey, E. M. 1947. A preliminary study of the vertical distribution of marine organisms in the Cape Cod area. Biol. Bull. 93: 193. (Abstr.) Fahey, E. M. 1949. Pioneer colonization on intertidal transacts. Biol. Bull. 97: 238. Fairchild, H. L. 1919. Post-glacial uplift of southern New England. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull. 30: 597-636. Fairchild, H. L. 1926. Pleistocene features of southern New England. Science n.s. 63: 260-262. Fales, D. E. 1928. The light-receptive organs of certain barnacles. Biol. Bull. 54: 534-547. Farlow, W. G. 1873. List of seaweeds or marine algae of the south coast of New England. Rept U. S. Comm. Fish. 1871-1872: 281-294. Farlow, W. G. 1882a. The marine algae of New England. Rept U. S. Coram. Fish. 1879: 1-210. Farlow, W. G. 1882b. Notes on New England algae. Bull. Torrey hot. Club 9(5): 65-68. Farlow, W. G. 1883. Collection of mounted marine algae from the Atlan- tic and Pacific coasts of the United States, prepared by Prof. William G. Farlow of Harvard College, Cam- bridge, Massachusetts, pp 612-620. In: Rathbun, R. Descriptive catalogue of the collection illustrating the scientific investigation of the sea and fresh waters. United States of America. Great Internat- ional Fisheries Exhibition. London, 1883. Bull. U. S. natn. Mus. 27: 511-621. Faulkner, G. H. 1931. Notes on the feeding mechanism and on intestinal respiration in Chaetopterus variopedatits. Biol. Bull. 61: 472-477. Faurd-Fremiet, E. 1930. Growth and differentiation of the colonies of Zofi- thamnium altemans fClap. and Lachm.). Biol. Bull. 58: 28-51. Faur^-Fremiet, E. 1937. Licnophora lyngbycola, a new species of infusor- ian from Woods Hole. Biol. Bull. 72: 212-216. Faurd-Fremiet, E. 1951a. The marine sand dwelling ciliates of Cape Cod shores. Biol. Bull. 99: 349-50 (Abstr.); 100: 59-70. Faur^-Fremiet, E. 1951b. The tidal rhythm of the diatom Hantzschia amphioxys. Biol. Bull. 100: 173-177. Faxon, Waltej. 1879a. On the development of Palaemonetes vulgaris. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 5 (15): 303-330. Faxon, Walter. 1879b. On some young stages in the development of Hippa, Porcellana and Pinnixia. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 5 (15): 253-268. Field 16 Field, I. A. 1922. Biology and economic value of the sea mussel Mytilus edulis. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 38: 127-260. Fingerman, Milton. 1955. Persistent daily and tidal rhythms of color change in Callinectes sapidus. Biol. Bull. 109: 255-264. Fingerman, Milton. 1956. Phase difference in the tidal rhythms of color change of two species of fiddler crab. Biol. Bull. 110: 274- 290. Fingerman, Milton. 1957a. Lunar rhythmicity in marine organisms. Am. Nat. 91: 167-178. Fingerman, Milton. 1957b. Relation between position of burrows and tidal rhythm of Uca. Biol. Bull. 112: 7-20. Firth, F. E. 1931. Some marine fishes collected recently in New Eng- land waters. Bull. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 61: 8-14. Fish, C. J. 1925. Seasonal distribution of the plankton of the Woods Hole region. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 41: 91-179. Fish, C. J. 1928. Production and distribution of cod eggs in Massa- chusetts Bay in 1924 and 1925. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 43, part 2: 253-296. Fogg, J. M., Jr. 1930. The flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts. Rhodora 32: 119-132, 147-161, 167-180, 208-221, 226-258, 263-281. Forbes, Alexander. 1933. Conditions affecting the response of the avicularia of Bugula. Biol. Bull. 65: 469-479. Fowler, H. W. 1917. Notes on New England fishes. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 35: 109-138. Fraenkel, G. 1960. Lethal high temperatures for three marine inverte- brates: Limulus polyphemus, Littorina littorea and Pagurus longicarpus. Oikos 11: 171-182. Eraser, C. M. 1912. Notes on New England hydroids. Bull. St. Univ. Iowa 6(3): 39-48. Eraser, C. M. 1943. New species of hydroids, mostly from the Atlantic Ocean, in the United States National Museum. Proc. U S. natn. Mus. 91: 77-89. [1941] Fuller, J. L. 1937. Feeding rate of Calanus finmarchicus in relation to environmental conditions. Biol. Bull. 72: 233- 246. Fuller, M. L. 1906a. Clays of Cape Cod, Massachusetts. U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 285: 432-441. Fuller, M. L. 1906b. Glacial stages in southeastern New England and vicinity. Science n.s. 24: 467-469. Gabriel, M. L. 1942. The effect of temperature on vertebral variations in Fundulus heteroclitus. Biol. Bull. 83: 290- 291. (Abstr.) Gale, B. 1958. Report on the geologic features on a portion of Cape Cod, Massachusetts. National Park Service Field Investigation Rept. Galtsoff, P. S. 1929. The physiology of feeding and reproduction of the American oyster. Collecting Net 4(1): 3-4. Galtsoff, P. S. 1943. Copper content of sea water. Ecology 24: 263- 265. Galtsoff, P. S. 1954. Recent advances in the studies of the structure and formation of the shell of Crassostrea vir- ginica. Proc. natn. Shellfish. Assoc. 45: 116-135. Galtsoff, P. S. 1962. The story of the Commercial Fisheries Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Massachusetts. Cir- cular U. S. Fish Wildl. Serv. 145: 121 pp. Galtsoff, P. S. and V. L. Loosanoff. 1939. Natural history and method of controlling the starfish (Asterias forbesi, Desor). Fishery Bull. Fish. Wildl. Serv. U.S. 49: 75-132. Galtsoff, P. S., H. F. Prytherch and H. C. McMillin. 1930. An experimental study in production and coll- ection of seed oysters. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U.S. 46: 197-263. Gardner, E. G. 1895. Early development of Polychoerus caudatus, Mark. J. Morph. 11: 155-176. Garman, S. W. 1875. On the skates (Rajae) of the eastern coast of the United States. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 17: 170-181. [1874] 17 Grave Carman, S. 1886. Notes and descriptions taken from Selachians in the U. S. National Museum. Proc. U. S. natn. Mus. 8: 39-44. [1885] Genthe, K. W. 1905. Some notes on Alcippe lampas (Hanc) and its occurrence on the American Atlantic shore. Zool. Jb. Abt. Anat. und Ontog. 21: 181-200. Giese, G. S. 1964. Coastal operations on Cape Cod Bay. University of Rhode Island; 70 pages, master's thesis. Gifford, C. E. and E. P. Odum. 19 61. Chlorophyll a content of intertidal zones on a rocky seashore. Lininol. Oceanogr. 6: 83-84. Gill, T. 1863. Note on some recent additions to the ichthyo- logical fauna of Massachusetts. Proc. Acad, nat. Sci. Philad. 15: 332-333. Gill, T. 1905. State ichthyology of Massachusetts. Rept U. S. Comm. Fish. 1904: 163-188. Glaser, 0. 1950. Note on the growth of arms in the pluteus of Arbacia punctulata. Biol. Bull. 98: 34-35. Goldin, A. 1942. A quantitative study of the interrelationship of oxy- gen and hydrogen ion concentration in influencing Tubularia regeneration. Biol. Bull. 82: 340-346. Goode, G. B. 1879. The occurrence of Belone latimanus in Buzzards Bay, Massachusetts. Proc. U. S. natn. Mus. 1: 6-7. Goode, G. B. 18J American fishes. W. A. Houghton, New York. 496 pp. Gould, A. A. 1841. Results of an examination of the shells of Massa- chusetts and their geographical distribution. J. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 3: 483-494. Gould, A. A., and W. G. Binney. 1870. Report on the invertebrata of Massachusetts. 2nd ed. Wright and Potter, Boston, Mass. Gould, H. N. 1949. The effect of temperature on growth and sexual changes in Crepidula plana. Biol. Bull. 97: 239- 240. (Abstr.) Grabau, A. W. 1897. The sand-plains of Truro, Wellfleet and Eastham, Massachusetts. Science n.s. 5: 334-335. (Abstr.) Graff, L. V. 1911. Acoela, Rhabdocoela und Alloeocoela des Ostens der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika-mit Nachtra- gen zu den "Marinen Turbellarien Orotavas und der Kusten Europas." Arb. zool. Inst. Graz 9(8): 321-428. Graham, James D. 1838. A report upon the military and hydrographical chart of the extremity of Cape Cod including the townships of Provincetown and Truro, with their sea coast and ship harbor: projected from surveys executed during portions of the years 1833, 1934, and 1835, under the direction of James D. Graham. U. S. Bureau of Topographic Engineers. Washing- ton, D. C. 8(48) pp. Grave, B. H. 1922. An analysis of the spawning habits and spawning stimuli of Chaetopleura apiculata (Say). Biol. Bull. 42: 234-256. Grave, B. H. 1926. The vitality of the gametes of Cumingia tellinoides and rate of development at various temperatures. Anat. Rec. 34: 117. (Abstr.) Grave, B. H. 1927a. An analysis of the spawning habits and spawning stimuli of Cumingia tellinoides. Biol. Bull. 52: 418- 435. Grave, B. H. 1927b. The natural history of Cumingia tellinoides. Biol. Bull. 53: 208-219. Grave, B. H. 1928a. Natural history of shipworm. Teredo navalis, at Woods Hole. Massachusetts. Biol. Bull. 55: 260-282 Grave, B. H. 1928b. Vitality of the gametes of Cumingia tellinoides. Biol. Bull. 54: 351-362. Grave, B. H. 1930. The natural history of Bugula flabellata at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, including the behavior and attachment of the larva. J. Morph. 49: 355-383. Grave, B. H. 1933. Rate of growth, age at sexual maturity, and dura- tion of life of certain sessile organisms, at Woods Hole, Massachusetts. Biol. Bull. 65: 375-386. Grave, B. H. 1942. The sexual cycle of the shipworm, Teredo navalis. Biol. Bull. 82: 438-445. Grave, B. H. and J. Smith. 1936a. Hermaphroditism in Mollusca. Biol. Bull. 71: 407- 408. (Abstr.) Grabau, A. W. 1899. [On the glacial origin of deposits on Cape Cod.] Science n.s. 9: 591. (Abstr.) Grave 18 Grave, B. H. and J. Smith. 1936b. Sex inversion in Teredo navalis and its relation to sex ratios. Biol. Bull. 70: 332-343. Grave. Caswell. 1903. On the occurrence among echinoderms of larvae with cilia arranged in transverse rings, with a suggestion as to their significance. Biol. Bull: 5: 169-186. Grave, Caswell. 1920. Amaroucium pellucidum (Leidy) form constella- tum (Verrill). I. The activities and reactions of the tadpole larva. J. exp. Zool. 30: 239-257. Grave, Caswell. 1941a. The "eye-spot" and light-responses of the larva of Cynthia partita. Biol. Bull. 81: 287. (Abstr.) Grave, Caswell. 1941b. Further studies of metamorphosis of ascidian larvae. Biol. Bull. 81: 286-287. (Abstr.) Gray, G. M. 1932. Eulima oleacea and Thyone. Collecting Net 7: 221-224. Gray, G. M. 1932-1945. Notes on the natural history of the Woods Hole region, typed ms. 40 pp. MBL Library. Gray, G. M. 1933. Observations on Montacuta percompressa Dall. Nautilus 46: 76-79. Gray, G. M. 1934. Rare fish at MBL museum. Collecting Net 9: 138. Gray, G. M. 1936. A very rare specimen for Woods Hole. [Caudina arenata]. Collecting Net 11: 80. Gray, G. M. 1939a. An unusual fish for Woods Hole. Falmouth Enter- prise March 24, 1939. Gray, G. M. 1939b. Cutlass fish is rare find. Falmouth Enterprise July 25, 1939. Gray, G. M. 1939c. They call it Leather] acket. Falmouth Enterprise. Gray, G. M. 1940a. The finding of a rare starfish. Collecting Net 15: 181-182. Gray, G. M. 1940b. The sea horse Tethys (Aplysia) wilcoxi peruiri- dis. Falmouth Enterprise. Gray, G. M. 1941. Informal notes on Eulima embryology by the emeritus curator of the M.B.L. Museum. Collecting Net 16: 4-7, 29-31. Gray, James. 1928. The mechanism of ciliary movement. Collecting Net 3(7): 1-4. Greeley, A. W. 1902. Artificial parthenogenesis in Starfish produced by a lowering of temperature. Am. J. Physiol. 6: 296-304. Green, J. P. 1964. Morphological color change in the fiddler crab. Uca pugnax (S. I. Smith). Biol. Bull. 127: 239- 255. Greene, T. A. 1833. List of marine shells of Massachusetts, arranged according to the system of Lamarck, p. 554-557. In: Hitchcock, E. Report on the geology, minera- logy, botany and zoology of Massachusetts. J. S. & C. Adams, Amherst, Mass. Gregory, L. H. 1905. Hermaphroditism in Sabella microphthalama Verrill. Biol. Bull. 9: 287-291. Griffin, D. R. 1936. Stomach contents of Atlantic Harbor seals. J. Mammal. 17: 65-66. Groot, C. R. and J. J. Groot. 1964. The pollen flora of C^iaternary sediments be- neath Nantucket Shoals. Am. J. Sci. 262: 488-493. Grosch, D. S. and Z. H. Smith. 1957. X-ray experiments with Molgula manhattensis: adult sensitivity and induced zygotic lethality. Biol. Bull. 112: 171-179. Gross, A. C. 1921. The feeding habits and chemical sense of Nereis virens Sars. J. exp. Zool. 32: 427-442. Gross, A. 0. 1923. The black-crowned night heron (Nycticorax nycticorax naevius) of Sandy Neck. Auk 40: 1-30. Groto, S. 1899. Notes on some exotic species of ectoparasitic trematodes. J. Sci. Coll. Imp. Univ., Tokyo 12: 263-295. Gudger, E. W. 1930. The opah or moonfish, Lampris luna, on the eastern coast of North America. Am. Nat. 64: 168-178. 19 Harger Gudger, E. W. 1933. A second barn-door skate Raja stabuliforis, with pectorals non-adherent to the head. Am. Mus. Novit. 600: 1-10. Gudger, E. W. 1934. Coelenterates as enemies of fish. II. Jellyfishes as fish-eaters. Bull. N. Y. Zool. Sec. 37: 47-58. Gudger, E. W. 1936. Open ocean and coastal sharks: do they attack men? Collecting Net 11: 149, 156-159. Gudger, E. W. 1942. Physalia, the fish-eater. The Portuguese Man-of- War sails the tropic seas and discharges its stinging batteries when small fishes touch its tentacles. Animal Kingdom 45(3): 62-66. Gudger, E. W. 1950. A boy attacked by a shark, July 25, 1936, in Buzzards Bay, Mass. Am. Midi. Nat. 44: 714-719. Guillard, R. R. L. and J. H. Ryther. 1962. Studies of marine planktonic diatoms. I. Cyclotella nana Hustedt, and Detonula confervcea (Cleve) Gran. Can. J. Microbiol. 8: 229-239. Gulliver, P. P. 1904. Nantucket shorelines. II. Bull. geol. Soc. Am. 15: 507-522. Gulliver, F. P. 1906. Wauwinet-Coskata Tombolo, Nantucket, Massa- chusetts. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sci. Rept 76: 536. (Abstr.) Gulliver, F. P. 1910. Nantucket shorelines, IV. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. 29: 670. (Abstr.) Gutknecht, John. 1961. Mechanism of radioactive zinc uptake by Ulva lactuca. Limnol. Oceanogr. 6: 426-431. Gutknecht, John. 1963. Zn^*^ uptake by benthic marine algae. Limnol. Oceanogr. 8: 31-38. Hag, Mrs. Jeelani. 1965. Records of some interstitial mites from Nobska Beach together with a description of the new genus and species Psammonsella nobskae of the family Rhodacaridae, (Acarina Mesostigimata). Acaro- logia 7: 411-419. Hahn, C. W. 1915. Sporozoon parasites of certain fishes in the vicinity of Woods Hole, Massachusetts. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 33: 191-214. Hahn, C. W. 1917-1918. On the sporozoon parasites of the fishes of Woods Hole and vicinity. I-III. I. Further observations on Myxobolus musculi from Fundulus. J. Parasit. 3: 91-104. II. Additional observations upon Myxobolus musculi of Fundulus and a nearly related species, M. pleuronectidae of Pseudopleuw- nectes americanus. J. Parasit. 3: 150-162. HI. On the Chloromyxum clupeidae of Clupea harengus (Young), Pomolobus pseudoharengus (Young) and P. aestivalis (Young). J. Parasit. 4: 13-20. [1917] Hahn, Jan. 1953. Strange sea hare found on Cape Cod. Maine Coast Fisherman 8(5): 1. (December) Haight, F. J. 1938. Currents in Narragansett Bay, Buzzards Bay, and Nantucket and Vineyard Sounds. 2nd edition, re- vised. Spec. Publ. U. S. Cst. geod. Surv. 208: 103 pp. Hanks, J. E. 1952. The effect of changes in water temperature and salinity on the feeding habits of the boring snails, Polinices heros and Polinices duplicata. p. 33-37. In: Turner, H. J. Jr. Report on investigations of the shellfisheries of Massachusetts for 1952. Common- wealth of Massachusetts, Dept. Natural Resources, Div. Marine Fisheries. 37 pp. [prepared by the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution — filed in MBL with H. Turner's reprints] Hanks, J. E. 1957. Shellfish predators. Studies on the reproduction and early life history of the clam drills, Polinices dup- licata and P. triseriata, p. 17-21. In: Turner, H. J., Jr. Report on investigations of the shellfisheries of Massachusetts for 1957. Commonwealth of Massa- chusetts, Dept. Natural Resources, Div. Marine Fisheries. 30 pp. [prepared by the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution — filed in MBL with H. J. Turner's reprints] Hanks, J. E. 1963. Reproduction and larval development of the New England clam drill, Polinices duplicatus (Say) (Naticidae: Gastropoda). Proc. 16th Int. Congr. Zool.l: 227. (Abstr.) Hansen, H. J. 1915. The Crustacea Euphausiacea of the United States National Museum. Proc. U. S. natn. Mus. 48: 59- lU. Harger, Oscar. 1878. Descriptions of new genera and species of Isopoda from New England and adjacent regions. Am. J. Sci. & Arts 15: 373-379. Harger 20 Harger, Oscar. 1880a. Notes on New England Isopoda. Proc. U. S. natn. Mus. 2: 157-165. [1879] Harger, Oscar. 1880b. Report on the marine Isopoda of New England and adjacent waters. Rept U.S. Comm. Fish. 1878: 297- 462. Hargitt, C. W. 1900a. A contribution to the natural history and develop- ment of Pennaria tiarella McCr. Am. "Nat. 34: 387- 415. Hargitt, C. W. 1900b. Variation among Hydromedusae. Science n.s. 12: 340-342. Hargitt, C. W. 1901. Variation among Hydromedusae. Biol. Bull. 2: 221- 255. Hargitt, C. W. 1902a. Note on the coelenterate fauna of Woods Hole. Am. Nat. 36: 549-560. Hargitt, C. W. 1902b. Notes on a few medusae new to Woods Holl. Biol. Bull. 4: 13-23. Hargitt, C. W. 1904a. The early development of Eudendrium. Zool. Jb. Abt. Anat. und Ontog. 20: 257-276. Hargitt, C. W. 1904b. The early development of Pennaria tiarella McCr. Arch. EntwMech. Org. 18: 453-488. Hargitt, C. W. 1905a. The medusae of the Woods Hole region. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S., 1904: 24: 21-79. Hargitt, C. W. 1905b. Notes on the variations of Rhegmatodes. Biol. Bull. 9: 368-377. Hargitt, C. W. 1905c. Variations among Scyphomedusae. J. exp. Zool. 2: 547-584. Hargitt, C. W. 1906a. Experiments on the behavior of tubicolous annelids. J. exp. Zool. 3: 295-320. Hargitt, C. W. 1906b. The organization and early dcelopment of the egg of Clava leptostyla Ag. Biol. lull. 10: 207-232. Hargitt, C. W. 1907. Notes on the behavior of sea-anemones. Biol. Bull. 12: 274-284. Hargitt, C. W. 1908. Notes on a few coelenterates of Woods Holl. Biol. Bull. 14: 95-120. Hargitt, C. W. 1909a. Further observations on the behavior of tubicolous annelids. J. exp. Zool. 7: 157-187. Hargitt, C. W. 1909b. New and little known hydroids of Woods Hole. Biol. Bull. 17: 369-385. Hargitt, C. W. 1910. Observations on the spawning habits of Hydroides dianthus. Am. Nat. 44: 376-378. Hargitt, C. W. 1911. Some problems of coelenterate ontogeny. J. Morph. 22: 493-549. Hargitt, C. W. 1914. The Anthozoa of the Woods Hole region. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 32: 223-254. Hargitt, C. W. and G. T. Hargitt. 1910. Studies in the development of Scyphomedusae. J. Morph. 21: 217-262. Hargitt, G. T. 1902. Notes on the regeneration of Gonionema. Biol. Bull. 4: 1-12. Harper, F. 1928. Fishes. Bull. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 49: 17-19. Harshberger, J. W. 1914. The vegetation of Nantucket. Bull, geogr. Soc. Philad. 12: 70-79. Hartman, O'lga. 1942a. A review of the types of polychaetous annelids at the Peabody Museum of Natural History, Yale University. Bull. Bingham oceanogr. Coll. 8 (1): 1-98. Hartman, Olga. 1942b. The identity of some marine annelid worms in the U. S. National Museum. Bull. U.S. natn. Mus. 92: 101-140. Hartman, Olga. 1944. New England Annelida. Part 2 including the un- published plates by Verrill with reconstructed captions. Bull. Am. Mus. nat. Hist. 82(7): 327- 344. Harvey, E. B. 1939a. Arbacia. Collecting Net 14: 180-181. Harvey, E. B. 1939b. An hermaphrodite Arbacia. Biol. Bull. 77: 74-78. Harvey, E. B. 1939c. A method of determinimg the sex of Arbacia, and a new method of producing twins, triplets and quad- ruplets. Biol. Bull. 77: 312. (Abstr.) Harvey, E. B. 1949a. The growth and metamorphosis of the Arbacia punctulata pluteus. Biol! Bull. 97: 223. (Abstr.) 21 Holmes Harvey, E. B. 1949b. Growth and metamorphosis of the Arbacia punctu- lata pluteus. Biol. Bull. 97: 287-299. Harvey, E. B. 1953. A simplified electrical method of determining the sex of sea urchin^ and other marine animals. Biol. Bull. 105: 365.(Abstr.) Harvey, E. N. and S. P. Marfey. 1958. Fluorescence, phosphorescence and biolumin- escence in the ctenophore, Mnemiopsis leidyi. Biol. Bull. 115: 336-337. (Abstr.) Haseman, J. D. 1911. The rhythmical movements of Littorina littorea synchronous with ocean tides. Biol. Bull. 21: 113- 121. Haywood, Charlotte and W. S. Root. 1930. A quantitative study of the effect of carbon dioxide upon the cleavage rate of the Arbacia egg. Biol. Bull. 59: 63-70. Hellebust, J. A. 1965. Excretion of some organic compounds by marine phytoplankton. Limnol. Oceanogr. 10: 192-206. Herrick, C. J. 1898. The peripheral nervous system of the bony fishes. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 18: 315-320. Herrick, C. J. 1900. A contribution upon the cranial nerves of the cod fish. J. comp. Neurol. 10: 265-316. Herrick, C. J. 1903. The organ and sense of taste in fishes. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 22: 237-272. Herrick, F. H. 1911. Natural history of the American lobster. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 29: 149-408. Hess, W. M. 1935. Light reactions and photoreceptors of Dolicho- glossus kawalevskyi. Biol. Bull. 69: 336. (Abstr.) Hessler, R. R. and H. L. Sanders. 1964. The discovery of Cephalocarida at a depth of 300 meters. Crustaceana 7: 77-78. Hessler, R. R. and H. L. Sanders, 196S Bathyal Leptostraca from the continental slope of the northeastern United States. Crustaceana 9(1): 71-74. Hibbard, Hope. 1937. The hatching of the squid. Biol. Bull. 73: 385. (Abstr.) Hinckley, Isaac. 1882. The fish-eating cows of Provincetown, Massa- chusetts. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 1: 134. Hi saw, F. L. and A. Albert. 1947. Observations on the reproduction of the spiny dog- fish Squalus acanthias. Biol. Bull. 92: 187-199. Hitchcock, Edward. 1824. Notices of the geology of Martha's Vineyard and the Elizabeth Island. Am. J. Sci. 7: 240-248. Hitchcock, Edward. 1833. Report on the geology, mineralogy, botany and zoology of Massachusetts. J. S. &. C. Adams, Amherst, Mass. 700 pp. Hitchcock, Edward, and A. A. Gould. 1833. Crustacea, p. 563-564. In: Hitchcock, E. Report on the geology, mineralogy, botany and zoology of Mass. J. S. & C. Adams, Amherst, Mass. Hochachka, P. W. and J. M. Teal. 1964. Respiratory metabolism in a marine dinoflagellate. Biol. Bull. 126: 274-281. Hock. C. W. 1940. Decomposition of chitin by marine bacteria. Biol. Bull. 79: 199-206. Hollick, Arthur. 1893. Observations on the geology and botany of Martha's Vineyard. Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 13: 8-22. Hollick, C. A. 1896 a. Geological notes. Long Island and Nantucket. N. Y. Acad. Sci. Transactions 15: 3-10. Hollick, Arthur. 1896 b. Martha's Vineyard Cretaceous plants. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. 7: 12-14. (Abstr.) Also: Am. Geol. 16: 239. Hollick, Arthur. 1901. A reconnoissance of the Elizabeth Islands. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 13: 387-418. Ann. Hollick, C. A. 1902. Geological and botanical notes; Cape Cod and Chappaquidick Island, Massachusetts. Bull. N. Y. bot. Gdn. 2: 381-407. Holmes, S. J. 1901. Observations on the habits and natural history of Amphoithoe longimana Smith. Biol. Bull. 2:165-193. Holmes, S. J. 1903a. Death-feigning in terrestrial amphipods. Biol. Bull. 4: 191-196. Holmes, S. J. 1903b. Synopses of North .American invertebrates. XVIII. The Amphipoda. Am. Nat. 37: 267-292. Holmes 22 Hojmes, S. J. 1905. The Amphipoda of southern New England. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 24:457-529. Holmes, S. J. 1912. Phototaxis in the sea urchin, Arbacia punctulata. J. Anim. Behavior 2: 126-136. Homer, N. G. 1929. Late glacial marine limit in Massachusetts. Am. J. Sci. 17: 123-145. Horstadius, Sven. 1937. Experiments on determination in the early devel- opment of Cerebratulus lacteus. Biol. Bull. 73: 317-342. Hoskins, Hartley, and S. T. Knott. 1961. Geophysical investigation of Cape Cod Bay, Massachusetts, using the continuous seismic profiler. J. Geol. 69: 330-340. Hough, J. L. 1940. Sediments of Buzzards Bay, Massachusetts. J. sedim. Petrol. 10: 19-32. Hough, J. L. 1942. Sediments of Cape Cod Bay, Massachusetts. J. sedim. Petrol. 12: 10-30. Howard, R. S. 1954. Ecology of the intertidal fauna of the Woods Hole region. Biol. Bull. 107: 314. (Abstr.) Hsiao, S. C. 1939. The reproduction of Limacina retroversa (Flem). Biol. Bull. 76: 280-303. Hsiao, S. C. 1941. Melanosis in the common cod, Gadus callarias L., associated with trematode infection. Biol. Bull. 80: 37-44. Hughes, J. T. and G. C. Matthiessen. 1962. Observations on the biology of the American lobster, Homams americanus. Limnol. Oceanogr. 7: 414-421. Hulburt, E. M. 1956a. Distribution of phosphorus in Great Pond, Massa- chusetts. J. mar. Res. 15: 181-192. Hulburt, E. M. 1956b. The phytoplankton of Great Pond, Massachusetts. Biol. Bull, 110: 157-168. Hulburt, E. M. 1957. The taxonomy of unarmored Dinophyceae of shallow embayments on Cape Cod, Massachusetts. Biol. Bull. 112: 196-219. Hulburt, E. M. 1963. The diversity of phytoplanktonic populations in oceanic, coastal and estuarine regions. J. mar. Res. 21: 81-93. Hulburt, E. M. 1965a. Flagellates from brackish waters in the vicinity of Woods Hole, Massachusetts. J. Phycology. 1: 87-94. Hulburt, E. M. 1965b. Three closely allied dinoflagellates. J. Phycology. 1: 95-96. Hunninen, A. V. and R. M. Cable. 1940. Studies on the life history of Anisoporus manteri sp. nov. (Trematoda: Allocreadiidae). Biol. Bull. 79: 373-374. (Abstr.) Hunninen, A. V. and R. M. Cable. 1941. Studies op the life history of Anisoporus manteri Hunninen and Cable, 1940 (Trematoda: Allocreadi- idiae). Biol. Bull. 80: 415-428. Hunninen, A. V. and R. M. Cable. 1943a. The life history of Lecithaster confusus Odhner (Trematoda: Hemiuridae). J. Parasit. 29: 71-79. Hunninen, A. V. and R. M. Cable. 1943b. The life history of Podocotyle atomon (Rudolphi) (Trematoda: Opecoelidae). Trans. Amer. micr. Soc. 62: 57-68. Hunninen, A. V. and R. Wichterman. 1936. Hyperparasitism: A species of Hexamata (Proto- zoa, Mastigophora) found in the reproductive systems of Deropristis inflata (Trematoda) of marine eels. J. Parasit. 24: 95-101. Hunter, G. W. 1898. Notes on the peripheral nervous system of Molgula manhattensis. J. comp. Neurol. 8: 202-206. Hunter, G. W. 1902. The structure of the heart of Molgula manhatten- sis (Verrill). Anat. Anz. 21: 241-246. Hunter, G. W. 1904. Some reactions of Mnemiopsis leydyi (A. Ag.). Biol. Bull. 6: 324. Hunter, W. R. and D. C. Grant. 1962. Mechanics of the ligament in the bivalve Spisula solidissima in relation to mode of life. Biol. Bull. 122: 369-379. Hunter, W. R. and S. C. Brown. 1965. Ctenidial number in relation to size in certain chitons, with a discussion of its phyletic signi- ficance. Biol. Bull. 128: 508-521. 23 Johnson Hyatt, Alpheus. 1878. On a new species of sponge. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 30: 163-164. Hyde, I. H. 1894. The nervous mechanism of the respiratory move- ments in Limulus polyphemus. J. Morph. 9: 431- 448. Hyman, L. H. 1939. Some polyclads of the New England coast, espec- ially of the Woods Hole region. Biol. Bull. 76: 127-152. Hyman, Libby. 1952. Further notes on the turbellarian fauna of the Atlantic coast of the United States. Biol. Bull. 103: 195-200. Hyman, 0. W. 1922. Adventures in the life of a fiddler crab. Smithson. Rept 1920: 443-460. Ifft, J. D. and D. J. Zinn. 1948. Tooth succession in the smooth dogfish Mustelus canis. Biol. Bull. 95: 100-106. Illg, P. L. 1955. A new species of Pararchinotodelphys (Copepoda: Cyclopoida) with remarks on its systematic posi- tion. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 45: 216-224. Irving, Laurence. 1942. Biological studies at Woods Hole in winter. Collecting Net 17: 90. Jackson, J. B. S. 1845. Dissection of a spermaceti whale and three other cetaceans. Boston. J. nat. Hist. 5: 137-171. Jackson, R. T. 1888a. Catching fixed forms of animal life on transparent media for study. Science 11(275): 230. Jackson, R. T. 1888b. The development of the oyster with remarks on allied genera. Proc. Boston. Soc. nat. Hist. 23: 531-556. Jackson, R. T. 1927. Studies of Arbacia punctulata and allies and of non-pentamerous Echini. Mem. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 8: 433-565. Jackson, S. F. 1958. Some aspects of morphogenesis in ascidians. Biol. Bull. 115: 335. (Abstr.) Jao, C. C. 1936. New Rhodophyceae from Woods Hole. Torrey bot. Club 63: 237-249. Bull. Jeffrey, E. C 1910. A new Prepmus from Martha's Vineyard. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 34: 333-338. Jenner, C. E. 1955. A field character for distinguishing Palaemonetes vulgaris from Palaemonetes pugio. Biol. Bull. 109: 360. (Abstr.) Jenner, C. E. 1956a. Seasonal resorption of the copulatory organ in Nassarius trivittatus and Littorina littorea. Biol. Bull. Ill: 305. Jenner, C. E. 1956b. A striking behavioral change leading to the form- ation of extensive aggregations in a population of Nassarius obsoletus. Biol. Bull. Ill: 291-292. (Abstr.) Jenner, C. E. 1956c. The timing of reproductive cessation in geographi- cally separated populations of Nassarius obso- letus. Biol. Bull. Ill: 292. (Abstr.) Jenner, C. E. 1957. Schooling behavior in mud snails in Barnstable Harbor leading to the formation of massive aggre- gations at the completion of seasonal reproduc- tion. Biol. Bull. 113: 328-329. (Abstr.) Jenner, C. E. 1958. An attempted analysis of schooling behavior in the marine snail Nassarius obsoletus. Biol. Bull. 115: 337-338. (Abstr.) Jenner, C. E. 1959. Aggregation and schooling in the marine snail, Nassarius obsoletus. Biol. Bull. 117: 397. (Abstr.) Jenner, C. E. and N. A. Chamberlain. 1955. Seasonal resorption and restoration of the copu- latory organ in the mud snail, Nassa obsoleta. Biol. Bull. 109: 347. (Abstr.) Jennings, J. B. 1957. Studies on feeding, digestion, and food storage in free-living flat worms (Platyhelminthes: Turbell- aria). Biol. Bull. 112: 63-80. Johnson, C W. 1915. Fauna of New England. List of the Mollusca. Occ. Papers Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 7(13): 231 pp. Johnson, C W. 1932. Some notes on the New England species of Tellina. Nautilus 45; 109-111. Johnson, M. W. 1934. The life history of the copepod, Tortanus discau- datus (Thompson & Scott). Biol. Bull. 67: 182-200. Johnson 24 Johnson, W. H. and J. E. G. Raymont. 1939. The reactions of the planktonic copepod, Centro- pages typicus, to light and gravity. Biol. Bull. 77: 200-215. Jones, E. R. 1938. Observations on some lowerTurbellariaof the United States. Collecting Net 13: 109-110. Jones, N. S. and W. D. Burbanck. 1959. Almyracuma proximoculi gen. et sp. nov. (Crustacea Cumacia) from brackish water of Cape Cod, Massachusetts. Biol. Bull. 116: 115-124. Jones, W. F. and J. B. Lucke. 1951. Evolution of Nantucket shore lines. Bull. geol. Soc. Am., 62: 1453. (Abstr.) Jordan, D. S. 1874. The flora of Penikese Island. 197. Am. Nat. 8: 193- JySrgensen, C. B. 1952. On the relation between water transport and food requirements in some marine filter feeding inver- tebrates. Biol. Bull. 103: 356-363. Julien, A. A. 1902. Erosion by flying sand on the beaches of Cape Cod. Science n.s. 15: 27-28. Julien, A. A. 1907. On the pebbles at Harwich (Cape Cod), Massa- chusetts, and on rude arrow-heads found among them. Science n.s. 26: 831-832. Just, E. E. 1914. Breeding habits of the heteroneric form of Platynereis megalops at Woods Hole, Massa- chusetts. Biol. Bull. 27: 201-212. Kanda, Sakyo. 1914. On the geotropism of Paramecium and Spirostomum. Biol. Bull. 26: 1-24. Kanda, Sakyo. 1916. Studies on the geotropism of the marine snail, Littorina littorea. Biol. Bull. 30: 57-84. Kanda, Sakyo. 1919. On the reversibility of the heliotropism of Arenicola larvae by chemicals. Biol. Bull. 36: 149-166. Kanwisher, J. W. 1955. Freezing in intertidal animals. Biol. Bull. 109: 56-63. Kanwisher, John. 1957. Freezing and drying in intertidal algae. Bull. 113: 275-285. Kanwisher, John. 1959. Histology and metabolism of frozen intertidal animals. Biol. Bull. 116: 258-264. Kaye, C. A. 1963. Upper Cretaceous to recent stratigraphy of Martha's Vineyard, Massachusetts. 1963 Annual Meeting Geol. Society of America, Program: 91A. (Abstr.) Kellogg, J. L. 1901. Observations on the life history of the common clam, Mya arenaria. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 19: 193-202. Kellogg, J. L. 1905. Conditions governing existence and growth of the soft clam (Mya arenaria). Rept U.S. Comm. Fish. 1903: 195-224. Kelly, C. B. 1950. Shellfish sanitation research program. Proc. natn. Shellfish. Ass. 1950: 26-30. Kendall, W. C. and H. M. Smith. 1894. Extension of the recorded range of certain marine and freshwater fishes of the Atlantic coast of the United States. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 14: 15-21. [1895] Kepner, W. A. 1943. The manipulation of nematocysts of Pennaria tiarella by Aeolis pilata. J. Morph. 73: 297-311. Ketchum, B. H. 1951. The exchanges of fresh and salt watery in tidal estuaries. J. Mar. Research 10: 18-38. Ketchum, B. H. 1954. Relation between circulation and planktonic pop- ulations in estuaries. Ecology 35: 191-200. Kidder, G. W. and F. M. Summers. 1935. Taxonomic and cytological studies on the ciliates associated with the amphipod family Orchestiidae from the Woods Hole district. I. The stomatomous holotrichous ectocommensals. Biol. Bull. 68: 51- 68. Kidder, J. H. 1880. Report of experiments upon the animal heat of fishes, made at Provincetown Mass., during the summer of 1879, in connection with operations of the United States Fish Commission. Proc. U. S. natn. Mus. 2: 306-326. Kingsbury, J. M. 1960. The effect of waves in influencing the composi- tion of a flora of attached sea-weeds. Biol. Bull. 119: 322-323. (Abstr.) Biol. 25 Lewis Kingsbury, J. \1. 1962. The effect of waves on the composition of a popu- lation of attached marine algae. Bull. Toney bot. Club 89: 143-160. Kingsley, J. S. 1892. The embryology of Limulus. J. Morph. 7; 35-68. Kingsley, J. S. 1895. On a new genus and two new species of macrurous Crustacea. Bull. Essex Inst. 27: 95-99. [1897] Knox, A. S. 1952. Micropaleontology and geology of the Gay Head cliffs, Massachusetts. Bull. geol. Soc. Am. 1271. (Abstr.) Koons, B. F. 1884. Upon the kettle holes near Woods Hole, Mass. Am. J. Sci. series 3, 27: 260-264. Koons, B. F. 1885. Additional notes on the kettle holes of the Woods Hole region, Mass. Am. J. Sci. series 3, 29: 480- 486. Koteff, Carl, and J. E. Cotton. 1962. Preliminary results of recent deep drilling on Cape Cod, Massachusetts. Science n.s. 137: 34. Laubenfels, M. W. de. 1949. The sponges of Woods Hole and adjacent waters. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 103: 1-55. Kudo, R. 1923. Skate trypanosome from Woods Hole. J. 179-180. Parasit 9: Kuenzler, E. J. and B. H. Ketchum. 1962. Rate of phosphorus uptake by Phaeodactylum tri- comutum. Biol. Bull. 123: 134-145. Kuntz, Albert and L. Radcliffe. 1917. Notes on the embryology and larval development of twelve teleostean fishes. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 35: 87-134. Lackey, J. B. 1936. Occurrence and distribution of the marine proto- zoan species in the Woods Hole area. Biol. Bull. 70: 264-278. Lackey, J. B. 1938. A study of some ecologic factors affecting the distribution of Protozoa. Ecol. Monogr. 8: 501-527. Lackey, J. B. 1940. Some new flagellates from the Woods Hole area. Am. Midi. Nat. 23: 463-471. Lackey, J. B. 1960. Calkinsia aureus gen.et sp. nov., a new marine euglenid. Trans. Amer. micr. Soc. 79: 105-107. Langdon, F. E. 1900. The sense-organs of Nereis virens, Sars. J. comp. Neurol. 10: 1-77. Lavoie, M. E. 1956. How sea stars open bivalves. Biol. Bull. 114-122. Ill: Lavoie, M. and G. G. Holz Jr. 1955. How sea stars open bivalves. Biol. Bull. 109: 363. (Abstr.) Lee, R. E. 1942. The occurrence of female swordfish in 'southern New England waters, with a description of their reproductive condition. Copeia 1942: 117-119. Lee, R. E. 1944. A quantitative survey of the invertebrate fauna in Menemsha Bight. Biol. Bull. 86: 83-97. Leet, L. D. 1935. The Provincetown, Massachusetts earthquake of April 23, 1932, and data for investigating New England's seismicity. Natn. Acad. Sci. Proc. 21: 308-313. Lenhoff, H. M. and H. A. Schneiderman. 1959. The chemical control of feeding in the Portuguese man-of-war, Physalia physalis L., and its bearing on the evolution of the Cnidaria. Biol. Bull. 116: 452-460. Lewin, J. C. 1958. The taxonomic position of Phaeodactylum tricor- nutum. J. gen. Microbiol. 18: 427-432. Lewin, J. C, R. A. Lewin and D. E. Philpott. 1958. Observations on Phaeodactylum tricornutum. J. gen. Microbiol. 18: 418-426. Lewin, R. A. 1955. Polysaccharides of marine algae. Biol. Bull. 109: 373. (Abstr.) Lewis, I. F. 1909. The life history of Griffithsia Bornetiana. Ann. Bot. 23: 639-690. Lewis, I. F. 1912. Alternation of generations in certain Florideae. Bot. Gaz. 53: 236-242. Lewis, I. F. 1914. The seasonal life cycle of some red algae at Woods Hole. PI. Wld 17: 31-35. Lewis, I. F. 1916. Notes from the Woods Hole Laboratory — 1915. I. Prasiola stipitata Suhr. Rhodora 18: 90-92. Lewis 26 Lewis, I. F. 1924. The flora of Penikese, fifty years after. Rhodora 26: 181-195, 211-219, 222-229. Lewis, \. F. and R. H. Colley. 1916. Notes from the Woods Hole Laboratory — 1915. II. Chamaesiphon incrustans Grun. Rhodora 18: 92. Lewis, I. F. and W. R. Taylor. 1921. Notes from the Woods Hole Laboratory — 1921. Rhodora 23: 249-256. Lewis, I. F. and W. R. Taylor. 1928. Notes from the Woods Hole Laboratory — 1928. Rhodora 30: 193-198. Lewis, I. F. and W. R. Taylor. 1933. Notes from the Woods Hole Laboratory — 1932. Rhodora 35: 147-154. Lewis, Margaret. 1897. Clymene producta sp. nov. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 28: 111-115. Lidz, Louis. 1965. Sedimentary environment and foraminiferal para- meters: Nantucket Bay, Massachusetts. Limnol. Oceanogr. 10: 392-402. Liebermann, L. N. 1948. Reflection of sound from coastal sea bottoms. J. acoust. Soc. Am. 20: 305-309. Lillick, L. C. 1937. Seasonal studies of the phytoplankton off Woods Hole, Massachusetts. Biol. Bull. 73: 488-503. Lillie, F. R. 1944. The Woods Hole Marine Biological Laboratory. Univ. Chicago Press, Chicago. 284 pp. Lillie, F. R. and E. E. Just. 1913. Breeding habits of the heteronereis form of Nereis limbata at Woods Hole, Mass. Biol. Bull. 24: 147-168. Linton, Edwin. 1889. Notes on cestoid Entozoa of marine fishes. Am. J. Sci. series 3, 37: 239-240. Linton, Edwin. 1889-1891. Notes on Entozoa of marine fishes of New Eng- land with descriptions of several new species. Rept U.S. Comm. Fish. 1886: 453-510 [1889]; Rept U.S. Comm. Fish. 1887: 719-899. [1891] Linton, Edwin. 1891. On certain wartlike excrescences occurring on the short minnow, Cyprinodon variegatus, due to sporosperms. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U.S. 9: 99-102. Linton, Edwin. 1892a. Notes on Entozoa of marine fishes, with descriptions of new species. Rept U.S. Comm. Fish. 1888: 523-542. [1891] Linton, Edwin. 1892b. On the anatomy of Thysanocephalum crispum Linton, a parasite of the tiger shark. Rept U. S.Comm. Fish. 1888: 543-556. Linton, Edwin. 1894. Some observations concerning fish parasites. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U.S. 13:101-112. Linton, Edwin. 1897. Notes on larval cestode parasites of fishes. Proc. U.S. natn. Mus. 19: 787-824. Linton, Edwin. 1898a. An economical consideration of fish parasites. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U.S. 17: 193-199. Linton, Edwin. 1898b. Notes on cestode parasites of fishes. Proc. U.S. natn. Mus. 20: 423-456. [1897] Linton, Edwin. 1898c. Notes on trematode parasites of fishes. Proc. U.S. natn. Mus. 20: 507-548. Linton, Edwin. 1901a. Fish parasites collected at Woods Hole in 1898. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U.S. 19: 267-304. Linton, Edwin. 1901b. Parasites of fishes of the Woods Hole region. Fishery Bull. Wildl. Serv. U.S. 19: 405-492. Linton, Edwin. 1905. Notes on cestode cysts. Taenia chamissonii, new species, from a porpoise. Proc. U.S. natn. Mus. 28: 819-822. Linton, Edwin. 1907a. An abnormal cestode proglottid. Biol. Bull. 12: 155-157. Linton, Edwin. 1907b. \ cestode parasite in the flesh of the butter- fish. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U.S. 26: 111-132. Linton, Edwin. 1907c. Notes on Calyptrobothrium, a cestode genus found in the Torpedo. Proc. U.S. natn. Mus. 32: 275-284. 27 Livingstone Linton, Edwin. 1910a. Notes on the distribution. of entozoa of North /American marine fishes. Advance Print from Proc. 7th Int. Congr. Zool. 11 pp. Linton, Edwin. 1910b. Notes on the flesh parasites of marine food fishes. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U.S. 27(2): 1195-1209. Linton, Edwin. 1910c. On a new rhabdocoele commensal with Modiolus plicatulus. J. exp. Zool. 9:371-384. Linton, Edwin. 1914. On the seasonal distribution offish parasites. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 44: 48-56. Linton, Edwin. 1915a. The Bureau of Fisheries, and its station at Woods Hole, Mass. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C 9 pp. Linton, Edwin. 1915b. Reminescences of the Woods Hole Laboratory of the Bureau of Fisheries, 1882-1889. Science 41: 737-753. Linton, Edwin. 1915c. Note on trematode sporocysts and cercariae in marine mollusks of the Woods Hole region. Biol. Bull. 28: 198-209. Linton, Edwin. 1915d. Sporocysts in an annelid. Biol. Bull. 28: 115-118. Linton, Edwin 1915e. Tocotrema lingua (Creplin) the adult stage of a skin parasite of the cunner and other fishes of the Woods Hole region. J. Parasit. 1: 128-134. Linton, Edwin. 1921. Rhynchobothrium insens spec. nov. a parasite of the dusky shark (Carcharhinus obscurus). J. Parasit. 8: 22-32. Linton, Edwin. 1922a. A contribution to the anatomy of Dinobothrium, a genus of Selachian tapeworms; with descrip- tions of two new species. Proc. U.S. natn. Mus. 60(2401): 13 pp. Linton, Edwin. 1922b. Food of young winter flounders. Rept U. S. Comm. Fish. 1921 (Appendix 4): 14 pp. [1921] Linton, Edwin. 1922c. A new cestode from Liparis liparis. Trans. Amer. micr. Soc. 41: 118-121. Linton, Edwin. 1923. Note on degenerating cestode cysts in mackerel. J. Parasit. 9: 176-178. Linton, Edwin. 1925. Notes on cestode parasites of sharks and skates. Proc. U.S. natn. Mus. 64 (2511): 114 pp. [1924] Linton, Edwin. 1927. Adult distomes in a Sagitta. Trans. Amer. micr. Soc. 46: 212-213. Linton, Edwin. 1928. Larval cestodes (Tetrarhynchus elongatus Rudolphi) in the liver of the pelagic sunfish {Mola mola) collected at Woods Hole, Mass. Trans. Amer. micr. Soc. 47: 464-467. Linton, Edwin. 1932. On the taxonomic position of Eohinorhynchus sagittifer Linton. Science n.s. 76: 193. Linton, Edwin. 1933. On the occurrence of Echinorhynchus gadi in fishes of the Woods Hole region. Trans. Amer. micr. Soc. 52: 32-34. Linton, Edwin. 1934a. A new genus of trematodes belonging to the subfamily Allocreadiinae. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 24: 81-83. Linton, Edwin. 1934b. A pseudophyllidean cestode from a flying fish. Trans. Amer. micr. Soc. 53: 66. Linton, Edwin. 1934c. Some observations on the distribution of helminth entozoa of fishes of the Woods Hole region(Massachusetts, U. S. A.), p. 121-131. In: James Johnston Memorial Volume. University Press, Liverpool. Linton, Edwin. 1936. A fungoid parasite in the kidney of the butter- fish (Poronotus triacanthus). Trans. Amer. micr. Soc. 55: 93-96. Linton, Edwin. 1941. Cestode parasites of teleost fishes of the Woods Hole region, Massachusetts. Proc. U. S. natn. Mus. 90: 417-441. Linton, Edwin. 1942. Trematodes from fishes mainly from the Woods Hole region, Massachusetts. Proc. U.S. natn. Mus. 88(3078): 172 pp. Livingstone, D.A. 1964. The pollen flora of submarine sediments from Nantucket shoals. Am. J. Sci. 262: 479-487. Linton, Edwin. 1922d. A new cestode from the maneater and mackerel sharks. Proc. U.S. natn. Mus. 61(2433): 16 pp. Lochhead 28 Lochhead, J. H. 1954. On the distribution of a marine Cladoceran, Penilia avirostris Dana (Crustacea, Branchio- poda), with a note on its reported biolumin- escence. Biol. Bull. 107: 92-105. Loomis, W. F. and W. F. Loomis Jr. 1960. Constancy of the pCO in the ocean. Biol. Bull. 119: 295-296. (Abstr.) Lougee, R. J. 1939. Early marine stage of the last glaciation in south- em New England. Bull. geol. Soc. Am. 50: 1919. (Abstr.) Lutz, H. J. 1941. The nature and origin of layers of fine-textured material in sand dunes. J. sedim. Petrol. 11: 105-123. Lux, F.E. 1959. A case of partial albinism in the four-spotted flounder, Hippoglossina oblonga. Copeia 1959: 253. Lyell, Sir Charles. 1844. On the Tertiary strata of the island of Martha's Vineyard in Massachusetts. Am. J. Sci. series 3, 46: 318-320. Lyman, Theodore. 1861. [An account of the habits of some animals recently observed at West Yarmouth, Massa- chusetts] . Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 7: 75-79. [1859] Lyman, Theodore. 1872a. Fishes taken in the Waquoit Weir, April 18 to June 18, 1871. Rept. Comm. Inland Fish. 1871: 41-64. Lyman, Theodore. 1872b. On the possible exhaustion of sea fisheries. Third notice. Rept. Comm. Inland Fish. 1871: 17-40. Lynch, W. F. 1949. Modification of the responses of two species of Bugula larvae from Woods Hole to light and gravity: ecological aspects of the behavior of Bugula larvae. Biol. Bull. 97: 302-310. Lynch, W.F. 1952. Factors influencing metamorphosis of Bugula larvae. Biol. Bull. 103: 369-383. Lynch, W. F. 1958. The effect of x-rays, irradiated sea water, and oxydizing agents on the rate of attachment of Bugula larvae. Biol. Bull. 114: 215-225. Lyon, E. P. 1905. On rheotropism. I. Rheotropism in fishes. Am. J. Physiol. 12: 149-161. Lyon, E. P. 1906a. Note on the geotropism of Arbacia larvae. Biol. Bull. 12: 21-22. Lyon, E. P. 1906b. Note on the heliotropism of Palaemonetes larvae. Biol. Bull. 12: 23-25. McAlester, A. L., I. G. Speden and M. A. Buzas. 1964. Ecology of Pleistocene molluscs from Marthas Vineyard — a reconsideration. J. Paleont. 38: 985- 991. McClendon, J. F. 1906-1907. On the development of parasitic copepods. I & II. Biol. Bull. 12: 37-52, 53-88. MacCoy, C. V. 1931. Museum notes. Fishes. Bull. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 61: 21. MacCoy, C. V. 1934. Museum notes. Fishes. Bull. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 70: 6-7. MacCoy, C. V. 1958. Ecology of Duck Pond, Wellfleet, Massachusetts, with special reference to the vertical distribution of the zooplankton. Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution Ref. No. 58-43. 32 pp. (unpublished manuscript) McLachlan, John. 1961. The effect of salinity on growth and chlorophyll content in representative classes of unicellular marine algae. Can. J. Microbiol. 7: 399-406. McMurrich, J. P. 1891a. Contributions on the morphology of the Actinozoa. in. The phylogeny of the Actinozoa. J. Morph. 5: 125-164. McMurrich, J. P. 1891b. The development of Cyanea arctica. Am. Nat. 25: 287-289. McMurrich, J. P. 1895. Embryology of the isopod Crustacea. J. Morph. 11: 63-154. Macy, Z. 1810. Description of Nantucket. Coll. Mass. Hist. Soc. series 1, 3: 158. Manheim, F. T., J. A. Trumbull, A. R. Tagg and J. Hulsemann. 1964. Bottom sediments of Woods Hole Great Harbor. Woods Hole Oceanographic Institute Ref. No. 64- 38. 6 pp. (unpublished manuscript) 29 Mathews Manter, H. W. 1926. Some North American fish trematodes. Illinois biol. Monogr. 10(2): 127-264. Margalef, Roman. 1960a. Silicoflagellate populations in the plankton of Cape Cod area, past and present. Biol. Bull. 119: 326 (Abstr.) Margalef, Roman. 1960b. The size of the marine diatom Melosira sulcata (Ehrenb.) Kuetz. in the Cape Cod area. Biol. Bull. 119: 326. (Abstr.) Margalef, Roman and J. H. Ryther. I960. Pigment composition and productivity as related to succession in experimental populations of phytoplankton. Biol. Bull. 119: 326-327. (Abstr.) Marindin, H. L. 1889. Encroachment of the sea upon the coast of Cape Cod, Mass., as shown by comparative studies. Rept U.S. Cst geod. Surv. 1889 (appendix 12): 403-407. [1891] Marindin, H. L. 1890. Cross-sections of the shore of Cape Cod between Chatham and Highland light-house. Rept. U. S. Cst. geod. Surv. 1891: 409-457. Marindin, H. L. 1892a. Cross-sections of the shore of Cape Cod, Massa- chusetts, between the Cape Cod and Long Point light-houses. Rept U. S. Cst. geod. Surv. 1891 (Part II): 289-341. Marindin, H. L. 1892b. On the changes in the shore lines and anchorage areas of Cape Cod (or Provincetown) Harbor as shown by a comparison of surveys made between 1835, 1867 and 1890. Rept U.S. Cst geod. Surv. 1891 (Part II): 283-288. Marindin, H. L. 1894a. On the changes in the ocean shore lines of Nan- tucket Island, Massachusetts, from a comparison of surveys made in the years 1846-1887, and in 1891. Rept U. S. Cst geod. Surv. 1892 (Part II): 243-252. Marindin, H. L. 1894b. On the tides and currents in the harbor of Edgar- town and in Katama Bay, Martha's Vineyard. Rept U. S. Cst geod. Surv. 1892, Part II: 225-241. Marindin, H. L. 1896. Report on the changes in the depths on the bar at the entrance to Nantucket Inner Harbor, Massachu- setts, between the years 1888and 1893. Rept. U. S. Cst geod. Surv. 1895: 347-354. Marindin, H. L. 1897. Tables of cross sections on the north shores of Nantucket and Martha's Vineyard, Massachusetts. Rept U.S. Cst geod. Surv. 1896: 305-345. Martin, E. A. 1933. Polymorphism and methods of asexual reproduc- tion in the annelid, Dodecaceria, of Vineyard Sound. Biol. Bull. 65: 99-105. Martin, E. A. 1936. Asexual reproduction in Dodecaceria fimbriatus. Biol. Bull. 71: 396. (Abstr.) Martin, W. E. 1938. Studies on trematodes of Woods Hole: the life cycle of Lepocreadium setiferoides (Miller and Northup), Allocreadiidae, and the description of Cercaria cumingiae n.s. Biol. Bull. 75: 463-474. Martin, W. E. 1939. Studies on the trematodes of Woods Hole. II. The life cycle of Stephana stomum tenue (Linton). Biol. Bull. 77: 65-73. Martin, W. E. 1940. Studies on the trematodes of Woods Hole. III. The life cycle of Monorcheides cumingiae (Martin) with special reference to its effect on the invertebrate host Biol. Bull. 79: 131-144. Martin, W. E. 1944. Studies on trematodes of Woods Hole. IV. Addi- tional observations upon Cercaria loossi Stunkard developing in an annelid. Trans. Amer. micr. Soc. 63: 237-243. Mather, F. J. III. 1952. Three species of fishes, genus Seriola, in the waters of Cape Cod and vicinity. Copeia 1952: 209-210. Mather, E J. Ill and H. A. Schuck. 1%0. Growth of bluefin tuna of the western North Atlantic. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 61: 39-52. Mather, K. F., R. P. Goldthwait and L. R. Thiesmeyer. 1940. Preliminary report on the geology of western Cape Cod, Massachusetts. Bull. Mass. DPW 2 (iii): 53 pp. Mather, K. F., R. P. Goldthwait and L. R. Thiesmeyer, 1942. Pleistocene geology of western Cape Cod, Massachusetts. Bull. geol. Soc. Am. 41: 289-338. Mathews, A. P. 1909. The influence of some amino-acids on the development of echinoderms. Biol. Bull. 16: 44-46. Matthews 30 Matthews, S. A. 1938. The seasonal cycle in the gonads of Fundulus. Biol. Bull. 75: 66-74. Merrill, F. J. H. 1896. Post Pliocene deposits of Sankaty Head. Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 15: 10-16. Matthiessen, G. C. 1960. Observations on the ecology of the soft clam Mya arenaria, in a salt pond. Limnol. Oceanogr. 5: 291-300. Matthiessen, G. C. and R. C. Toner. 1963. A study of the marine resources of Barnstable County, Massachusetts. Marine Research Foundation, Inc., Edgartown, Mass. 114 pp. (undated) Mead, A. D. 1897. The early development of marine annelids. J. Morph. 13: 227-326. Mead, A. D. 1898. The breeding of animals at Woods Holl during the month of April, 1898. Science n.s. 7: 702-704. Mead, A. D. 1901. The natural history of the star-fish. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 19: 203-224. Meek, S. E. 1883. A note on the Atlantic species of the genus Anguilla. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv, U. S. 3: 430. Meinkoth, M. A. 1956. A North American record of Rhopalaura sp. (Orthonectida: Mesozoa),a parasite of the nemertean Amphiphorus ochraceus (Verrill). Biol. Bull. Ill: 308. (Abstr.) Mensch, P. C. 1900. Stolonization in Autolytus varians. J. Morph. 16: 269-322. Menzies, R. J. and C. Beckman. 1958. Occurrence of Limnoria tripunctata at the Cape Cod peninsula. Ecology 39: 172. Merrill, A. S. 1960. Living inclusions in the shell of the sea scallop Placopecten magellanicus. Ecology 41: 385-386. Merrill, A. S. and R. D. Turner. 1963. Nest building in the bivalve genera Musculus and Lima. Veliger 6: 55-59. Merrill, F. J. H. 1890. [Remarks on the stratigraphy of Gay Head with mention of some marine fossils.] Bull. geol. Soc. Am. 1: 556. Also in Am. Nat 24: 563-564. Merriman, Daniel. 1937. The occurrence of Tethys willcoxi in New England waters, and another record for th'is locality. Nautilus 50: 95-97. Metcalf, M. M. 1895. Notes on tunicate morphology. Anat. Anz. 11: 277-280, 329-340. Miller, D. and R. R. Marak. 1959. The early larval stages of the red hake, Urophycis chuss. Copeia 1959: 248-250. Miller, G. S. Jr. 1897. The beach mouse of Muskeget Island. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 27: 75-87. Miller, H. M. Jr. and F. E. Northup. 1926. The seasonal infestation oi Nassa obsoleta (Say) with larval trematodes. Biol. Bull. 50: 490-508. Miller, R. L. and J. M. Zeigler. 1958. A model relating dynamics and sediment pattern in equilibrium in the region of shoaling waves, breaker zone, and fore- shore. Jour. Geol. 66: 417-441. Miller, R. L. and J. M. Zeigler, 1964. A study of sediment distribution in the zone of shoaling waves over complicated bottom topo- graphy, p 133-153. In: Miller, R. L. (Ed) Papers in Marine Geology: Shepard commemorative volume. Macmillan Co., New York. Mills, E. L. 1962. A new species of Liljeborgiid amphipod, with notes on its biology. Crustaceana 4: 158-162. Mills, E. L. 1963. A new species of Ampelisca (Crustacea: Amphi- poda) from eastern North America, with notes on other species of the genus. Can. J. Zool. 41: 971-989. Mills, E. L. 1964a. Ampelisca abdita, a new amphipod crustacean from eastern North America. Can. J. Zool. 42: 559-575. Mills, E. L. 1964b. Noteworthy Amphipoda (Crustacea) in the collection of the Yale Peabody Museum. Postilla, Yale Peabody Museum No. 79: 41 pp. 31 Moore Mills, E. L. 1965. The zoogeography of North Atlantic and North Pacific ampeliscid amphipod crustaceans. Syst. Zool. 14(2): 119-130. Milne, L. and M. Milne. 1951. The eelgrass catastrophe.Sci. Amer. 184: 52-56. Miner, R. W. 1912. The marine worms of the Atlantic coast shown in a habitat group made from field studies at Woods Hole, Mass. Natural History 12: 245-250. Mitchell, Henry. 1854. Tidal observations made on the south shore of Massachusetts, and in Nantucket and Vineyard sounds. Ann. Rept U. S. Cst geod. Surv. 1854 (appendix 29): 35-37. [1855] Mitchell, Henry. 1855. Tidal observations in Nantucket Sound. Ann. Rept U. S. Cst geod. Surv. 1855 (appendix 33): 222-223. [1856] Mitchell, Henry. 1856. Progress of the discussion of the interference tides of Nantucket and Martha's Vineyard Sound. Ann. Rept U. S. Cst geod. Surv. 1856 (appendix 37): 261-263. Mitchell, Henry. 1857. Observations of tides and currents in Nantucket and Martha's Vineyard Sounds and in the East River, at Hell Gate, with remarks on the revision of levellings on Hudson River. Ann. Rept U. S. Cst geod. Surv. 1857 (appendix 35): 350-354. [1858] Mitchell, Henry. 1869. Report on physical surveys made at Martha's Vineyard and Nantucket during the summer of 1871. (J. S. Cst geod. Surv. 1869: 254-259. [1872] Mitchell, Henry. 1871. Report concerning Nausett Beach and the peninsula of Monomoy. Ann. Rept U. S. Cst geod. Surv. 1871 (appendix 9): 134-143. [1874] Mitchell, Henry. 1873. Additional report concerning the changes in the neighborhood of Chatham and Monomoy. Rept U. S. Cst geod. Surv. 1873 'appendix 9):103- 107. [1875] Mitchell, Henry. 1886. A report on Monomoy and its shoals. Rept U. S. Cst geod. Surv. 1886 (appendix 8): 255-260.[1887] Mitchell, Henry. 1887. On the movements of the sands at the eastern entrance to Vineyard Sound. Rept U. S. Cst geod. Surv. (appendix 6): 159-163. [1889] Mitchell, P. H. and N. W. Rakestraw. 1933. The buffer capacity of sea water. Biol. Bull. 65: 437-451. Montgomery, T. H. Jr. 1897. On the connective tissues and body cavities of the nemerteans, with notes on classification. Zool. Jb. Abt. Anat. und Ontog. 10: 1-46. Montgomery, T. H. Jr. 1898. Descriptions of new metanemerteans with notes on other species. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 10:1-14. Montgomery, T. H. Jr. 1911. Certain habits, particularly light reactions, of a littoral aranead. Biol. Bull. 20: 71-76. Moore, G. M. 1950. Progress report on investigations of the Nudibranchiata of New England. Biol. Bull. 352-353. 99: Moore, J. A. 1939. The role of temperature in hydranth formation in Tubulana. Biol. Bull. 76: 104-107. Moore, J. P. 1900. The polychaetous annelids of the Woods Hole region. 1032 pp, 135 figures. Unpublished ms. Deposited in the U. S. National Museum, Wash., D. C, and the M. B. L., Woods Hole, Mass. Moore, J. P. 1903a. Descriptions of two new species of Polychaeta from Woods Hole, Massachusetts. Proc. Acad, nat. Sci. Philad. 55: 720-726. Moore, J. P. 1903b. Some pelagic Polychaeta new to the Woods Hole fauna. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 55: 793-801. Moore, J. P. 1904. A new generic type of Poiygordidae. Am. Nat. 38 519-520. Moore, J. P. 1905a. A new species of seamouse (Aphrodita hastata) from eastern Massachusetts. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 57: 294-298. Moore 32 Moore, J. P. 1905b. Some marine Oligochaeta of New England. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 57: 373-399. Moore, J. P. 1906. Descriptions of new species of Polychaeta from the southeastern coast of Massachusetts. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 58: 501-508. Moore, J. P. 1907a. Description of a new species of annelid from Woods Hole. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 59: 448-451. Moore, J. P. 1907b. Descriptions of new species of spioniform annelids. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 59: 195- 207. Moore, J. R. 1963. Bottom sediment studies. Buzzards Bay, Mass. J. sedim. Petrol. 33(3): 511-558. Morgan, T. H. 1891. The growth and metamorphosis of Tomaria. J. Morph. 5: 407-458. Morgan, T. H. 1892. Balanoglossus and Tomaria of New England. Zool. Anz. 15: 456-457. Moui, E. T. and D. Mason. 1957. Study of diatom populations on sand and mud flats in the Woods Hole area. Biol. Bull. 113: 351. (Abstr.) Moulton, J. M. 1956. Influencing the calling of sea robins (Prionotus spp.) with sound. Biol. Bull. Ill: 393-398. Moulton, J. M. 1958. A summer silence of sea robins, Prionotus spp. Copeia 1958: 234-235. Moulton, J. M. 1963. Acoustic orientation of marine fishes and invertebrates. Erg. Biol. 26: 27-39. MuUan, J. W. 1958. The sea-run or "salter" brook trout {Salvelinus fontinalis) fishery of the coastal streams of Cape Cod, Mass. Bull. Mass. Div. Fish. Game 17: 25 pp. Mullin, M. M. 1963. Some factors affecting the feeding of marine copepods of the genus Calanus. Limnol. Oceanogr. 8: 239-250. Murbach, Louis. 1895. Preliminary note on the life-history of Gonionemus. J. Morph. 11: 493-496. Morgan, T. H. 1941. Further experiments in cross- and self-fertili- zation of Ciona at Woods Hole and Corona del Mar. Biol. Bull. 80: 338-353. Morse, Max. 1906. Notes on the behavior of Gonionemus. J. comp. Neurol. 16: 450-456. Morse, Max. 1907. Further notes on the behavior of Gonionemus. Am. Nat. 41: 683-688. Morse, Max. 1909. The autotomy of the hydranth of Tubularia. Biol. Bull. 16: 172-182. Mortensen, Edith and P. S. Galtsoff. 1944. Behavior and tube-building habits of Polydora ligni. Biol. Bull. 87: 164-165. Moul, E. T. 1964. Vascular plants of the coastal area of the Cape Cod region. Systematics-Ecology Program, Marine Biological Laboratory Contribution No. 24. 10 pp. (mimeographed) Murbach, Louis. 1899. Hydroids from Woods Holl, Mass. Hypolytus peregrinus, a new unattached marine hydroid: Corynitis Agassizii and its medusa. Quart. J. micr. Sci. n.s. 42: 341-360. Murbach, Louis. 1909. Some light reactions of the medusa Gonionemus. Biol. Bull. 17: 354-368. Nagle, J. S. 1964. Differential sorting of shells in the swash zone. Biol. Bull. 127: 353. (Abstr.) Nagle, J. S., 1965. Distributional aspects of Cape Cod eel grass epibiota. Biol. Bull. 129: 417. (Abstr.) Newman, H. H. 1907. Spawning behavior and sexual dimorphism in Fundulus heteroclitus and allied fish. Biol. Bull. 12: 314-348. Newman, H. H. 1908. The process of heredity as exhibited by the development of Fundulus hybrids. J. exp. Zool. 5: 503-561. 33 Page Newman, H. H. 1909. Contact organs in the killifishes of Woods Hole. Biol. Bull. 17: 170-180. Nichols, J. T. and C. M. Breder Jr. 1927. The marine fish of New York and southern New England. Zoologica, N. Y. 9(1): 192 pp. Nickerson, W. S. 1898. Preliminary notice of a new species of endoproct, Loxosoma davenportii, from the Mass. coast. Science n. s. 7: 220-221. [Paper presented by title at meeting of American Physiological Society 28, 29 Dec. 1897] Nickerson, W. S. 1899. Notes on Loxosoma davenporti. Science 9: 366-367. Nickerson, W. S. 1901. On Loxosoma davenporti sp. nov. an endoproct from the New England coast. J. Morph. 17: 351-380. Nie, D. 1947. Thecal morphology of some dinoflagellates of Woods Hole with special reference to the "ventral area." Biol. Bull. 93: 210-211. (Abstr.) Northrop, John. 1951. Ocean-bottom photographs of the neritic and bathyal environment south of Cape Cod, Massa- chusetts. Bull. geol. Soc. Am. 62: 1381-1384. Nutting, C. C. 1901. The hydroids of the Woods Hole region. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 19: 325-386. Nye, WiUard Jr. 1883 Eels {Anguilla rostrata) in New Bedford water pipes— mackerel abundant in Amherst River. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 2: 272. Nye, Willard Jr. 1887a. Habits of whiting or frost fish (Merlucius bilinearis Mitch). Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 6: 208. [1886] Nye, Willard Jr. 1887b. Notes on the fisheries of Buzzards Bay and vicinity. Bull. U. S. Fish Commn. 1887, 7: 160. [1889] Nye, Willard Jr. 1887c. A reasoning lobster. Fishery Bull Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 2: 186. [1886] Ogden, J. G. III. 1959. A late-glacial pollen sequence from Martha's Vineyard, Massachusetts. Am. J. Sci. 257: 366- 381. Ogden, J. G. III. 1963. The Squibnocket Cliff peat: radiocarbon dates and pollen stratigraphy. Am. J. Sci. 261: 344-353. Oldale, R. N. and C. R. Tuttle. 1962. Preliminary report on the seismic investigations in the Orleans, Wellfleet, North Truroand Province- town quadrangles, Massachusetts. U. S. Geol. Survey open-file report. Oldale, R. N. and C. R. Tuttle. 1964. Seismic investigations on Cape Cod, Massachu- setts. U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper 475-D: 118D-122D. Oldale, R. N., C. R. Tuttle and L. W. Currier. 1962. Preliminary report on the seismic investigations in the Harwich and Dennis quadrangles, Massachu- setts. U. S. Geol. Survey-open file report. Olsen, Y. H. and D. Merriman. 1946. Studies on the marine resources of southern New England. IV. The biology and economic impor- tance of the ocean pout (Macrozoarces american- us Bloch and Schneider). Bull. Bingham oceanogr. Coll 9(4): 184 pp. Orr, R R. 1946. Heat death. Biol. Bull. 91: 232. (Abstr.) Osburn, R. C. 1912. The Bryozoa of the Woods Hole region. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 30: 203-266. Osterhout, W. J. V. 1896. On the life history of Rhabdonia tenera, J. Ag. Ann. Bot. 10: 403-427. Packard. A. S. 1900. A new fossil crab from the Miocene greensand bed of Gay Head, Martha's Vineyard with remarks on the phylogeny of the genus Cancer. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. 36: 1-9. Page, I. H. 1927. The composition of Woods Hole sea water. Biol. Bull. 52: 161-163. Page, I. H. 1928. Further observations on the chemical composi- tion of Woods Hole sea water — the chlorine con- tent and salt analysis. Biol. Bull. 55: 449-452. Palmer 34 Palmer, L. 1935. The shedding reaction of Arbacia punctulata. Biol. Bull. 69: 336. (Abstr.) Papenfuss, G. F. 1935. Alternation of generations in Ectocarpus silicu- losus. Bot. Gaz. 96: 421-446. Parker, F. L. 1952. Foraminiferal distribution in the Long Island Sound - Buzzards Bay area. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 106: 425-472. Parker, F. L. and W. D. Atheam. 1959. Ecology of marsh Foraminifera in Poponessett Bay, Mass. J. Paleont. 33: 333-343. Parker, G. H. 1902. The reactions of copepods to various stimuli and the bearing of this on daily depth-migrations. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 21: 103-123. Parker, G. H. 1903. The optic chiasma in teleosts and its bearing on the asymmetry of the heterosomata (flat-fishes). Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 40: 221-242. Parker, G. H. 1910. Structure and functions of the ear of the sque- teague. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 28, part 2: 1211-1224. [1908] Parker, G. H. 1911. Influence of the eyes, ears and other allied sense organs on the movements of the dogfish, Mustelus cams (Mitchell). Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 29: 43-57 [19101 Parker, G. H. 1912. Sound as a directing influence in the movements of fishes. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 30: 97-104. Parker, G. H. 1915. The directive influence of the sense of smell in the dogfish. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 33: 61-68. [19141 Parker, G. H. 1919. The effects of the winter of 1917-1918 on the occurrence of Sagartia luciae Verrill. Am. Nat. 53: 280-281. Parker, G. H. 1924. The growth of marine animals on submerged metals. Biol. Bull. 47: 127-142. Parker, G. H. 1931. Color changes in the sea-urchin Arbacia. Proc. natn. Acad. Sci.U. S. 17: 594-596. Parker, G. H. 1932. On certain feeding habits of the sea-urchin Arbacia. Am. Nat. 66: 95-96. Parker, G. H. and R. E. Sheldon. 1914. The sense of smell in fishes. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 32: 33-46. [19131 Parker, R. H., J. S. Nagle, A. L. DriscoU and K. Lukas. 1964. Preliminary quantitative study of small-scale environmental and faunal variability in Hadley Harbor. Biol. Bull. 127: 360-361. (Abstr.) Parker, R. H., J. S. Nagle, A. B. Williams & R. Kaufman. 1965. Seasonal aspects of Hadley Harbor benthic ecology. Biol. Bull. 129: 418. (Abstr.) Parker, R. W. 1934. The winter of 1934 and its effect upon the fauna and flora of Woods Hole. Collecting Net 9: 82,99. Parsons, W. B. 1918. The Cape Cod Canal. Trans. Am. Soc. civil Engr. 82: 1-157. Patten, W. and W. A. Redenbaugh. 1899. Studies on Limulus. II. The nervous system of Limulus polypherrtus with observations on the general anatomy. J. Morph. 16: 91-200. Patterson, J. T. 1912. Early development of Graff ila gemellipara — a supposed case of polyembryony. Biol. Bull. 22: 173-204. Pearce, J. B. 1964. On reproduction in Pinnotheres maculatus (Decapoda: Pinnotheridae). Biol. Bull. 127: 384. (Abstr.) Pearl, Raymond. 1904. On the behavior and reactions of Limulus in early stages of its development. J. comp. Neurol. 14: 138-164. Pearse, A. S. 1908. Observations on the behavior of the holothurian Thyone briareus (Leseur). Biol. Bull. 15: 259-288. Pearse, A. S. 1909. Autotomy in holothurians. Biol. Bull. 18: 42-49. Pearse, A. S. 1913. On the habits of the crustaceans found in Chaetopterus tubes at Woods Hole, Massachusetts. Biol. Bull. 24: 102-114. Pearse, A. S. 1914a. Habits of fiddler crabs. Smithson. Rept 1913: 415-428. Pearse, A. S. 1914b. On the habits of ilea pugnax, (Smith) and U . pugilator, (Bosc) Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts Lett. 17, Part 2: 791-802. 35 Posgay Pearse, A. S. 1928. On the ability of certain marine invertebrates to live in diluted sea water. Biol. Bull. 54: 405-409. Pearse, A. S. and A. M. Walker. 1939. Littoral polyclads from New England, Prince Edward Island, and Newfoundland. Bull. Mt. Desert Isl. biol. Lab.:l5-22. Peck, J. I. 1896. The sources of marine food. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U.S. 15: 351-368. Pennak, R. W. 1942a. Ecology of some copepods inhabiting intertidal beaches near Woods Hole, Mass. Ecology 23: 446- 456. Pennak, R. W. 1942b. Harpacticoid copepods from some intertidal beaches near Woods Hole, Massachusetts. Trans. Amer. micr. Soc. 61: 274-285. Pennak, R. W. and D. J. Zinn. 1943. Mystacocarida, a new order of Crustacea from intertidal beaches in Massachusetts and Conn- ecticut. Smithson. misc. Coll. 103(9): 1-11. Perkins, H. F. 1901. The origin of tentacles in Gonionemus. Biol. Bull. 2: 363-365. Perkins, H. F. 1902. The development of Gonionema murbachii. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 54: 750-790. Perkins, H. F. 1903. Budding in the larvae of Gonionema murbachii. Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ. 21: 87-89. [1902] Perley, Sidney. 1891. Historic storms of New England. Salem Press. Salem. 341 pp. Perlmutter, Alfred. 1947. The blackback flounder and its fishery in New England and New York. Bull. Bingham oceanogr. Coll. 11(2): 92 pp. Petersen, K. W. 1964. Some preliminary results of a taxonomic study of the Hydrozoa of the Cape Cod area. Biol. Bull. 127: 384-385. (Abstr.) Pettibone, M. H. 1955. New species of polychaete worms of the family Polynoidae from the east coast of North America. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 45: 118-126. Pettibone, M. H. 1956. Some polychaete worms of the families Hesionidae, Syliidae and Nereidae from the east coast of North America, West Indies and Gulf of Mexico. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 46: 281-294. Pettibone, M. H. 1963. Marine polychaete worms of the New England region. 1. Families Aphroditidae through Trocho- chaetidae. Bull. U. S. natn. Mus. 227(part 1): 1- 356. Phleger, F. B. and W. R. Walton. 1950. Ecology of marsh and bay Foraminifera, Barns- table, Massachusetts. Am. J. Sci., series 4, 248: 274-294. Pierce, M. E. and J. T. Conover. 1954. A study of the growth of oysters under different ecological conditions in Great Pond. Biol. Bull. 107: 318. (Abstr.) Pierce, M. E. and J. E. Currier. 1951. The relation of the growth of oysters to diff- erent ecological conditions in Rand's Harbor. Biol. Bull. 101: 226-227. (Abstr.) Pierce, M. E. and J. E. Currier. 1952. Further studies on the growth of oysters under different ecplogical conditions in Rand's Harbor. Bi6l.Btill. 103: 306. (Abstr.) Plaine, H. L. 1952. A variation in the distribution of a spionid poly- chaete in the Woods Hole region. Ecology 33: 121-123. Platzman, S. J. 1960. Comparative ecology of 2 species of intertidal amphipods: Talorchestia megalopthama and Orchestia agilis. Biol. Bull. 119: 333. (Abstr.) Pomerat, C. M. 1933. Mating in Limulus polyphemus. Biol. Bull. 64: 243-252. Posgay, J. A. 1950. Investigations of the sea scallop, Pecten grandis. P 24-30. In: Turner, H. J. Jr. 1950 3rd Report on investigations of the shellfisheries of Massa- chusetts. Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Dept. Natural Resources, Div. Marine Fisheries. 31 pp. [prepared by the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution — filed in MBL Library with H. J. Turner reprints] Posgay 36 Posgay, J. A. 1953. Sea scallop investigations, p. 9-24. In: Turner, H. J. Jr. 1953. 6th Report on investigations of the shellfisheries of Massachusetts. Common- wealth of Massachusetts, Dept Natural Resources Div. Marine Fisheries. 74 pp. [prepared by the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution — filed in MBL Library with H. J. Turner reprints] Provenzano, A. J., Jr. 1961. Effects of the flatworm Stylochus ellipticus (Girard) on oyster spat in two salt water ponds in Massachusetts. 1959 Proc. natn. Shellfish. Ass. 50: 83-88. Putnam, F. W. 1871. On the young of Orthaguriscus mola. Am. Nat. 4: 629-633. Rathbun, Richard. 1883. Dredging stations of the United States Fish Commission steamer FISH HAWK, Lieut. Z. L. Tanner commanding, for 1880, 1881 and 1882 with temperature and other observations. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. U.S. 2: 119-131. Rathbun, Richard. 1885. Annotated list of the described species of parasitic Copepoda (Siphonostoma) from Ameri- can waters contained in the U. S. National Museum. Proc. U. S. natn. Mus. 7: 483-492. [1884] Rathbun, Richard. 1887a. Descriptions of parasitic Copepoda belonging to the genera Pandarus and Chondracanthus (with seven plates). Proc. U. S. natn. Mus. 9: 310-324. [1886] Putnam, F. W. 1874. [Tooth of a maneater that attacked a dory near S. Pierre Bank.] Bull. Essex Inst. 6(4): 72. Rabin, Harvey and F. B. Bang. 1964. Studies on the infection of the lobster, Homarus americanus, with Grafflcya homari. Biol. Bull. 127: 385. (Abstr.) Radcliffe, Lewis. 1916. An extension of the recorded range of three species of fishes in New England waters. Copeia 26: 2-3. Radcliffe, Lewis. 1928. A barn-door skate (Raja stabuliforis) with abnormal pectoral fins. Nat. Hist. 28: 58-63. Rakestraw, N. W. 1936. The occurrence and significance of nitrite in sea water. Biol. Bull. 71: 133-167. Rakestraw, N. W., H. E. Mahncke and E. F. Beach. 1936. Determination of iron in sea water. Ind. Engng. Chem. analyt.Edn. 8:136-138. Rankin, J. S., Jr. 1946 Notes on the ecology of the polychaete annelid Clymenella torquata (Leidy), with particular reference to color variation. Ecology 27: 262-264. Rathbun, M. J. 1905. Fauna of New England. V. List of the Crustacea. Occ. P. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 7(5): 1-117. Rathbun, Richard. 1881. The littoral marine fauna of Provincetown, Cape Cod, Massachusetts. Proc. U. S. natn. Mus. 3: 116-133. Rathbun, Richard 1887b. Notes on lobster culture. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 6: 17-32. [1886] Rathbun, Richard. 1888. Descriptions of new species of parasitic cope- pods belonging to the genera Trebius, Perissopus and Lemanthropus. Proc. U. S. natn. Mus. 10: 559-571. [1887] Rathbun, Richard. 1894. [Observations of Vinal N. Edwards on the spawning of the Menhaden]. Rept U. S. Comm. Fish. 18: ex. Raup, D. M. and D. R. Lawrence. 1963. Paleoecology of Pleistocene mollusks from Martha's Vineyard, Mass. J. Paleont. 37: 472- 485. Raup, D. M. and D. R. Lawrence. 1964. Paleoecology of Pleistocene mollusks from Martha's Vineyard ~ a reply. J. Paleont. 38: 991-993. Raymont, J. E. G. 1959. The respiration of some planktonic copepods. III. The oxygen requirements of some American species. Limnol. Oceanogr. 4: 479-491. Raymont, J. E. G. and R. J. Conover. 1961. Further investigations on the carbohydrate con- tent of marine zooplankton. Limnol. Oceanogr. 6: 154-164. Redfield, A. C. 1953. Interference phenomena in the tides of the Woods Hole region. J. mar. Res. 12: 121-140. 37 Richardson Redfield, A. C. 1959. The Barnstable marsh., p. 37-42. In: Ragotzke, A. (ed.), Proceedings of a salt marsh conference held at the Marine Institute of the University of Georgia, Sapelo Island, Georgia, 1958. Redfield, A. C. 1965a. Ontogeny of a salt marsh estuary. Science 147: 50-55. Redfield, A. C. 1965b. Terrestrial heat flow through salt marsh peat. Science 148: 1219-1220. Redfield, A. C. 1965c. The thermal regime in salt marsh peat at Barnstable, Massachusetts. Tellus 17: 246-259. Redfield, A. C, B. H. Ketchum and F. A. Richards. 1963. The influence of organisms on the composition of sea water, p. 26-77. In: Hill, M. N. (ed.). The Sea, vol. 2. Interscience Publ. New York. Redfield, A. C. and A. R. Miller. 1955. Memorandum on water levels accompanying Atlantic coast hurricanes. Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution Ref. No. 55-28. 16 pp. (unpublished manuscript) Redfield, A. C. and A. R. Miller. 1957. ^^ater levels accompanying Atlantic coast hurricanes. Meteorological Monographs 2(10): 23 pp. Redfield, A. C. and M. Rubin. 1962a. The age of salt marsh peat and its relation to recent changes in sea level at Barnstable, Massachusetts. Proc. Natn. Acad.Sci. U. S. A. 48: 1728-1735. Redfield, A. C. and M. Rubin. 1962b. Age of salt marsh peat in relation to recent changes in sea level. Science 136: 328. Reiman, B. E.F., J. M. C. Lewin and R. R. L. Guillard. 1963. Cyclotella cryptica, a new brackish- water diatom species. Phycologia 3: 75-84. Reinhard, E. G. 1945. Paguritherium alatum n.g., n. sp., an entoniscian parasite oi Pagurus longicarpus. J. Parasit. 31: 198-204. Reinhard, E. G. 1946. Rhizocephala from New England and the Grand Banks. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 36: 127-131. Reinhard, E. G. 1949. Experiments on the determination and differenti- ation of sex in the bopyrid Stegophryxus hyptius Thompson. Biol. Bull. 96: 17-31. Renn, C. E. 1935. A mycetozoan parasite of Zostera marina. Nature, Lond. 135: 544. Renn, C. E. 1936a. Some problems in the eel-grass situation. Collecting Net 11: 197, 200. Renn, C. E. 1936b. The wasting disease of Zostera marina. I. A phytological investigation of the diseased plant. Biol. Bull. 70: 148-158. Renn, C E. 1937. Bagteria and the phosphorus cycle in the sea. Biol. Bull. 72: 190-195. Renn, C. E. 1940. Effects of marine mud upon the aerobic decompo- sition of plankton materials. Biol. Bull. 78: 454- 462. Reuszer, H. W. 1933. Marine bacteria and their role in the cycle of life in the sea. III. The distribution of bacteria in the ocean waters and muds about Cape Cod. Biol. Bull. 65: 480-497. Rhoads, D. C 1963. Rates of sediment reworking by Yoldia limatula, Buzzards Bay, Massachusetts, and Long Island Sound. J. sedim.Petrol. 33: 723-727. Rich, W. H. 1930. Fishing grounds of the Gulf of Maine. Rept. U.S. Comm. Fish. 1929 (Appendix 3): 51-117. Richards, 0. W. 1935. The growth of the mussel, Mytilus edulis, at Woods Hole, Massachusetts. II. Anat. Rec. 64, Suppl. 1: 68. Richards, 0. W. 1946. Comparative growth of Mytilus califorianus at La JoUa, Calif., and Mytilus edulis at Woods Hole, Massachusetts. Ecology 27: 370-372. Richards, S. A., A. Perlmutter and D. C McAneny. 1963. A taxonomic study of the genus Ammodytes from the east coast of North America (Teleostei: Ammodytes). Copeia 1963: 358-377. Richardson, Harriet. 1908. Description of a new isopod of the genus Eurycope from Marthas Vineyard. Proc. U. S. natn.Mus. 34: 67-69. Richardson 38 Richardson, Harriet. 1909. The isopod crustacean , Ancinus depressus (Say). Proc. U. S. natn. Mus. 36: 173-177. Riley, G. A. 1947. Seasonal fluctuations of the phytoplankton population in New England coastal waters. J. mar. Res. 6: 114-125. Robbins, W. J. 1916. Notes on the physiology of Fucus spermatozoids. Biol. Bull. 30: 125-130. Rockstein, Morris and M. Rubinstein. 1957. The biochemical basis for positive photokinesis of the starfish, Asterias forbesi. Biol. Bull. 113: 353-354. Rogers, C H. 1938. A fish new to Massachusetts. Copeia 1938: 45. Rogick, M. D. 1940. An ecological effect of the New England hurricane. Ohio J. Sci. 40: 163-167. Rogick, M. D. 1945-1949. Studies on marine Bryozoa. I-II & IV. I. Aeverrillia setigera Hincks 1887. Biol. Bull. 89: 201-214. II. Barentsia laxa Kirkpatrick 1890. Biol. Bull. 94: 128-142. IV. Nolella blakei n. sp. Biol. Bull. 97: 158- 168. Rogick, M. D. and H. Croasdale. 1949. Studies on marine Bryozoa. III. Woods Hole region Bryozoa associated with algae. Biol. Bull. 96: 32-69. Root, F. M. 1922. A new suctorian from Woods Hole. Trans. Amer. micr. Soc. 41: 77-81. Ropes, J. W. 1963. The incidence of Malacobdella grossa in hard clams from Nantucket Sound, Massachusetts. Limnol. Oceanogr. 8: 353-355. Ropes, J. W. and C. E. Martin. 1960. The abundance and distribution of hard clams in Nantucket Sound, Massachusetts, 1958. Spec. Sci. Rpt U. S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Fisheries 354: 12 pp. Rudzinska, M. A. 1947. A new peritrich from Woods Hole. Biol. Bull. 93: 200. (Abstr.) Rudzinska, M. A. 1952. Pachystomos olisthus nov. gen. Amer. micr. Soc. 71: 157-158. sp. Trans. Rugh, Roberts. 1929. Egg laying habits of Gonionemus murbachii in relation to light. Biol. Bull. 57: 261-266. Russell, H. D. 1946. Ecologic notes concerning Elysia chlorotica, Gould and Stiliger fuscata, Gould. Nautilus 59: 95-97. Russell, H. D. 1964. New England nudibranch notes. Nautilus 78: 37- 42. Russell, H. D. and M. R. Carriker. 1963. Notes on methods for the narcotization, killing, fixation, and preservation of marine organisms. Systematics-Ecology Program, Marine Biological Laboratory. 70 pp. Russell, H. L. 1892. Bacterial investigation of the sea and its floor. Bot. Gaz. 17: 312-321. Russell, H. L. 1893. The bacterial flora of the Atlantic Ocean in the vicinity of Woods HoU, Mass. A contribution to the morphology and physiology of marine bacteria. Bot. Gaz. 18: 383-395, 411-417, 439-447. Ryder, J. A. 1884a. A contribution to the embryography of osseous fishes, with special reference to the develop- ment of the cod (Gadus morrhua). Rept U. S. Comm. Fish. 1882: 455-605. Ryder, J. A. 1884b. On a skin parasite of the cunner (Ctenolabrus adspersus). Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 4: 37-42. [1883] Ryder, J. A. 1885. Deposits from seawater in Woods HoU harbor, p. 68-69. In: Smiley, C. W. 1885. Notes upon fish and the fisheries. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U.S. 5: 65-112. Ryder, J. A. 1886a. The metamorphosis of the American lobster, Homarus americanus H. Milne-Edwards. Am. Nit. 20: 739-742. Ryder, J. A. 1886b. The monstrosities observed amongst recently hatched lobsters. Am. Nat. 20: 742-743. Ryder, J. A. 1889. The byssus of the young of the common clam (Mya arenaria L.). Am. Nat. 23: 65-67. 39 Scheltema Ryder, J. A. 1892. Report of operations at the laboratory of the U. S. Fish Commission, Woods HoU, Mass., during the summer of 1888:513-522. Ryther, J. H. and R. R. L. Guillard. 1962. Studies of marine planktonic diatoms. III. Some effects of temperature on respiration of five species. Can. J. Microbiol. 8: 447-453. Ryther, J. H. and D D. Kramer. 1961. Relative iron requirement of some coastal and offshore plankton algae. Ecology 42: 444-446. Safford, Virginia. 1939. Note on the gas content of the float of Physalia. Collecting Net 14: 6. Sanders, H. L. 1957. The Cephalocarida and crustacean phylogeny. Syst. Zool. 6: 112-128. Sanders, H. L. 1958-1960. Benthic studies in Buzzards Bay. I. & III. I. Animal-sediment relationships. Limnol. Oceanogr. 3: 245-258. III. The structure of the soft-bottom community. Ibid. 5: 138-153. Sanders, H. L. 1963a. The Cephalocarida. Functional morphology, larval developnent, comparative external anat- omy. Mem. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 15: 1-80. Sanders, H. L. 1963b. Significance of the Cephalocarida. In: Phylogeny and evolution of Crustacea. Spec. Publ. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 1963: 163-175, 177-179. Sanders, H. L., E. M. Goudsmit, E. L. Mills and G. E. Hampson. 1962. A study of the intertidal fauna of Barnstable Harbor, Mass. Limnol. Oceanogr. 7: 63-79. Sanders, H. L., P. C. Mangelsdorf and G. R. Hampson. 1965. Salinity and faunal distribution in the Pocasset River, Massachusetts. Limnol. Oceanogr. 10, Supplement, Redfield volume: R216-R229. Sanford, S. N. F. 1934. Fossils of colorful Gay Head. Bull Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 71: 3-5. Sayles, L. P. 1935. The effects of salinity changes on body weight and survival of Nereis virens. Biol. Bull. 69: 233-244. Sayles, R. W. 1939. Upper till, two boulder clays and interglacial flora on Cape Cod. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. 50: 1931-1932. (Abstr.) Sayles, L. P. and S. G. Hershkowitz. 1937. Placoid scale types and their distribution in Squalus acanthis. Biol. Bull. 73: 51-66. Sayles, R. W. and A. S. Knox. 1943. Fossiliferous tills and intertill beds of Cape Cod, Massachusetts. Bull. geol. Soc. Am. 54: 1569- 1612. Saz, A. K. 1963. Antibiosis in sea water. Iowa State J. Science 38: 75-81. Saz, A. K., S. Watson, S. R. Brown and D. L. Lowery. 1963. Antimicrobial activity of marine waters. I. Macro- molecular nature of antistaphylococcal factor. Limnol. Oceanogr. 8: 63-67. Schalk, Marshall. 1938. A textural study of the outer beach of Cape Cod, Massachusetts. J. sedim. Petrol. 8: 41-54. Schallek, William. 1942. The vertical migration of the copepod Acartia tonsa, under controlled illumination. Biol. Bull. s^2: 112-126. Scheltema, R. S. 1956. The effect of substrate on the length of planktonic existence in Nassanus obsoletus. Biol. Bull. Ill: 312. Scheltema, R. S. 1961. Metamorphosis of the veliger larvae of Nassanus obsoletus (Gastropoda) in response to bottom sediments. Biol. Bull. 120: 92-109. Scheltema, R. S. 1962. Pelagic larvae of New England intertidal gastro- pods. I. Nassarius obsoletus Say and Nassarius vibex Say. Trans. Amer. micro. Soc. 81: 1-112. Scheltema, R. S. 1965. The relationship of salinity to larval survival and development in Nassarius obsoletus (Gastropoda). Biol. Bull. 129: 340-354. Scheltema, R. S. and A. H. Scheltema. 1963. Pelagic larvae of New England intertidal gastro- pods. II. Anachis avara. Hydrobiologia 22: 85-91. Scheltema 40 Scheltema, R. S. and A. H. Scheltema. 1965. Pelagic larvae of New England intertial gastro- pods. III. Nassarius trivittatus. Hydrobiologia 25: 321-329. ScheviU, W. E. 1956. Lagenorhynchus acutus off Cape Cod. J. Mammal. 37: 128-129. Schively, M. A. 1897. The anatomy and development of Spiwrbis borealis. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 49: 153- 160. Schlee, John, E. Uchupi, and J. V. A. Trumbull. 1964. Statistical parameters of Cape Cod Beach and Eolian sands. U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 501-D: D118-D122. Schuh, R. E. 1900a. Notes on two rare algae of Vineyard Sound. Rhodora 2: 206-207. Schuh, R. E. 1900b. Rhadinocladia, a new genus of brown algae. Rhodora 2: 111-112. Scott, Sister H M. 1942. The early embryonic development of Amaroecium constellatum. Biol. Bull. 83: 301. (Abstr.) Scott, Sister F. M. 1945-1952. The developmental history of Amaroecium con- stellatum. I-III. I. Early embryonic development. Biol. Bull., 1945, 88: 126-138. 11. Organogenesis of the larval action system. Ibid., 1946, 91: 66-80. III. Metamorphosis. Ibid., 1952, 103: 226-241. Schott, C. A. 1854a. Muskeget channel and Martha's Vineyard currents. Ann. Rept U.S. Cst geod Surv. 1854 (appendix 49): 166-168. [1855] Schott, C. A. 1854b. On the currents of Nantucket shoals. Rept U.S. Cst geod. Surv. 1854 (appendix 48): 161-166. [1855] Schroeder, W. C. 1928. Migrations and other phases in the life history of the cod off southern New England. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U.S. 46: 1-136. [19301 Schroeder, W. C. 1933. Unique records of the Brier Skate and the Rock Eel from New England. Bull. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 66: 5-6. Schroeder, W. C. 1937. Records of Pseudopnacanthus alius Gill and Fundulus majalis (Walbaum) from the Gulf of Maine. Copeia 1937: 238. Schroeder, W. C. 1939. The Provincetown "sea serpent". New Engl. Nat. 2: 1-2. Schroeder, W. C. 1947. Notes on the diet of the goosefish, Lophius americanus. Copeia 1947: 201. Schuck, H. A. 1951a. New Gulf of Maine record for occurrence of dolphin Coryphaena hippurus, and data on small specimens Copeia 1951: 171. Schuck, H. A. 1951b. Northern record for the little tuna, Euthynnus alletteratus. Copeia 1951: 98. Scott, G. T. 1965. Physiology and pharmacology of color change in the sand flounder Scopthalamus aquosus. Limnol. Oceanogr. 10, Supplement, Redfield volume: R230- R246. Scott, J. W. 1909. Some egg-laying habits of Amphitnte ornata Verrill. Biol. Bull. 17: 327-340. Scott, J. W. 1911. Further experiments on the methods of egg laying in Amphitnte. Biol. Bull. 20: 252-265. Scudder. S. H. 1877. [Post-Pliocene fossils from the bluff at Sankoty Head, Nantucket.] Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 18: 182-185. [1875] Scudder, S. H. 1881. [The probable age of Haulover Beach at the head of Nantucket Harbor.] Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 20: 329-330. [1879] Seiwell. H. R. 1929. Two new species of commensal copepods from the Woods Hole region. Proc. U. S. natn. Mus. 73, Art. 18: 1 - 5- [1928] Seiwell, H. R. 1948. Results of research on surface waves of the western North Atlantic. I - II. Pap. phys. Oceanogr. 10(H): 56 pp. I. Investigation of bottom pressure fluctuations and surface waves. I I. Results of sea roughness determina- tions in the vicinity of Woods Hole, Massachusetts and Bermuda. 41 Shuster Setchell, W. A. 1922. Cape Cod in its relation to the marine flora of New England. Rhodora 24: 1-11. Shaler, N. S. 1885. Seacoast swamps of the eastern United States. U. S. Geol. Surv. Ann. Rept 6: 353-398. Shaler, N. S. 1888. Report on the geology of Martha's Vineyard. Rept U. S. Cst geod. Surv. 7: 297-363. [1889] Shaler, N. S. 1889a. The geology of Nantucket. U. S. Geod. Surv. Bull. 53: 55 pp. Shaler, N. S. 1889b. On the occurrence of fossils of the Cretaceous age on the island of Martha's Vineyard. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 16: 89-98. Shaler, N. S. 1890. Tertiary and Cretaceous deposits of eastern Massachusetts. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. 1: 443-452. Shaler, N. S. 1898. Geology of the Cape Cod district. Rept. Cst geod. Surv. 18 (part 2): 497-593. U. S. Shaler, N. S., J. B. Woodworth and C. F. Marbutt. 1896. The glacial brick clays of Rhode Island and southeastern Massachusetts. U. S. Geol. Surv. Ann. Rept 17: 951-1004. Shanklin, D. R. 1954. Cation analysis of Woods Hole sea water. Nature, Lond. 173: 82. Sharpe, Benjamin and H. W. Fowler. 1904. The fishes of Nantucket. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 56: 504-512. Sharpe, R. W. 1911. Notes on the marine Copepoda and Cladocera of Woods Hole and adjacent regions, including a synopsis of the genera of the Harpacticoida. Proc. U. S. natn. Mus. 38: 405-436. [1910] Shaw, C. R. 1933. Observations on Cercariaeum lintoni Miller and Northup and its metacercarial development. Biol. Bull. 64: 262-275. Shaw, Evelyn. 1957. Preliminary studies on the ontogeny of schooling behavior in the silversides, Menidia menidia. Biol. Bull. 113: 354-355. (Abstr.) Shaw, Evelyn. 1958a. The development of schooling behavior in the genus Menidia. Biol. Bull. 115: 324. (Abstr.) Shaw, Evelyn. 1958b. A study of current orientation as a stimulus to schooling behavior in Menidia. Biol. Bull. 115: 365. (Abstr.) Shaw, Evelyn. 1958c. A study of visual attraction as a stimulus to schooling behavior in Menidia. Biol. Bull. 115: 365. (Abstr.) Shaw, Evelyn. 1960-1961. The development of schooling behavior in fishes. I-II. I. Phvsiol. Zool. 33: 79-86. 11. Ibid., 1961, 34: 263-272. Shaw, Evelyn. 1961. Minimal light intensity and the dispersal of schooling fish. Bull. Inst, oceanogr. Monaco 1213: 8 pp. Shaw, W. N. 1962. Raft culture of oysters in Massachusetts. Fish- ery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 61: 481-495. Shaw, W. N. 1963. Index of condition and per cent solids of raft- grown oysters in Massachusetts. 1961. Proc. natn. Shellfish. Ass. 1961, 52: 47-52. Sheldon, R. E. 1909. The reactions of the dogfish to chemical stimuli. J. comp. Neurol. 19: 273-311. Sherwood, S. H. and V. N. Edwards. 1901. Contributions from the Biological Laboratory of the U. S. Fish Commission, Woods Hole, Massa- chusetts. Biological Notes. Notes on the migra- tion, spawning, abundance, etc., of certain fishes in 1900. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 21: 27-33. Shoup, C. S. 1932. Salinity of the medium and its effect on respir- ation in the sea anemone. Ecology 13: 81-85. .Shuster, C. N. 1950. Observations on the natural history of the Amer- ican horseshoe crab, Limulus polyphemus, p. 18- 23. In: Turner, H. J., Jr. 1950. 3rd Report on inves- tigations of the shellfisheries of Massachusetts. Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Dept. Natural Resources, Div. Marine Fisheries. 31 pp. [pre- pared by the Woods Hole Oceanographic Insti- tution] Siever 42 Siever, Raymond, R. M. Garrels, J. Kanwisher and R. A. Bemer. 1961. Interstitial waters of recent marine muds off Cape Cod. Science 134: 1071-1072. Silvester, C F. 1905. The blood-vascular system of the tile-fish, Lopholatilus chamaeleonticeps. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U.S. 24: 87-114. Simons, E. B. 1906. A morphological study of Sargassum filipendula. Bot. Gaz. 41: 161-182. Simpkins, J. 1806. Topographical description of Brewster. Coll. Mass. Hist. Soc. series 1, 10: 72-79. Slater, E. M. 1960. A checklist of marine molluscs of Woods Hole and vicinity. New York Shell Club Notes Nr. 58: 5-6. Smallwood, Martin. 1899. A contribution to the morphology of Pennaria tiarella McCrady. Am. Nat. 33: 861-870. Smallwood, W. M. 1904. Natural history of Haminea solitaria Say. Am. Nat. 38: 207-225. Smith, H. M. 1898a. The fishes found in the vicinity of Woods Hole. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U.S. 17: 85-111. Smith, H. M. 1898b. Fishes new to the fauna of southern New England recently collected at Woods Hole. Science n.s. 8: 543-544. Smith, H. M. 1899a. Fish fauna of Woods Hole region. Science n. 878-881. s. 10: Smith, H. M. 1899b. Notice of a filefish new to the fauna of the United States. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U.S. 18: 273-278. Smith, H. M. (Compiler) 1901. Additions to the fish fauna in 1899. In Biological notes from the Biological Laboratory of the U.S. Fish Commission, Woods Hole, Massachusetts. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U.S. 19: 309-310. [1900] Smith, H. M. 1902a. Additions to the fish fauna of Woods Hole. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U.S. 21: 32. [1901] Smith, H. M. 1902b. Notes on the subtropical fishes observed in 1900. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U.S. 21: 32-33. [1901] Smith, H. M. 1902c. Notes on the tagging of four thousand adult cod at Woods Hole, Massachusetts. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 22: 193-208. Smith, H. M. 1921. Rudderfishes at Woods Hole in 1920. Copeia 91: 9-10. Smith, H. M. 1922. Second occurrence of Squatina in New England. Copeia 1922 (106): 33. Smith, H. M. 1938. Alectis crinitus, a fish new to Massachusetts Bay. Copeia 1938: 146-147. Smith, H. T. U. and C. Messinger. 1959 Geomorphic studies of the Provincetown Dunes, Cape Cod, Massachusetts. Tech. Rept. #1, Univ. Mass. Amherst. 62 pp. (unpublished report) Smith, J. A. 1889. Report of the operations of the U.S. Fish Commis- sion steamer FISH HAWK for the year ending December 31, 1886. Rept U.S. Conmi. Fish. 1886: 693-697. Smith, R. I. (ed.). 1964. Keys to the marine invertebrates of the Woods Hole region. Systematics-Ecology Program, Marine Bio- logical Laboratory Contribution No. 11. Spaulding Co., Boston. 208 pp. Smith, S. D. 1963. Specific inhibition of regeneration in Clymenella torquata. Biol. Bull. 125: 542-555. Smith, S. I. 1872. The early stages of the American lobster (Homarus americanus Edwards). Am. J. Sci. series 3, 3: 401- 406. Also in Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci., 1873, 2: 351-381. Smith, S. I. 1873. Report upon the invertebrate animals of Vineyard Sound and the adjacent waters, with an account of the physical characters of the region. C. The meta- morphoses of the lobster and other Crustacea. ReptU. S. Comm. Fish. 1871-1872: 522-537. Smith, S. I. 1874-1878. The early stages of Hippa talpoida, with a note on the structure of the mandibles and maxillae in Hippa and Remipes. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 3: 311-342. [1877] Smith, S. I. 1877-1882a. On the species of Pinnixa inhabiting the New Eng- land coast, with remarks on their early stages. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 4: 247-253. 43 Storer Smith, S. I. 1877-1882b. Occasional occurrence of tropical and subtropical species of decapod Crustacea on the coast of New England. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 4: 254-257. [1880] Smith, S. I. 1877-1882C. On the amphipodus genera, Cerapus, Unciola , and Lepidactylis, described by Thomas Say. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 4: 268-284. [1880] Smith, S. I. 1878-1882. The stalk-eyed crustaceans of the Atlantic coast of North America, north of Cape Cod. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 5: 27-138. [1879] Smith, S. I. 1880. Occurrence of Chelura terebrans, a crustacean destructive to the timber of submarine structures, on the coast of the United States. Proc. U. S. natn. Mus. 2: 232-235. Smith, S. I. and R. Rathbun. 1882. List of the dredging stations of the U.S. Fish Commission from 1871-1879, inclusive with temp- erature and other observations. Rept U. S. Comm. Fish. 1879: 599-602. Smith, W. R. 1964. Interactions between Limulus polyphemus and two species of marine bacteria. Biol. Bull. 127: 390. (Abstr.) Spaeth, R. A. 1921. An ideal host. Science n.s. 54: 377-378. Sparrow, F. K. Jr. 1936. Biological observations on the marine fungi of Woods Hole waters. Biol. Bull. 70: 236-263. Sparrow, F. K. Jr. 1937. The occurrence of saprophytic fungi in marine muds. Biol. Bull. 73: 242-248. Spaulding, E. G. 1904a. The establishment of "association by contiguity" in hermit crabs, Eupagurus longicarpus. Biol. Bull. 6: 325. (Abstr.) Spaulding, E. G. 1904b. An establishment of association in hermit crabs, Eupagurus longicarpus. J. comp. Neurol. 14: 49-61. Starrett, Andrew and P. Starrett. 1955. Observations on young blackfish, Globicephala. J. Mammal. 36: 424-429. Stauffer, R. C. 1937. Changes in the invertebrate community of a lagoon after disappearance of the eel grass. Ecology 18: 427-431. Stephens, G. C 1955. Influence of the rate and the magnitude of temp- erature change on the diurnal melanophore rhythm of the fiddler crab, Uca pugnax. Biol. Bull. 109: 369. (Abstr.) Stephens, G. C, J. P. Green, B. Guttman and R. A. Schinske. 1958. Studies on the effect of population size on the diurnal melanophore rhythm of the fiddler crab, Uca. Biol. Bull. 115: 368. (Abstr.) Stephens, G. C. and R. A. Schinske. 1958. Amino acid uptake in marine invertebrates. Biol. Bull. 115: 341-342. (Abstr.) Stephens, G. C. and R. A. Schinske. 1961. Uptake of amino acids by marine invertebrates. Limnol. Oceanogr. 6: 175-181. Stetson, Henry. 1938. The sediments of the continental shelf off the eastern coast of the United States. Papers phys. Oceanogr. 5(4): 5-48. Stier, T. J. B. 1933. Diurnal changes in activities and geotropism in Thyone briareus. Biol. Bull. 64: 326-332. Stimpson, William. 1854a. [Notices of several species of testaceous MoUusca new to Massachusetts Bay including new species.] Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 4: 12-18. [1851] Stimpson, William. 1854b. [Two new species of shells from Massachusetts Bay. Spinalis gouldiij Thracia couthouyi and a Holothuria, Anaperus unisemita.] Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 4: 7-9. [1851] Stimpson, William. 1863. On the fossil crab of Gay Head. Boston J. nat. Hist. 7: 583-589. Storer, D. H. 1839. Description of a new species of Nucula from Massachusetts Bay. Boston J. nat. Hist. 2: 122- 125. Storer, D. H. 1839-1844. A report on the fishes of Massachusetts. Boston J. nat. Hist., 1839, 2: 289-558; Ibid., 1841, 3: 267-273; Ibid., 1844, 4: 175-190. Storer, D. H. 1843a. Description of a new species of Torpedo. Am. J. Sci. 44: 165-170. Storer, D. H. 1843b. Notice of the discovery of an electrical fish on our coast. Am. J. Sci. 44: 213. Also in Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. 1843, 11: 326. Storer 44 Storer, D. H. 1844a. Additional descriptions of, and observations on, the fishes of Massachusetts. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 1: 53-54. [18411 Storer, D. H. 1844b. [Note on a torpedo, Torpedo nobiliana, taken on Cape Cod]. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 1: 94. [1842] Stunkard, H. W. 1938. The morphology and life cycle of the trematode Himasthla quissetensis (Miller and Northup, 1926). Biol. Bull. 75: 145-164. Stunkard, H. W. 1943. The morphology and life history of the di genetic trematode, Zo'dgonoides laevis Linton, 1940. Biol. Bull. 85: 227-237. Storer, D. H. 1846. A synopsis of the fishes of North America. Mem. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. n.s. 2: 253-550. Storer, D. H. 1848a. [Occurrence of Trygon hastata from Holmes Hole, and Torpedo occidentalis from Cape Cod Bay ]. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 2: 170. [1846] Storer, D. H. 1848b. [On Alosa cyanonoton, A. lineata and Platessa quadrocellata from Provincetown]. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 2: 242-243. [1847] Storer, D. H. 1848c. [Remarks on a living torpedo. Torpedo occiden- talis, taken at Provincetown]. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 2: 71. [1845] Storer, D. H. 1851a. [On a hammerhead shark, Zygoena, from Province- town and on a new species of Carcharias, C. atwoodi]. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 3: 70-72. [1848] Storer, D. H. 1851b. [On a shark taken at Provincetown]. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 3: 11-12. [1848] Storer, D. H. 1846-1867. A history of the fishes of Massachusetts. Mem. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. 1846, n.s. 2: 253-550; 1853, n.s. 5: 49-92, 122-168; 1855, n.s. 5: 257-296; 1858, n.s. 6: 309-372; 1863, n.s. 8: 389-434; 1867, n.s. 9: 217-256. Storer, D. H. 1856. [Note on a new species, Sebastes fasciatus, from Provincetown]. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 5: 31. [1854] Storer, D. H. 1859. [On a new species, Zeus ocellatus, from Province- town]. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 6: 385-386. [1858] Stunkard, H. W. 1936. Notes on life cycles of digenetic trematodes. Biol. Bull. 71: 411. (Abstr.) Stunkard, H. W. 1950a. Further observations on Cercaria parvicaudata, Stunkard and Shaw, 1931. Biol. Bull. 99: 136-142. Stunkard, H. W. 1950b. Microphallid metacercariae encysted in Limulus polyphemus. Biol. Bull. 99: 347. (Abstr.) Stunkard, H. W. 1951. Observations on the morphology and life-history of Microphallus limuli n. sp. (Trematoda: Micro- phallidae). Biol. Bull. 101: 397-318. Stunkard, H. W. 1953. Natural hosts oi Microphallus limuli Stunkard, 1951. J. Parasit. 39: 225. Stunkard, H. W. 1956. Studies on parasites of the green crab, Carcinides maenas. Biol. Bull. Ill: 295. (Abstr.) Stunkard, H. W. 1957. The morphology and life-history of the digenetic trematode. Microphallus similis (JSgerskiold, 1900) Baer, 1943. Biol. Bull. 112: 254-266. Stunkard, H. W. 1960. Further studies on the trematode genus Himasthla with descriptions of H. Mclntoshi n. sp., H. pisci- cola n. sp., and stages in the life-history of W. compacta n. sp. Biol. Bull. 119: 529-549. Stunkard, H. W. 1961. Cercaria dipterocerca Miller and Northup, 1926 and Stephanostomum dentatum (Linton, 1900) Manter, 1931. Biol. Bull. 120: 221-237. Stunkard, H. W. 1962a. New intermediate host for Parvatrema borealis Stunkard and Uzmann, 1958 (Trematoda). J. Parasit. 48: 157. Stunkard, H. W. 1962b. Taeniocotyle nom. nov. for Macraspis Olsson, 1869, preoccupied, and systematic position of the Aspidobothrea. Biol. Bull. 122: 137-148. Stunkard, H. W. 1964. The morphology, life history and systematics of the digenetic trematode, Homalometron pallidum Stafford, 1904. Biol. Bull. 126: 163-173. 45 Tanner Stunkard, H. W. and F. E. Lux. 1965. A microsporidan infection of the digestive tract of the winter flounder. Pseudopleuronectes americanus. Biol. Bull. 129: 371-387. Stunkard, H. W. and R. M. Cable. 1932. The life history of Parorchis avitus (Linton), a trematode from the cloaca of the gull. Biol. Bull. 62: 328-338. Stunkard, H. W. and R. F. Nigrelli. 1930. On Distomum vibex Linton, with special reference to its systematic position. Biol. Bull. 58: 336-343. Stunkard, H. W. and C. R. Shaw. 1931. The effect of dilution of sea water on the activity and longevity of certain marine Cercariae, with descriptions of two new species. Biol. Bull. 61: 242-271. Sullivan, M. X. 1908. The physiology of the digestive tract of elasmo- branchs. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 27: 1-27. Sullivan, W. E. 1915. A description of the young stages of the winter flounder (Pseudopleuronectes americanus Walbaum). Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 44: 125-136. Summers, F. VI. 1938. Some aspects of normal development in the colonial ciliate Zoothamnium alternans. Biol. Bull. 74: 117-129. Summers. F. M. and G. W. Kidder. 1936- Taxonomic and cytological studies on the ciliates associated with the amphipod family Orchestiidae from the Woods HoU district. II. The coelozoic astomatous parasites. Arch. Protistenk. 86: 379- 403. Sumner, F. B. 1904. The summer's work at the Woods Hole labor- atory of the Bureau of Fisheries. (Former U. S. Fish Commission) Science n.s. 19: 241-253. Sumner, F. B. 1905. The biological laboratory of the Bureau of Fisheries at Woods Hole, Mass.. report for the summer of 1904. Science n.s. 21: 566-572. Sumner, R B. 1906a. The osmotic relations between fishes and their surrounding medium (preliminary note). Biol. Bull. 10: 298-306. Sumner, F. B. 1906b. The physiological effects upon fishes of changes in the density and salinity of water. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 25: 53-108. Sumner, F. B. 1908. The biological laboratory of the Bureau of Fisheries at Woods Hole, Mass. Report of work for the season of 1907. Am. Nat. 42: 317-340. Sumner, F. B. 1909. On the occurrence of the littoral barnacle Chthamalus stellatus (Poli) at Woods Hole, Mass. Science n.s. 30: 373-374. Sumner, F. B. 1910. An intensive study of the fauna and flora of a restricted area of sea bottom. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 28, Part 2: 1225-1263. Sumner, F. B., R. C. Osborn, L. J. Cole and B. M. Davis. 1913. A biological survey of the waters of Woods Hole and vicinity. Sect. 1, Physical and Zoological. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 31, Part 1: 11-442. Surface, F. M. 1907. The early development of a polyclad, Planocera inquilina Wh. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 59: 514-559. Sutcliffe, W. H., Jr. 1965. Growth estimates from ribonucleic acid content in some small organisms. Limnol. Oceanogr. 10, Supplement, Redfield volume: R253-258. Swain, Joseph. 1883. A review of the species of Stolephorus found on the Atlantic coast of the United States. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 2: 55-57. Tanner, Z. L. 1882. Report of operations of the United States steamer SPEEDWELL in 1879, while in the service of the United States Fish Commission. Rept U. S. Comm. Fish. 1879: 603-615. Tanner, Z. L. 1885. Report on the work of the U. S. Fish Commission steamer ALBATROSS for the year ending December 31, 1883. Rept U. S. Comm. Fish. 1883: 117-236. Tanner, Z. L. 1886. Report on the work of the United States Fish Commission steamer ALBATROSS for the year ending December 31, 1884. Rept U. S. Comm. Fish. 1884: 3-116. Tanner 46 Tanner, Z. L. 1887. Report on the work of the United States Fish Commission steamer ALBATROSS for the year ending December 31, 1885. Rept U. S. Comm. Fish. 1885: 3-90. Tanner, Z. L. 1889. Report on the work of the United States Fish Commission steamer ALBATROSS for the year ending December 31, 1886. Rept U. S. Comm. Fish. 1886: 605-692. Taylor, C. C, H. B. Bigelow and H. W. Graham. 1957. Climatic trends and the distribution of marine animals in New England. Fish. Bull. 57: 293-345. Thivy, Francesca. 1942. A new species of Ectochaetae (Huber) Wille, from Woods Hole, Mass. Biol. Bull. 83: 97-110. Thivy, Francesca. 1943. New records of some marine Chaetophoraceae and Chaetosphaeridiaceae of North America. Biol. Bull. 85: 244-264. Thomas, Lt. C. M. 1938. Hydrographic survey of Woods Hole Harbor and Nantucket Sound. Collecting Net 13: 165-166. Thomas, L. J. 1921. Morphology and orientation of the otocysts of Gonionemus. Biol. Bull. 40: 287-298. Taylor, W. R. 1928. A species of Acrothrix on the New England coast. Am. J. Bot. 15: 577-583. Thompson, C. B. 1900a. Carinoma tremaphoros, a new mesonemertean species. Zool. Anz. 23: 627-630. Taylor, W. R. 1937. Notes on North Atlantic marine algae. Mich. Acad. Sci. 22: 225-233. 1. Pap. Taylor, W. R. 1941. Reappearance of rare New England algae. Rhodora 43: 72-74. Taylor, W. R. 1960. The effect of photosynthesis by benthic macro- algae on the titration alkalinity of sea water. Biol. Bull. 119: 342-343. (Abstr.) Taylor, W. R. and C. D. Gebelein. 1964. Chromatographic analyses of plant pigments in intertidal sediments. Biol. Bull. 127: 393. (Abstr.) Taylor, W. R. and J. D. Palmer. 1963. The relationship between light and photosyn- thesis in intertidal benthic diatoms. Biol. Bull. 125: 395. (Abstr.) Tennent, D. H. and M. J. Hogue. 1906. Studies on the development of the starfish egg. J. Exp. Zool. 3: 517-541. Teschemacher, J. E. 1851. [The manganese markings on substances includ- ing a Venus from the Nantucket oyster bank]. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 3: 99-100. Te Winkel, L. E. 1950. Notes on ovulation, ova and early development in the smooth dogfish, Mustelus canis. Biol. Bull. 99: 474-486. Thompson, C. B. 1900b. Preliminary description of Zygeupolia litoralis, a new genus and new species of heteronemertean. Zool. Anz. 23: 151-153. Thompson, C. B. 1901-1902. Zygeupolia litoralis, a new heteronemertean. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 53: 657-739. Thompson, J. H. 1881. [Record of young salmon caught near Martha's Vineyard and at Sconticut Neck], p. 270-271. In: Some results of the artificial propagation of Maine and California salmon in New England and Canada, recorded in the years 1879 and 1880. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 1: 270-277. Thompson, M. T. 1899. The breeding of animals at Woods Hole during the month of September 1898. Science n.s. 9: 581-583. Thompson, M. T. 1902. A new isopod parasitic on the hermit crab. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 21: 53-56. Thompson, M. T. 1904a. The metamorphoses of the hermit crab. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 31: 147-209. Thompson, M. T. 1904b. A rare thalassinid and its larva. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 31: 1-21. Trager, William W. 1957. Excystation of apostome ciliates in relation to moulting of their crustacean hosts. Biol. Bull. 112: 132-136. 47 U.S Coast & Geodetic Survey Trowbridge, A. C. and F. P. Shepard. 1932. Sedimentation in Massachusetts Bay. J. sedim. Petrol. 2: 3-37. Turner, H. J. Jr. 1949a. Practical problems of the propagation of the soft shell clam, Mya arenaria. Proc. natn. Shellfish. Ass. 76-77. Turner, H. J. Jr. 1949b. Report on investigations of methods of improving the shellfish resources of Massachusetts. Common- wealth of Massachusetts, Dept. Conservation, Div. Marine Fisheries. 22 pp. [prepared by the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution] Turner, H. J. Jr. 1950. Growth of the North Pacific oyster, Ostrea gigas, in Massachusetts, p. 31. In: 3rd Report on investi- gations of the shellfisheries of Massachusetts. Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Dept. Conserva- tion, Div. Marine Fisheries, [prepared by the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution] Turner, H. J. Jr. 1951. Fourth report on investigations of the shellfish- eries of Massachusetts. Commonwealth of Massa- chusetts, Dept. Conservation, Div. Marine Fish- eries. 21 pp. [prepared by the Woods Hole Ocean- ographic Institution] Turner, H. J. Jr. 1957. The effect of power dredging on the quahog popu- lations of Nantucket Sound, p. 9-14. In: Report on investigations of the shellfisheries of Massachu- setts for 1957. Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Dept. Natural Resources, Div. Marine Fisheries. 30 pp. [prepared by the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution] Turner. H. J. Jr. 1958. The effect of nutrition on the color of the callus of Polinices duplicatus. Nautilus 72: 1-3. Turner, H. J. Jr., J. C. Ayers and C L. Wheeler. 1948. The horse-shoe crab and boring snail as factors limiting the abundance of the soft-shell clams, p. 43-45. In: Turner, H. J. Jr. 1948. Report on investigations of the propagation of the soft- shell clam, Mya arenaria. Commonwealth of Massa- chusetts, Dept. Conservation, Div. Marine Fish- eries. 61 pp. [prepared by the Woods Hole Oceano- graphic Institution] Turner, H. J. Jr. and C J. George. 1955. Some aspects of the behavior of the quahog, Venus mercenaria, during the early stages, p. 5-14. In: Turner, H. J. Jr. 1955. 8th report on investigations of the shellfisheries of Massachusetts. Common- wealth of Massachusetts, Dept. Natural Resources, Div. Marine Fisheries. 25 pp. [prepared by the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution] Turner, H. J. Jr. and J. E. Hanks. 1959. Infestation of Pecten irradians by Polydora. Nautilus 72: 109-111. Turner, H. J. Jr. and J. E. Hanks. 1960. Experimental stimulation of gametogenesis in Hydroides dianthus and Pecten irradians during the winter. Biol. Bull. 119: 145-152. Tuttle, C. R. 1961. Seismic high-speed till in Massachusetts. Geol. Soc. Ann. Spec. Pap xi: 288-289. (Abstr.) Uhler, P. 1892a. A study of Gay Head, Martha's Vineyard. Trans. Md. Acad. Sci. n.s. 1: 204-212. Uhler, P R. 1892b. Gay Head. Science 20: 176-177. Uhler, P R. 1892c. Observations on the Cretaceous at Gay Head. Science 20: 373-374. Upham, Warren. 1879. The formation of Cape Cod. Am. Nat. 13: 489- 502, 552-565. Upham, Warren. 1899. Glacial history of the New England islands, Cape Cod and Long Island. Amer. Geol. 24: 79-93. U. S. Army Corp of Engineers. 1939. Supplemental report on hurricane of September 2 1, 1938 and its effect on the coastal region. U. S. Engineer Office Prov., R. I. (unpublished manuscript) U. S. Army Corp of Engineers. 1954. Resume report on the hurricanes of August 31, 1954 and September 11, 1954, in the coastal region of New England Office of the Division Engineer, New England Division, Boston. U. S. Beach Erosion Board. 1957. Chatham, Massachusetts, beach erosion control study. Appendix A: Geology; Appendix B: Beach description; Appendix F: shoreline and off- shore changes. 85th U. S. Congress, 1st Session, House Document 167, pp. 23-29. April 29, 1957. U. S. Coast & Geodetic Survey. Ann. Rept. U. S. Coast & Geodetic Survey. 1846, 1847 and 1848. Eastern section reports contain informa- tion on Cape Cod region, on shoals, work being done, charts available, etc. U. S. Coast & Geodetic Survey 48 U. S. Coast & Geodetic Survey (A. D. Bache.) 1847. Notice to mariners. Relative bearings and distances of old and new south shoals: of ridge, discovered in 1847; of shoal discovered in 1847, in channel east of Bass rip, and north of Bass rip, and etc. Rept U. S. Cst geod. Surv. 1847, Appendix 3: 63-64. [6-7] U. S. Coast & Geodetic Survey. 1884a. Notice to mariners 50. Atlantic coast; Development of ledges off Minot's Ledge lighthouse, Massachu- setts Bay. June 10, 1884. U. S. Coast & Geodetic Survey. 1884b. Notice to mariners 56. Atlantic coast. Shoal devel- oped in Vineyard Sound. November 15, 1884. U. S. Coast & Geodetic Survey. 1885. Notice to mariners 69. Important change in Monomoy passage, Mass. November 20, 1885. U. S. Coast & Geodetic Survey. 1887. Notice to mariners. Dangerous rock in Vineyard Sound, Massachusetts. November 8, 1887. U. S. Fish Commission. 1873a. Notices in regard to the abundance of fish on the New England coast in former times. Rept U. S. Comm. Fish. 1871-1872: 149-172. U. S. Fish Commission. 1873b. Supplementary testimony and information relative to the condition of the fisheries on the south side of New England in 1872. Rept U. S. Comm. Fish. 1871-1872: 182-195. U. S. Fish Commission. 1873c. Testimony in regard to the present condition of the fisheries, taken in 1871. Rept U. S. Comm. Fish. 1871-1872: 7-72. U. S. Fish Commission. 1898. Temperature and density of water at Woods Hole station, 1895-96. Rept U. S. Comm. Fish. 1896: 31. U. S. Fish Commission, Woods Hole. 1901. Biological notes No. 1. Contributions from the Biological Laboratory of the U. S. Fish Commission, Woods Hole, Massachusetts. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 19: 305-310. [1900] U. S. Lighthouse Board. 1873. Table of temperatures of the Little Harbor, Woods Hole, Mass., from January 1873 to December 1873 (inclusive). Rept U. S. Comm. Fish. 1871-1872: 828-831. Van Name, W. G. 1907-1912a. Compound ascidians of the coasts of New England and neighboring British provinces. Proc. Boston Soc. nat.Hist. 34: 339-424. [1910] Van Name, W. G. 1907-1912b. Simple ascidians of the coasts of New England and neighboring British provinces. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 34: 439-619. [1912] Verrill, A. E. 1871a. Descriptions of new and imperfectly known ascidians from New England. Am. J. Sci. series 3, 1: 288-294. Verrill, A. E. 1871b. On the distribution of marine animals on the southern coast of New England. Am. J. Sci. series 3, 2: 357-362. Verrill, A. E. 1872. Recent additions to the molluscan fauna of New England and the adjacent waters, with notes on other species. Am. J. Sci. series 3, 3: 209-214, 281-290. Verrill, A. E. 1873. Report upon the invertebrate animals of Vine- yard Sound and the adjacent waters with an account of the physical characters of the region. Rept U. S. Comm. Fish. 1871-1872: 295-778. Verrill, A. E. 1874. The giant cuttlefishes of Newfoundland and the common squids of the New England coast. Am. Nat. 8: 167-174. Verrill, A. E. 1875. On the Post-Pliocene fossils of Sankoty Head, Nantucket Island, with a note on the geology by S. H. Scudder. Am. J. Sci. series 3, 10: 364-375. Verrill, A. E. 1878. Occurrence of fossiliferous Tertiary rocks on the Grand Bank and George's Bank. Am. J. Sci. series 3, 16: 323-324. Verrill, A. E. 1880. Synopsis of the Cephalopoda of the north- eastern coast of America. Amer. J. Sci. series 3, 19: 284-295. Verrill, A. E. 1880-1886. Notice of recent additions to the marine Inver- tebrata of the northeastern coast of America, with descriptions of new genera and species and critical remarks on others. I. Annelida, Gephyraea, Nemertina, Nematoda, Polyzoa, Tunicata, Mollusca, Anthozoa, Echinodermata, Porifera. Proc. U. S. natn. Mus., 1879, 2: 165-205. [1879] IV. Additions to the deep-water Mollusca, taken off Martha's Vineyard in 1880 and 1881. Proc.U. S. natn. Mus., 5: 315-342. [1883] V. Annelida, Echinodermata, Hydroida, Tunicata. Proc. U. S. natn. Mus., 1885, 8: 424-^48. [1885] 49 Webb Verrill, A. E. 1882a. Notice of the remarkable marine fauna occupying the outer banks off the southern coast of New England and of some additions to the fauna of Vineyard Sound. Rept U. S. Comm. Fish. 1882: 641-669. [1884] Verrill, A. E. 1882b. Notice of the remarkable marine fauna occupying the outer banks off the southern coast of New England, No. 7 and of some additions to the fauna of Vineyard Sound. Amer. J. Sci. series 3, 24: 360-371. Verrill, A. E. 1888-1892a. Dinophilidae of New England. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 8: 457-458. Verrill, A. E. 1888-1892b. The marine nemerteans of New England and adjacent waters. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 8: 382-456. Verrill, A. E. 1888-1892c. Marine planarians of New England. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 8: 459-520. Verrill, A. E. 1892-1895. Supplement to the marine nemerteans and planarians of New England. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 9: 523-534. Verrill, A. E. 1897. Nocturnal and diurnal changes in the colors of certain fishes and of the squid (Loligo), with notes on their sleeping habits. Am. J. Sci. series 4, 3: 135-136. (Abstr.) Verrill, A. E. 1898. Descriptions of new American actinians, with critical notes on other species, I. Amer. J. Sci. series 4, 6: 493-498. Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith and 0. Harger. 1873. Catalogue of the marine invertebrate animals of the southern coast of New England and adjacent waters. Rept U. S. Comm. Fish. 1871-1872: 537-778. Vishniac, H. S. 1956. On the ecology of the lower marine fungii. Biol. Bull. Ill: 410-414. Visscher, J. P. 1938. Studies on barnacle larvae. (Abstr.) Biol. Bull. 75: 363. Waksman, S. A. 1933. On the distribution of organic matter in the sea bottom and the chemical nature and origin of marine humus. Soil. Sci. 36: 125-147. Waksman, S. A., C. L. Carey and H. W. Reuszer. 1933. Marine bacteria and their role in the cycle of life in the sea. I. Decomposition of marine plant and animal residues by bacteria. Biol. Bull. 65: 57-79. Waksman, S. A., M. Hotchkiss and C. L. Carey. 1933. Marine bacteria and their role in the cycle of life in the sea. II. Bacteria concerned in the cycle of nitrogen in the sea. Biol. Bull. 65: 137-167. Waksman, S. A. and C E. Renn. 1936. Decomposition of organic matter in sea water by bacteria. III. Factors influencing the rate of de- composition. Biol. Bull. 70: 472-483. Walsh, G. E. 1964. Seasonal and diurnal fluctuations in the quantity of dissolved carbohydrate in Oyster Pond, Cape Cod. Biol. Bull. 127: 395. (Abstr.) Walsh, G. E. 1965a. Studies on dissolved carbohydrate in Cape Cod waters. I. General survey. Limnol Oceanogr. 10: 570-576. Walsh, G. E. 1965b. Studies on dissolved carbohydrate in Cape Cod waters. II. Diurnal fluctuation in Oyster Pond. Limnol Oceanogr. 10: 577-582. Waterman, A. J. 1934. Observations on reproduction, prematuration, and fertilization in Sabellana vulgaris. Biol. Bull. 67: 97-114. Watt, D. J. 1955. On the resistance of Tubularia to x-rays. Biol. Bull. 109: 371. (Abstr.) Watterson, R. L. 1945. Asexual reproduction in the colonial tunicate Botrllus schlosseri (Pallas) Savigny, with special reference to the developmental history of inter- siphonal bands of pigment. Biol. Bull. 88: 71-103. Weather Bureau. 1961. Local climatological data. Nantucket, Massa- chusetts. 4 pp. Webb. H. M. and F. A. Brown Jr. 1958. The repetition of pattern in the respiration of ilea pugnax. Biol. Bull. 115: 303-318. Webb, H. M. and F. A. Brown. Jr. 1961. Seasonal variations in the 02 -consumption of Uca pugnax. Biol. Bull. 121."56l-57 1. Webb .'=^0 Webb, H. M. and F. A. Brown, Jr. 1965- Interactions of diurnal and tidal rhythms in the fiddler crab Uca pugnax. Biol. Bull. 129: 582- 591. Webb, H. M., F. A. Brown, Jr. and W. J. Brett. 1959a. Effects of imposed electrostatic field on rate of locomotion in llyanassa. Biol. Bull. 117: 430- 431. (Abstr.) Webb, H. M., F. A. Brown, Jr. and W. J. Brett. 1959b. Fluctuations in rate of locomotion in llyanassa. Biol. Bull. 117: 431. (Abstr.) Webb, H. M., F. A. Brown Jr. and R. C. Graves. 1952. The influence of light intensity and temperature on chromatophores of Palaemonetes vulgaris. Biol. Bull. 103: 310-311. (Abstr.) Webster, H. E. and J. E. Benedict. 1884. The Annelida Chaetopoda from Provincetown and Wellfleet, Mass. Rept. U. S. Fish. Comm. 1881: 699-747. Welch, P. S. 1«17. The Enchytraeidae (Oligochaeta) of the Woods Hole region, Mass. Trans. Amer. micr. Soc.36: 119-138. Wells, G. P. 1961. A new lugworm from Woods Hole, hitherto included in Arenicola cristata (Polychaeta). Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 137: 1-12. Welsh, J. H. 1932. Temperature and light as factors influencing the rate of swimming of larvae of the muscle crab. Pinnotheres maculatus Say. Biol. Bull. 63: 310- 326. Welsh, J. H. 1933. Light intensity and the extent of activity of loco- motor muscles as opposed to cilia. Biol. Bull. 65: 168-174. Wenrich, D. H. 1928. Paramecium woodruffi n. sp. (Protozoa, Ciliata). Trans. Amer. micr. Soc. 47: 256-261. Werntz, H. O. 1963. Osmotic regulation in marine and fresh-water gammarids (Amphipoda). Biol. Bull. 124: 225-239. West, Samuel. 1793. A letter concerning Gay Head. Mem. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. 2: 147-150. Westgate, J. M. 1904. Reclamation of Cape Cod sand dunes. U. S. Dept. Ag. Bureau of Plant Industry Bull. 65. Weule, K. 1891. Beitrage zur morphologie der Flachkusten. Kettlers Zeitschr. wiss. Geogr. 1891 VIII: 211- 256. Wheeler, C. L. 1948. The soft clam fishery of Massachusetts, p. 51-61. In: Turner, H. J. Jr. 1948. Report on investigations of the propagation of the softshell clam, Mya arenaria. Comm. of Massachusetts, Dept. Conserva- tion, Div. Marine Fisheries, 61 pp. [prepared by the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution]. Wheeler, W. M. 1894a. Planocera inquilina, a polyclad inhabiting the branchial chamber of Sycotypus canaliculatus, Gill. J. Morph. 9: 195-201. [1893] Wheeler, W. M. 1894b. Syncoelidium pellucidium, a new marine triclad. J. Morph. 9: 167-194. Wheeler, W. M. 1901. The free-swimming copepods of the Woods Hole region. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 19: 157-192. White, David. 1890. On the cretaceous plants from Marthas Vineyard. Am. J. Sci. series 3, 39: 93-101. White, G. M. 1924. Reactions of the larvae of the shrimp, Palaemonetes vulgaris, and the squid, Loligo pealii to mono- chromatic light. Biol. Bull. 47: 265-273. Whiteley, G. C. Jr. 1960. In situ measurements of the community metabolism of (Juahog Pond. Biol. Bull. 119: 348. (Abstr.) Whiteley, G. C Jr., W. D. Burbank and M. E. Pierce 1949. A preliminary study of the factors influencing the distribution of bottom fauna in two narrow arms of Buzzards Bay. Biol. Bull. 97: 250. (Abstr.) Whiting, H. L. 1867. Report of Assistant Henry L. Whiting on a special survey of Provincetown, Harbor, Massachusetts. U. S. Cst. geod. Surv. An. Rept 1867 (appendix 12): 149-157. [1869] Whiting, H. L. 1872. Report on shore-line changes at Edgartown Harbor, Massachusetts. Rept U. S. Cst geod. Surv. 1872, appendix 17: 262-265. [1875] 51 Wilson Whiting, H. L. 1886. Report of changes in the shore-line and beaches of Martha's Vineyard, as derived from comparisons of recent with former surveys. Rept U. S. Cst geod. Surv. 1886, appendix 9: 263-266. [1887] Whiting, H. L. 1890. Recent changes in the south inlet into Edgartown Harbor, Martha's Vineyard. Rept U. S. Cst geod. Surv. 1889: 459-460. Whiting, H. L. and H. Mitchell. 1869. Reports concerning Martha's Vineyard and Nantucket. Rept U. S. Cst geod. Surv. 1869, appendix 15: 236- 259. [1872] Whitman, C. 0. 1902. A biological farm for the experimental investiga- tion of heredity, variation and evolution and for the study of life-histories, habits, instincts and intelligence. Biol. Bull. 3: 214-224. Whitman, L. 1795. Account of the creeks and islands in Wellfleet and observations on the importance of Cape Cod harbor. Coll. Mass. Hist. Soc. series 1, 4: 41-43. Wigley, R. L. 1963b. Pogonophora on the New England continental slope. Science 141: 358-359. Wilcox, B. W. 1958. Tidal movement in the Cape Cod Canal, Massa- chusetts. Proc. Am. Soc. civil Engr., J. Hydraul- ics Div. Vol. 84(H41): pap. 1586: 9 pp. Wilczynski, J. Z. 1955. On sex behavior and sex determination in Crepidula fornicata. Biol. Bull. 109: 353-354. (Abstr.) Wilkens, J. L. and M. Fingerman. 1965. Heat tolerance and temperature relationships of the fiddler crab, ilea pugilator, with reference to body coloration. Biol. Bull. 128: 133-141. Willey, Arthur. 1901. On the protostigmata of Molgula manhattensis (De Kay). Quart. J. micr. Sci. 44: 141-160. [1900] Willey, C. H. 1958. The morphology of the copepod, Congericola pallida from the gills of Conger vulgaris taken at Woods Hole. Biol. Bull. 115: 370-371. Whitman, L. 1810. A topographical description of Wellfleet, in the county of Barnstable. Coll. Mass. hist. Soc. series 1, 3: 117-126. Wieser, Wolfgang. 1960. Benthic studies in Buzzards Bay. II. The meio- fauna. Limnol. Oceanogr. 5: 121-137. Weiser, Wolfgang and J. Kanwisher. 1959. Restoration and anaerobic survival in some sea weed-inhabiting invertebrates. Biol. Bull. 117: 594-600. Wieser, Wolfgang and J. Kanwisher. 1961. Ecological and physiological studies on marine nematodes from a small salt marsh near Woods Hole, Massachusetts. Limnol. Oceanogr. 6: 262-270. Wigley, R. L. 1961a. Bottom sediments of Georges Bank. J. sedim. Petrol. 31, 2: 165-188. Wigley, R. L. 1961b. Anew isopod, Chiridotea nigrescens, from Cape Cod, Massachusetts. Crustaceana 2: 286- 292. Wigley, R. L. 1963a. Occurrence of Praunus flexuosus (0. F. Muller) (Mysidacea) in New England waters. Crustaceana 6: 158. Williams, G. C. 1960. Dispersal of young marine fishes near Woods Hole, Massachusetts. Pubis Mich. St. Univ. Mus. 1: 331- 367. Williams, S. R. 1902. Changes accompanying the migration of the eye and observations on the tractus opticus and tectum opticum in Pseudopleuronectes americanus. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 40: 1-58. Wilson, C. B. 1903a. The newly hatched larva of Argulus megalops. Science n.s. 28: 484-485. Wilson, C. B. 1903b. North American parasitic copepods of the family Argulidae, with a bibliography of the group and a systematic review of all known species. Proc. U. S. natn. Mus. 25: 635-742. [1902] Wilson, C. B. 1905a. The fish parasites of the genus Argulus found in the Woods Hole region. Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 24: 115-131. Wilson, C. B. 1905b. Habits and life-history of parasitic copepods. Biol. Bull. 8: 236-237. (Abstr.) Wilson, C. B. 1906. New species of parasitic copepods from the Massa- chusetts coast. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 18: 127- 131. Wilson 52 Wilson, C. B. 1921. New species and a new genus of parasitic copepods. Proc. U. S. nam. Mus. 59: 1-17. Wilson, C. B. 1925. New North American parasitic copepods, new hosts and notes on copepod nomenclature. Proc. U. S. nam. Mus. 64, Art. 17: 1-22. [1924] Wilson, C. B. 1932. The copepods of the Woods Hole region, Massa- chusetts. Bull. U. S. nam. Mus. 158: 635 pp. Wilson, E. B. 1880. Report on the Pycnogonida of New England and adjacent waters. Rept U. S. Comm. Fish. 1878: 463-506. Wilson, E. B. 1892. The cell-lineage of NeTeis:a contribution to the cytogeny of the annelid body. J. Morph. 6: 361- 480. Wilson, H. V. 1891. The embryology of the sea-bass (Serranus atrarius). Fishery Bull. Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S. 9: 209-277. Wilson, H. V. 1894. Observations on the gemmule and egg development of marine sponges. J. Morph. 9: 277-406. Wilson, J. H. 1905. The Pleistocene formations of Sankaty Head, Nantucket. J. Geol. 13: 713-734. Wilson, J. H. 1906. The glacial history of Nantucket and Cape Cod with an argument for a fourth center of glacial dispersion in North America, New York, Columbia Univ. Press: 89 pp. Winkley, H. W. 1907. Cape Cod notes. Nautilus 21: 74-75. Winkley, H. W. 1909. New England Pyramidellidae, with description of a new species. Nautilus 23: 39-40. Winkley, H. W. 1912. New England notes. Nautilus 26: 54-55. Winslow, Lieut. Francis. 1883. D. Catalogue of the economic Mollusca and the apparatus and appliances used in their capture and preparation for market, ... exhibited by the U. S. National Museum. Great International Fisheries Exhibition, London, 1883. Bull. U. S. natn. Mus. 27: 185-270. Winthrop, John. 1670. An extract of a letter written by John Winthrop, Esq., Governor of Connecticut in New England, to the Publisher, concerning some natural curiosities of those parts, especially a very strange and very curiously contrived fish, sent for the Repository of the Royal Society. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. 5: 1151- 1154. Whitman & Lee Company. 1928. Illustrated account of the battle between two fish- ermen and a man-eating shart, probably Carchar- hinus atwoodi, off Monomoy Point. Whitman & Lee Company Market Letter, November 8, 1928. Wittenberg, J. B. 1958. Carbon monoxide in the float of Physalia. Biol. Bull. 115: 371. (Abstr.) Wood, R. D. 1949. The Characeae of the Woods Hole region, Massa- chusetts. Biol. Bull. 96: 179-203. Wood, R. D. 1952. An analysis of ecological factors in the occur- rence of Characeae of the Woods Hole region, Massachusetts. Ecology 33: 104-109. Wood, R. D. 1962. Codium is carried to Cipe Cod. Bull. Torrey bot. Club 89: 178-180. Woodbridge, Helen. 1924. Botryllus schlosseri (Pallas): the behavior of the larva with special reference to the habitat. Biol. Bull. 47: 223-230. Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution. 1954. Beach studies in the Cape Cod area conducted during the period August 1, 1953 - December 31, 1953. Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution Ref. No. 54-3. 4 pp. (unpublished manuscript). Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution. 1957. Beach studies in the Cape Cod area conducted during the period July 1, 1956 - December 31, 1956. Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution Ref. No. 57-4. 5 pp. (unpublished manuscript). Woodworth, J. B. n^2. Note on the occurrence of erratic Cambrian fossils in the Neocene gravels of the island of Martha's Vineyard. Am. Geol. 9: 243-247. Woodworth, J. B. 1894. Post-glacial Eolian action in southern New England. Am. J. Sci. series 3, 47: 63-71. 53 Zeigler Woodworth, J. B. 1897. Unconformities of Martha's Vineyard and of Block Island. Bull. geol. Soc. Am. 8: 197-212. Woodworth, J. B. 1900. Glacial origin of older Pleistocene in the Gay Head cliffs, with note on fossil horse of that section. Bull. geol. Soc. Am. 8: 455-460. Woodworth, J. B. and E. Wigglesworth. 1934. Geography and geology of the region including Cape Cod, the Elizabeth Islands, Nantucket, Martha's Vineyard, No Mans Land and Block Island. Mem. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 52: 322 pp. Yamanouchi, Shigeo. 1906-1907. The life history of Polysiphonia violacea. Bot. Gaz. 41: 425-433; Ibid., 1907, 42: 401-449. Yeager, J. F. and 0. E. Tauber. 1935. On the hemolymph cell counts of some marine invertebrates. Biol. Bull. 69: 66-70. Yeatman, H. C. 1963. Some redescriptions and new records of littoral copepods for the Woods Hole, Mass., region. Trans. Amer. micr. Soc. 82: 197-209. Yentsch, C. S. and D. W. Menzel. 1963. A method for the determination of phytoplankton chlorophyll and phaeophytin by fluorescence. Deep Sea Res. 10: 221-231. Yentsch, C. S. and C. A. Reichert. 1961-1962. Interrelationship between water soluble yellow substances and chloroplastic pigments in marine algae. Botanica mar. 3: 65-74. Yentsch, C. S. and C. A. Reichert. 1963. The effects of prolonged darkness on photosyn- thesis, respiration and chlorophyll in the marine flagellate, Dunaliella euchlora. Limnol. Oceanogr. 8: 338-342. Yentsch, C S. and J. H. Ryther. 1957. Short-term variations in phytoplankton chlorophyll and their significance. Limnol. Oceanogr. 2: 140- 142. Yentsch, C. S. and J. H. Ryther. 1959. Relative significance of the net phytoplankton and nanoplankton in the waters of Vineyard Sound. J. Cons. perm. int. Explor. Mer 24: 231-238. Yerkes, A. W. 1906. Modifiability of behavior in Hydroides dianthus V. J. comp. Neurol. 16: 441-449. Yerkes, Robert. 1902a. Habit-formation in the green crab, Carcinus granu- latus. Biol. Bull. 3: 241-244. Yerkes, R. M. 1902b. A contribution to the physiology of the nervous system of the medusa Gonionemus murbachii. I-II. I. The sensory reactions of Gonionemus. Am. J. Physiol. 6: 434-449. II. The physiology of the central nervous system. Ibid. 7: 181-198. Yerkes, R. M. and J. B. Ayer Jr. 1903. A study of the reactions and the reaction time of the medusa Gonionemus murbachii to photic stimuli. Am. J. Physiol. 9: 279-307. Zeigler, J. M. 1960. Beach studies in the Cape Cod area conducted during the period August 1953 - April 1960. Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution Ref. No. 60-20. 32 pp. (unpublished manuscript) Zeigler, J. M., C. R. Hayes and S. D. Tuttle. 1959. Beach changes during storms on outer Cape Cod, Massachusetts. J. Geol. 67: 318-336. Zeigler, J. M., W. S. Hoffmeister, G. Giese and H. Tasha. 1960. Discovery of Eocene sediments in subsurface of Cape Cod. Science 132: 1397-1398. Zeigler, J. M. and B. Oostdam. 1960. A study of the bathymetry and sediments of the U. S. Navy torpedo range in Cape Cod bay. Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution Ref. No. 60-35. 10 pp. (unpublished manuscript) Zeigler, J. M., H. J. Tasha and G. S. Giese. 1964. Erosion on the cliffs of outer Cape Cod; tables and graphs. Woods Hole Oceanographic Institu- tion Ref. No. 64-21. 30 pp. (unpublished manuscript) Zeigler, J. M. and S. D. Tuttle. 1961. Beach changes based on daily measurements of four Cape Cod beaches. J. Geol. 69: 583-599. Zeigler, J. M., S. D. Tuttle, G. S. Giese and H. J. Tasha. 1964. Residence time of sand composing beaches and bars of outer Cape Cod. Coastal Engin. Proc. Ninth Conf., Lisbon, June, 1964. Chapter 26: 403- 416. Also, Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution Ref. 65-32. 13 pp. Zeigler, J. M., S. Tuttle, B. Gill, H. Tasha and G. Giese. 1961. Tables and graphs of measurements made across four Cape Cod beaches 1957-1958. Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution Ref. No. 61-4. 20 pp. (unpublished manuscript) Z eigler _^^^^_^_^__— ^_— — ^— ^— — i^— — ^— — ^^— ^~— ^^^~~"~~"^~^^ Zeigler, J. M., S. D. Tuttle, H. J. Tasha and G. S. Giese. 1964. Pleistocene geology of outer Cape Cod, Massa- chusetts. Bull. geol. Soc. Am. 75: 705-714. Zeigler, J. M., S. D. Tuttle, H. J. Tasha and G. S. Giese. 1965. The age and davelopment of the Provincelands Hook, outer Cape Cod Massachusetts. Limnol. Oceanogr. 10, Supplement: R298-R311. Zieg, R. G. 1960. Metabolism of three species of the gastropod genus Littorina in and out of water. Biol. Bull. 119: 351. (Abstr.) Zimmerman, A. M., S. B. Zinunerman and E. B. Harvey. 1960. A report of hermaphroditism in Arbacia punctulata Biol. Bull. 119: 353. (Abstr.) Zinn, D. J. 1954. Protozoa fromPenikese Island. J. Protozool. 1: 71-73. ZoBell, C. E. 1939. The role of bacteria in the fouling of submerged surfaces. Biol. Bull. 77: 302. (Abstr.) Zullo, V. A. 1963. A preliminary report on systematics and distribu- tion of barnacles (Cirripedia) of the Cape Cod region. Systematics-Ecology Program, Marine Biological Laboratory Contribution No. 3. Make- peace, Boston, (photo-offset). 33 pp. 55 INDEX Aboriginal Aboriginal, shell mounds Baird, S. F., 1882 Abothrium rugosum Linton, E., 1941 Abralia megalops Verrill, A. E.. 1882b Abundance, fish Sherwood, S. H. & V. N. Edwards, 1901 Acanthobothrium paulum parasite of Trygon centrura Linton, E., 1889-1891 Acanthocephala Linton, E., 1901b, 1932, 1933 parasitic on fish Linton, E., 1892a Acanthocheilus nidi f ex parasite of Galeocerdo arcticus Linton, E., 1934c parasite of Galeocerdo tigrinus Linton. E.. 1901a parasite of Sphyroma zygaena Linton, E., 1934c Acanthochondr ia exilipes parasite of Lopholatilus chamaeleonticeps Wilson, C. B.. 1932 Acanthocolpidae of Waquoit Bay Cable, R. M. & A. V. Hunninen, 1942 Acanthocotyle verrilli Manter, H. W., 1926 parasite of "skate" Groto, S., 1899 Acanthohaustorius intermedius Bousfield, E. L., 1965 Acanthohaustorius millsi Bousfield, E. L., 1965 Acanthohaust orius shoemakeri Bousfield, E. L., 1965 Acanthohaustorius spinosus Bousfield, E. L., 1965 Acartia clausi Anraku, M., 1962 Deevey, G. B., 1948 Acartia tonsa Anraku, M., 1962 Deevey, G. B., 1948 Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Wheeler, W. M., 1901 host for metacerceria of Lecithaster confusus Hunninen, A. V. & R. M. Cable, 1943a migration, vertical Schallek, W., 1942 Acephala Verrill, A. E., 1873 Acerotisai baiae Hyman, L., 1952 Achelia scabra Wilson, E. B., 1880 Achirus fasciatus host for Lepocreadium trullaforme Linton, E., 1942 morphology, optic Parker, G. H., 1903 56 Acineta feeding Peck, J. I.. 1896 Acinetopsis tentaculata Root, F. M., 1922 Acipenser brevirostris Smith, H. M., 1898a host for Echinorhynchus attenuatus Linton, E., 1892a Acipenser oxyrhynchus host for Dichelestium sturionis Rathbun, R., 1885 Acipenser sturio Smith, H. M., 1898a host for Nitaschia elegans Linton, E., 1898c Acorn barnacles see Balanus, see Chthamalus Acorn worms see Hemichordata Acoustic orientation fishes and invertebrates Moulton, J. M., 1963 Acrochaetium alcyonidiae Jao, C. C, 1936 Acrochaetium alcyonidia e var. c ylindricum Jao, C. C, 1936 Acrochaetium attenuatum Jao, C. C, 1936 Acrochaetium compactum Jao, C. C, 1936 Acrochaetium emergens Jao, C. C, 1936 Acrochaetium intermedium Jao, C. C, 1936 Acrochaetium microfilum Jao, C. C, 1936 Acrochaetium minimum Collins, F. S., 1908c Acrochaetium moniliforme var. mesogloiae Jao, C. C, 1936 Acrochaetium radiatum Jao, C. C, 1936 Acrochaetium subseriatum Jao, C. C, 1936 Acrochaetium unifilum Jao, C. C, 1936 Acrocheate repens Collins, F. S., 1906 Acrocirrus leidyi Hartman, O., 1942a Verrill, A. E. , 1882a, 1882b Acrothrix novae angliae Taylor, W. R., 1928 Actinauge verrilli Hargitt, C. W., 1914 Actinozoa phylogeny McMurrich, J. P., 1891a Adelopoda ramabula Pennak, R. W. , 1942a, 1942b Aega psora Harger, 0., 1880a 57 Algae Aeolida papillosa Moore, G. M., 1950 Russell, H. D., 1964 Aeolis pilata nematocysts Kepner, W. A., 1943 Aetea sica Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 Aeverrillia armata Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 Aeverrillia setigera Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 morphology Rogick, M. D., 1945-1949 Agardhiella tenera life history Lewis, I. F., 1912 Aggregation, physiological effects Ophioderma brevispina Allee, W. C, 1927 Aglantha conica Hargitt, C. W., 1908 Aglaophessia minuta Hargitt, C. W., 1908 Aglaura hemistoma Hargitt, C. W., 1902b Alaimonema multicinctum Cobb, N. A., 1920 ALBATROSS, R/V station data Tanner, Z. L., 1885, 1886, 1887, 1889 Albula vulpes Smith, H. M., 1898a Alcippe lampas larvae Visscher, J. P., 1938 morphology & distribution Genthe, K. W., 1905 Alcyonidium polyoum Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 Alcyonidium rostrata Verrill, A. E., 1872 Alcyonidium verrilli Osburn, R. C, 1912 Alcyonium carneum Hargitt, C. W., 1914 Alebion crassus parasite of Sphyrna zygaena Wilson, C. B., 1932 Alebion fuscus Wilson, C. B., 1921 Alebion glabrum Wilson, C. B., 1905b, 1906 Alebion gracile Wilson, C. B., 1906 Alectis crinitus Smith, H. M., 1938 Alectrion locomotion, pedal cilia Copeland, M. A., 1919 Alectrion obsoleta feeding Copeland, M. A., 1918 Alectrion obsoleta olfactory organs Copeland, M. A., 1918 Alentiana aurantiaca Hartman, P., 1942a , 1944 Algae Bernatowicz, A. J., 1958 Blum, J. L., 1960 Doty, M. S.,1948 Farlow, W. G., 1883 Lewin, J. C, R. A. Lewin, D. E. Philpott, 1958 Lewis, I. P., 1916 Lewis, I. P. & R. H. CoUey, 1916 Lewis, L P. & W. R. Taylor, 1921, 1928 Margalef, R., 1960b Reimann, B. E. P., J. M. C. Lewin & R. R. L. Guillard, 1963 Schuh, R. E., 1900a, 1900b Setchell, W. A., 1922 Shaw, W. N., 1962 Taylor, W. R., 1928, 1937, 1941, 1960 Taylor, W. R. & J. C. Palmer, 1963 Thivy, P., 1942, 1943 Wood, R. D., 1962 Yamanouchi, S., 1906-1907 alternation of generations Lewis, I. P., 1912 anaerobiosis Wieser, W. & J. Kanwisher, 1959 association with Ectoprocta Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 with marine fungi Vishniac, H. S., 1956 benthic Conover, J. T., 1958 primary productivity Bachmann, R. W. & E. P. Odum, 1960 seasonal production Conover, J. T., 1958 Zinc 65 uptake Bachman, R. W. & E. P. Odum, 1960 blue-green Gutknecht, J., 1963 development Chester, G. C, 1896 holdfasts Derick, C. M., 1899 distribution Collins, P. S., 1891, 1896 Cleland, R. E., 1918 Doty, M. S., 1948 Parlow, W. G., 1873, 1882a, 1882b, 1883 drifting Collins, P. S., 1914 flowering of Nauset Muskegat bland Miller, G. S., 1897 freezing and drying Kanwisher, J., 1957 Algae 58 Algae intertidal wave effects upon at W. Falmouth Kingsbury, J. M., 1960, 1962 life cycle Lewis, 1. F., 1909, 1914 Osterhout, W. J. V., 1896 Littoral polysaccharides of Lewin, R. A., 1955 morphology Simons, E. B., 1906 Penikese Island Croasdale, H., 1948 Jordan, D. S., 1874 Lewis, I. F. & W. R. Taylor, 1933 new species Collins, F. S., 1908c Hulburt, E. M., 1957 Jao, C. C, 1936 of mud flats Moul, E. T. & D. Mason, 1957 phosphorus uptake Kuenzler, E. J. & B. H. Ketchum, 1962 physical chemical influences on Davis, B. M., 1913b physiological ecology Curl, H., Jr. &G. C. McLeod, 1961 physiology Gifford, C. E. & E. P. Odum, 1961 Robbins, W. J., 1916 Ryther, J. H. & R. R. L. Guillard, 1962 Ryther, J. H. & D. D. Kramer, 1961 Yentsch, C. S. & C. A. Reichert, 1963 unicellular McLachlan, J., 1961 pigments Yentsch, C. S. & C. A. Reichert, 1961, 1962 planktonic Great Pond Hulburt, E. M., 1956b, 1963 iron requirements Ryther, J. H. & D. D. Kramer, 1961 morphology Guillard, R. R.L. & J. H. Ryther, 1962 productivity, rocky intertidal zone Gifford, C. E. & E. P. Odum, 1961 radioactive Blake, J. W., 1961 zinc uptake Gutnecht, J., 1961 red see seasonal cycle in Vineyard Sound Lillick, L. C, 1937 symbiosis Boschma, H., 1925 taxonomy Lewin, J. C, 1958 tidal rhythm Faure-Fremiet, E., 1951b Algae unicellular physiology of McLachlan, J., 1961 water temperatures and associated algae of Woods Hole Davis, B. M., 1913b Woods Hole Davis, B. M., 1913a. zoogeography and Cape Cod Setchell, W. A., 1922 AUocreadiinae Linton, E., 1934a Allosphaerium caudatum Association Orchestia agilis Kidder, G. W. & F. M. Summers, 1935 Allosphaerium convexa association with Talorchestea longicornis Allosphaerium granulosum association with Orchestia Kidder, G. W. & F. M. Summers, 1935 Allosphaerium palustris association with Talorchestia Kidder, G. W. & F. M. Summers, 1935 Allosphaerium sulcatum association with Orchestia palustris Kidder, G. W. & F. M. Summers, 1935 Almyracuma proximoculi Jones, N. S. & W. D. Burbanck, 1959 Alosa cyanonoton Storer, D. H., 1848b Alosa lineata Storer, D. H., 1848b Alosa menhaden Atwood, N. E., 1866b behavior Blake, J. H., 1871 migration Blake, J. H., 1871 Alosa sapidissima Fowler, H. W., 1917 Alosa vulgaris Lyman, T., 1861 Alopias vulpes Smith, H. M., 1898a Alternation of generations Rhodophyta Lewis, \. F., 1912 Aleutha depressa Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Alutera monoceros resembling Balister monoceros Smith, H. M., 1899a, 1899b U. S. Fish Commission, 1901 Alutera schoepfii host for Dibothrium aluterae Linton, E., 1889 host for Distomum pallens Linton, E., 1898c host for Distomum valdeinflatum Linton, E., 1898c 59 Amphipoda Alutera schoepfii host for Lemaeolphus sultanus Rathbun, R., 1885 host for Rhynchobothrium buibifer Linton. E.. 1897 Alutera ventralis C. C. Taylor, K B. Bigelow & H. W. Graham, 1957- Amaroucium constellatum development Jackson, S. F., 1958 Scott, Sister F. M., 1942, 1945-1952 larval metamorphosis Grave, C, 1941b Amaroucium glabrum Van Name, W. G., 1907-1912a Amaroucium pellucidum Van Name, W. G., 1907-1912a Verrill, A. E., 1871b Amaroucium pellucidum constellatum Van Name, W. G., 1907-1912a behavior, tadpole larvae Grave, C, 1920 Amarouciur.i stellatum Van Name, W. G., 1907-1912a Verrill. A. E.. 1871b morphology Metcalf, M. M., 1895 Ameiurus nebulosus embryos Armstrong, P. B., 1957 host for Corallobothrium fimbriatum Linton, E., 1941 Americanus aerjeus larvae Mead, A. D., 1898 Americanus americanus larvae Mead, A. D., 1898 Americanus harengus larvae Mead, A. D., 1898 Amino acids effect on development Mathews, A. P., 1909 uptake by invertebrates Stephens, G. C. & R. A. Schinske, 1958 Ammobaculites Phleger, F. B. & W. R. Walton, 1950 Ammobaculites dilitatus Parker, F. L., 1952 Parker, F. L. & W. D. Athearn, 1959 Ammochares artifex Verrill, A. E., 1880-1886 Ammodiscus Phleger, F. B. & W. R. Walton, 1950 Ammodytes americanus Smith, H. M., 1898a exchange by tidal currents Williams. G. C, 1960 Ammodytes dubius Richards, S. A.,et al, 1963 Smith, H M., 1898a Ammodytes hexapterus Richards, S. A., et al. 1963 Ammotium salsum Parker. F. L. & W. D. Athearn, 1959 Ammotrypane aulogaster Hartman, 0., 1942b, 1944 Ammotrypane fimbriata Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith & 0. Harger. 1873 Amouroucium constellatum Verrill, A. E.. 1871b Ampelisca Mills, E. L., 1963 Anipelisca abdita Mills, E. L.. 1964a Ampelisca compressa Cushman, J. A., 1906 Holmes. S. J.. 1905 Ampelisca macrocephala Cushman. J. A., 1906a Ampelisca vadorum morphology Mills. Eric L.. 1964a Amphiascus commensalis Seiwell. H. R.. 1929 Amphiascus dactylifer WTTion. C. B., 1932 Amphidinium pigments Maragalef, R. & J. H. Ryther, 1960 productivity Margalef, R. & J. H. Ryther, 1960 Amphidinium carteri nom. nov. Hulburt, E.M.. 1957 iron requirements Ryther, J. H. & D. D. Kramer. 1961 physiology McLachlan. 1961 Amphidinium crassum Hulburt. E.M.. 1957 Amphidinium sphenoides Hulburt, E.M., 1957 Amphidinum wislouchi Hulburt. E-M.. 1957 Amphineura Hunter, W. R. & S. C. Brown, 1965 hermaphroditism Grave, B. H. & J. Smith, 1936a Amphinome pallasic Moore, J. P., 1903b Amphioplus abdita Clark, H. L., 1908 Gray, G. M.. 1940a Amphipleura rutilans polysaccharides of Lewin, R. A., 1955 Amphipoda Bousfield, F. L., 1965 Kidder. G. W. & F. M. Summers, 1935 Mills. E. L.. 1964b Smith. S. L, 1877-1882c anaerobiosis Wieser. W. & J. Kanwisher. 1959 Amphipoda Amphipoda behavior Holmes, S. J., 1901, 1903a breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 ecology Platzman, S. J., 1960 key Holmes, S. J., 1903b new species Holmes, S. J., 1905 Mills, E. L., 1962, 1963, 1964a parasites of Summers, F. M. & G. W. Kidder, 1936 physiology Werntz, H. 0., 1963 Amphiporus cruentatus Verrill, A. E., 1880-1886 Amphiporus glutinosus anatomy Montgomery, T. H., Jr., 1898 Amphiporus ochraceus host for Rhopalarua Meinkoth, M. A., 1956 Amphiporus viresiens anatomy Montgomery, T. H., Jr., 1898 classification Montgomery, T. H., Jr., 1898 Amphithoe compta Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith & 0. Harger, 1873 Amphithoe lonsimana Mills, E. L., 1964b Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith & 0. Harger, 1873 Hunninen, A. V. & R. M. Cable, 1940,1941 life history Holmes, S. J., 1901 Amphitrite attenuata Moore, J. P., 1906 Amphitrite omata development Mead, A. D., 1897 spawning Scott, J. W., 1909, 1911 tolerance to low salinity Pearse, A. S., 1928 Anachis avara larvae Scheltema, R. S. & A. H. Scheltema, 1963 Anaerobic survival Wieser, W. & J. Kanwisher, 1959 Anaitides catenola Hartman, 0., 1942b, 1944 Anaitis formosa Verrill. A. E.. 1880-1886 60 Anaitis picta Verrill, A. E., 1880-1886 Anaperus gardineri Graff, L. v., 1911 Anarhichas lupus Smith, H. M., 1898a Anatomy Dinobothrium Linton, E., 1922a Limulus polyphemus Patten, W. & W. A. Redenbaugh, 1899 Malacostraca Smith, S. I., 1874-1878 Mya arenaria Belding, D. L., 1930 Nemertean Montgomery, T. H., Jr., 1898 Spirorbis borealis Schively, M. A., 1897 Thysanocephalum crispum Linton, E., 1892a Yoldia limatula Drew. G. A., 1899 Anchistrotos occidentalis Wilson, C. B., 1925 Anchorage area changes Provincetown Marindin, H. L., 1892a Anchovia argyrophana development, larval Kuntz, A. & L. Radcliffe, 1917 embryology Kuntz, A. & L. Radcliffe, 1917 Anchovia mitchilli Fowler, H. W., 1917 Ancinus depressus Richardson, H., 1909 Ancistrocephalus aluterae parasite of Ceratacanthus schoepfi Linton, E., 1941 Ancistrocephalus microcephalus parasite of Mola mola Linton, E., 1941 Ancyrocephalus parvus parasite of Strongylura marina Linton. E.. 1942 Anemonia sargassensis Hargitt, C. W., 1 908, 1914 Angiospermae Milne, L. & M. Milne, 1951 Moul, E. T., 1964 Renn, C. E., 1936a distribution Collins, F. S., 1891 Elizabeth Islands Fogg, J. M., Jr., 1930 Penikese Island Lewis, I. F. & W. R. Taylor, 1933 parasites of Renn, C. E., 1935, 1936b Anguilla bostonensis Costello, D. P., 1946a 61 Anomalocera pattersonii Anguilla chrysypa Smith, H. M., 1898a host for Deropristis inflata Manter, H. W., 1926 host for Distomum grandiporum Linton, E., 1898c parasites of Linton, E., 1901a Anguilla rostrata Cable, R. M. & A. V. Hunninen, 1942 Fowler, H. W., 1917 Meek, S. E., 1883 behavior Nye, W., Jr., 1883 host for Proteocephalus macwcephalus Linton, E., 1941 host for Rhynchobothhum heterospine Linton, E., 1897 Anguilla vulgaris host for Echinorhynchus agilis Linton, E., 1889 host for Taenia dilatata Linton, E., 1889 Angulochrysis erratic a Lackey, J. B., 1940 Angulus modestus Verrill, A. E., 1872 Animal-sediment relationships Sanders, H. L., 1958-1960 Anisonema orbiculatum Lackey, J. B., 1940 Anisoporus manteri life history Hunninen, A. B. & R. M. Cable, 1940 1941 Annelida Copeland, M., 1935 Lewis, M.. 1897 Lyman, T., 1861 Moore, J. P., 1900, 1904, 1905b Pettibone, M. H., 1963 Plaine, H. L., 1952 Turner, H. J. & J. E. Hanks, 1959 Verrill, A. E., 1873, 1880-1886, 1882a Verrill, A. F., S. I. Smith & 0. Harger, 1873 U. S. Fish Commission, 1901 Webster, H. E. & J. E. Benedict, 1884 Welch, P. S., 1917, 1933 Wells, G. P., 1961 autecology Rankin, J. S., Jr., 1946 behavior Copeland, M., 1930 Hargitt, C. W., 1906a, 1909a, 1910 Just, E. E., 1914 Lillie, F. R. & E. E. Just, 1913 Miner, R. W., 1912 Mortensen, E. & P. S. Galtsolf, 1944 Scott, J. W.. 1909, 1911 Waterman, A. J., 1934 Yerkes, A. W., 1906 Annelida behavior feeding Copeland, M. & H. L. Wieman, 1924 Faulkner, G. H., 1931 Gross, A. C, 1921 breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 Thompson, A. D., 1898 community ecology Burbanck, W. D., M. E. Pierce & G. C. Whitely, Jr., 1956 cytology Wilson, E. B., 1892 development Allyn, H. M., 1912 Child, C. M., 1900 Mensch, P. C, 1900 Schively, M. A., 1897 early Mead, A. D., 1897 larval Campbell, M. A., 1957 distribution Hartman, O., 1942a gametogenesis Turner, H. J., Jr. & J. E. Hanks, 1960 heliotropism, larval Kanda, S., 1919 hermophroditism Gregory, L. H., 1905 morphology Langdon, F. E., 1900 new species Moore, J. P., 1903a, 1905a, 1906, 1907a, 1907b Pettibone, M. H., 1955, 1956 Webster, H. E. & J. E. Benedict, 1884 parasites of Calkins, G. N., 1915 Linton, E., 1915d Martin, W. E., 1944 parasitic Allen, M. J., 1952 pelagic Moore, J. P., 1903b Rand's Harbor Burbank, W. D., M. E. Pierce & G. C. Whiteley, Jr., 1956 regeneration Smith, S. D., 1963 reproduction Martin, E. A., 1933 salinity influence on Sayles, L. P., 1935 seasonal distribution Woods Hole Fish, C. J., 1925 tolerance to low salinity Pearse, A. S., 1928 Verrill's unpublished plates Hartman, 0., 1944 Woods Hole Welch, P. S., 1917, 1933 Anomalocera pattersonii Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Wheeler, W. M., 1901 Anomia aculeata 62 Anomia aculeata fossil Raup, D. M. & D. R. Lawrence, 1963 Anomia paucistriata Miocene Brown. T. C. 1905 Anomia simplex and Polydora ciliata Plaine, H. L., 1952 Anomia simple xijormis Miocene Brown. T. C, 1905 Anoncholaimus mobilis Cobb. N. A.. 1920 Anoplodactylus lentus Wilson, E. B., 1880 behavior Cole. L. J., 1901 feeding Cole, L. J., 1906 blood cells, colored Dawson, A. B., 1934 Anoplophrya arches tii S^I^ers, F. M. & G. W. Kidder, 1936 Anthura brunnea Verrill, A. E., S. 1. Smith 4 0. Harger, 1873 Anthura polita Harger, 0., 1880a Anthobothnum laciniatum parasite of Carcharias obscurus Linton, E., 1889-1891 parasite of Prionace glauca Linton, E., 1898b Anthobothnum pulvinatum Linton. E., 1889-1891 parasite of Dasyatis centrura Linton. E., 1898b parasite of Trygon centrura Linton, E., 1889-1891 Anthocephalum gracile parasite of Trygon centrura Linton, E.. 1889-1891 Anthoceros morphology Davis, B. M.. 1899 Anthostoma acutum Verrill, A. E., S. 1. Smith & 0. Harper, 1873 Anthostoma crassum Rathbun, R., 1885 Anthostoma fragile Verrill. A. E.. S. \. Smith & 0. Harper. 1873 Anthostoma robustum Verrill. A. E., S. I. Smith & 0. Harger 1873 Anthozoa Hargitt, C. W.. 1914 Verrill. A. E., 1873. 1880-1886. 1898 Anthozoa behavior Hargitt. C. W., 1907 feeding AUabach. L. F., 1905 Boschma, H.. 1925 phylogeny McMurrich. J. P., 1891a symbiosis Boschma, H., 1925 Antibiosis in sea water Saz, A. K., 1963 Anti-fouling Balanus balanoides Clarke, G. L., 1947 Balanus ebumeus Clarke, G. L.. 1947 Mytilis edulis Clarke. G. L.. 1947 Anti-staphylococcal factor in sea water Saz, A. K., S. Watson, S. R. Brown, D. L. Lowery, 1963 Antithamnion floccosum epiphytic on Laminaria longicruris Collins, F. S., 1914 Anurida maritima embryology Claypole, A. M., 1898 oogenesis Claypole, A. M., 1898 Apeltes quadracus Fowler, H. W., 1917 development, larval Kuntz, A. & L. Radcliffe, 1917 embryology Kuntz, A. & L. Radcliffe. 1917 exchange by tidal currents Williams. G. C. 1960 host for Anisoporus manteri Hunninen, A. V. & R. M. Cable. 1940, 1941 morphology Harper, F., 1928 Aphanocapsa pulchra Lewis, I. F. & W. R. Taylor. 1928 Aphanostoma olivaceum Verrill. A. E. 1888-1892c Apherusa gracilis Holmes. S. J.. 1905 Aphrodita hastata Moore. J. P.. 1905a Aphroditidae Pettibone, M. H.. 1963 Aplidium pallidum Van Name, W. G., 1907-1912a Apogon maculatus Smith, H. M., 1899a, 1901 Arabella parasite of Diopatra cuprea Allen, M. J.. 1952 Arabella tricolor Hartman. 0., 1942b, 1944 63 Argulus megalops Arabella opalina behavior Miner, R. W.k 1912 tolerance to low salinity Pearse, A. S., 1928 Arabella spinifera Moore, J. P., 1906 Arachnida anaerobiosis Wieser, W. & J. Kanwisher, 1959 Arachnoidea behavior Montgomery, T. H., Jr., 1911 Merostomata predators Turner, H. J., Jr., J. C. Ayers & C. L. Wheeler, 1948 Arbacia Harvey, E. B., 1939a & b color changes Parker, G. H., 1931 development Allee, W. C. & C. Evans, 1937 egg carbon dioxide, effect on Haywood, C. & W. S. Root, 1930 larval behavior geotaxis Lyon, E. P., 1906a parthenogenesis Greeley, A. W., 1902 reproduction sex determination Harvey, E. B., 1939c, 1953 Arbacia punctulata Auclair, W., 1965 Jackson, R. T., 1927 amino acids influence on egg Mathews, A. P., 1909 behavior feeding Parker, G. H., 1932 development AHee, W. C. & G. Evans, 1937a pluteus arms Glaser, 0., 1950 gamete viability Cheney, R. H., 1950 growth and metamorphosis Harvey, E. B., 1949a, 1949b hermaphroditism Zimmerman, A. M., S. B. Zimmerman & E. B. Harvey, 1960 morphology Jackson, R. T., 1927 phototaxis Holmes, S. J., 1912 reproduction Palmer, L., 1935 Archaeology Harwich Julien, A. A., 1907 Archaeoplax signifera Packard, A. S., 1900 Stimpson, W., 1863 Miocene Cushman, J. A., 1905b Archiannelida Moore, J. P., 1904 Arenicola climatic (winter) effects on Parker, R. W., 1934 development Child, C. M., 1900 Arenicola larvae behavior Welsh, J. H., 1933 heliotropism Kanda, S., 1919 Arenicola caroledna Wells, n. P. 1961 Arenicola marina tolerance to low salinity Pearse, A. S., 1928 Areoparrella mexicana Parker, F. L. & W. D. Athearn, 1959 Arenosetella fissilis Pennak, R. W., 1942a Arenostella spinicauda Wilson. C. B.. 1932 Argulidae Wilson, C. B., 1903b Argulus alosae Wilson, C. B., 1903b, 1905a Argulus catostomi Wilson, C. B., 1905a Argulus funduli Wilson, C. B., 1903b, 1905a Argulus l aticauda Rathbun, R., 1885 Verrill. A. E., S. I. Smith & O. Harger, 1873 Wilson, C. B., 1903b, 1905a Argulus latus Rathbun, R., 1885 Verrill. A. E.. S. 1. Smith & 0. Hareer. 1873 Wilson, C. B., 1903b Argulus megalops Rathbun, R., 1885 Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith & 0. Harger, 1873 Wilson, C. B., 1903b, 1905a Argulus megalops 64 Argulus megalops larvae Wilson, C. B., 1903a Armadillidium vulgare embryology McMurrich, J. P., 1895 Armorella spaerica Phleger, F. B. & W. R. Walton, 1950 Artemia salina growth estimates Sutcliffe, W. H., Jr., 1965 Arthropoda Atwood, N. E., 1865 Bigelow, R. P., 1941 Burbanck, W. D., 1959, 1961, 1962 Burbanck, W. D. & M. P. Burbanck, 1958 Claff, C. L., J. N. Sudak & L. Moloney, 1958 Clarke, G. L. & D. D. Bonnet, 1939 Cushman, J. A., 1906a Dawson, A. B., 1934 Fingerman, M., 1955 Hansen, H. J., 1915 Harger, 0., 1880a, 1880b Herrick, F. H., 1911 Hitchcock, E. & A. A. Gould, 1883 Kidder, G. W. 8l F. M. Summers, 1935 Menzies, R. J. & C. Beckman, 1958 Mills, E. L., 1964b Lyman, T., 1861 Pearse, A. S., 1914a & b Rabin, H. & F. B. Bang, 1964 Rathbun, R., 1887b Rathbun, M. J., 1905 Richardson, H., 1909 Sanders, H. L., 1957, 1963a, 1963b Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Shuster, C. N., 1950 Smith, S. I., 1877-1882b, 1877-1882c, 1878-1882, 1880 Smith, W. R., 1964 Stunkard, H. W., 1950b, 1956 Sumner, F. B., 1909 Thompson, M. T., 1904b U. S. Fish Commission, 1901 Visscher, J. P., 1938 Wheeler, W. M., 1901 Wigley, R. L., 1961b, 1963a Wilkens, J. L. & M. Fingerman, 1965 Wilson, C. B., 1903a, b, 1905a, 1932 Wilson, E. B., 1880 Yeatman, H. C, 1963 Zullo, V. A., 1963 anaerobiosis Wieser, W. & J. Kanwisher, 1959 anatomy Patten, W., H W. A. Redenbaugh, 1899 anti-fouling Clarke, G. L., 1947 behavior Barnwell, F. H. & F. A. Brown, Jr., 1963 Bennett, M. F. & F. A. Brown, 1959a & 1959b Bennett, M. F., J. Shriner & R. A. Brown, 1957 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett & M. I. Sandeen, 1953 Arthropoda behavior Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett, H. M. Webb, 1954 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. Fingerman, M. I. Sandeen, H. M. Webb, 1953 Brown, F. A., Jr. & M. N. Hines, 1952 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. I. Sandeen, N. Fingerman, 1952 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. I. Sandeen, C. L. Ralph, 1954 Brown, F. A., Jr. &G. C. Stephens, 1951 Brown, F. A., Jr. & H. M. Webb, 1949 Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb, M. F. Bennett, 1955a Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb, M. F. Bennett, M. I. Sandeen, 1954 Brown, F. A., H. M. Webb, R. C. Graves, 1952 Bumpus, H. C, 1901 Burbanck, W. D., R. Grabske, J. R. Comer, 1964 Cole, L. J., 1901 Dembowski, J. B., 1926 Holmes, S. J., 1901, 1903a Johnson, W. H. & J. E. G. Raymont, 1939 Montgomery, T. H., Jr., 1911 Nye, W., Jr. ,1887c Parker, G. H., 1902 Pearl, R., 1904 Schallek, W., 1942 Spaulding, E. G., 1904a Webb, H. M. & F. A. Brown, 1958 Webb, H. M., F. A. Brown & R. C. Graves, 1952 Welsh, J. H., 1932, 1933 White, G. M., 1924 Yerkes, R., 1902a feeding Anraku, M. & M. Omori, 1963 Cole, L. J., 1906 De la Cruz, A. H., 1960 Fuller, J. L., 1937 MuUin, M. M., 1963 mating Chidester, F. E., 1911 Pomerat, C. M., 1933 bioluminescense David, C. N. & R. J. Conover, 1961 Lochhead, J. H., 1954 breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 commensalism Pearse, A. S., 1913 community ecology Burbanck, W. D., M. E. Pierce, G. C. Whiteley, Jr., 1956 development Faxon, W., 1879 a& b McClendon, J. F., 1906-1907 Ryder, J. A., 1886a & b Smith, S. I., 1872, 1873, 1874-1878, 1877-1882a 65 Aschelminthes Arthropoda development larval Chamberlain, N. A., 1957 distribution Genthe, K. W., 1905 Buzzards Bay Anraku, M., 1962, 1964 diurnal rhythms Stephens, G. C, 1955 Stephens, G. C, J. P. Green, B. Guttman & R. A. Schinske, 1958 ecology Platzman, S. J., 1960 embryology Bumpus, H. C, 1891 Kingsley, J. S., 1892 VIcMurrich, J. P., 1895 excystation Trager, W., 1957 fossil Cushman, J. A.. 1905 Packard, A. S., 1900 Stimpson, W., 1863 fouling Parker, G. H., 1924 heliolropism Lyon, E. P., 1906b intertidal Pennak, R. W., 1942a & b Pennak, R. W. & D. J. Zinn, 1943 key Holmes, S. J., 1903b life history Hyman, 0. W., 1922 Johnson, M. W., 1934 metamorphosis Thompson, M. T., 1904a Miocene Cushman, J. A., 1904a, 1905b morphology Cole, L. J., 1910 Fales, D. E., 1928 Green, J. P., 1964 Hessler, R. R. & H. L. Sanders, 1964 Jenner, C. E., 1955 WiUey, C. H., 1958 mortality Fraenkel, G., 1960 natural history Hughes, J. T. & G. C. Matthiessen, 1962 nematode parasites of Cobb. N. A., 1928 new species Benedict, J. E., 1901 Chace, F. A., Jr., 19S Connolly, C. J., 1929 Harger, Oscar, 1878 Holmes, S. J., 1905 lUg, P. L., 1955 Jones, N. S. & W. D. Burbanck, 1959 Kingsley, J. S., 1895 Mills, E. L., 1962, 1964a Richardson, H., 1908 Seiwell, H. R., 1929 Arthropoda Ostracoda distribution Cushman, J. A., 1906b parasites of Cable, R. M. & A. V. Hunninen, 1939, 1940 Coe, W. R., 1920b. Summers, F. M. & G. W. Kidder, 1936 parasitic Rathbun, R., 1885, 1887a, 1888 Reinhard, E. G., 1945, 1946 Thompson, M. T., 1902 Wilson, C. B., 1905b, 1906, 1921, 1925 new species Connolly, C. J., 1929 physiology Hyde, I. H., 1894 Raymont, J. E. G. & R. J. Conover, 1961 Shoup, C. S., 1932 Werntz, H. O., 1963 planktonic Deevey, G. B., 1948 predators Turner, H. J., J. C. Ayers & C. L. Wheeler, 1948 Rands Harbor Burbanck, W. D., M. E. Pierce, G. C. Whitely, Jr., 1956 reproduction Pearce, J. B., 1964 respiration Raymont, J. E. G., 1959 seasonal production Clarke, G. L. & D. J. Zinn, 1937 sex characteristics Reinhard, E. G., 1949 symbiosis with Hydrozoa Cole, L. J., 1910 winter distribution Irving, L., 1942 Ascaris Linton, E., 1898a Ascari s brevicapitata parasite of Galeocerdo tigrinus Linton, E, 1910b Ascaris clavata parasite of Pollachius virens Linton, E., 1901a Ascaris havena parasite of Opsanus tan Linton. E.. 1901a Ascaris incurva parasite of Xiphias gladius Linton, E., 1898a Ascaris inquies parasite of Rachycentron canadum Linton, E., 1901b Ascaris linstowi parasite of Nematonurus goodei Linton. E.. 1901b Aschelminthes Cobb, N. A., 1932 Wieser, W., 1960 anaerobiosis Wieser. W. & J. Kanwisher. 1959 Aschelminthes 66 Aschelminthes ecology Wieser, W. & J. Kanwisher, 1961 intertidal distribution Cobb, N. A., 1929 new species Cobb, N. A., 1920 parasitic on Copepoda Cobb, N. A., 1928 Ascidia nigra larval metamorphosis Grave, C, 1941b Ascidians Verrill, A. E., 1871a Ascocyclus distromaticus Taylor, W. R., 1936 Ascophyllum anaerobiosis Wieser, W. & J. Kanwisher, 1959 Ascophyllum nodosum Collins, F. S., 1914 Asellus communis embryology McMurrich, J. P., 1895 Asparagopsis hamifera Lewis, I. F. & W. R. Taylor, 1928 Asperococcus superbus Lewis, \. F. & W. R. Taylor, 1921 Aspedobothrea classification Stunkard, H. W., 1962b Astarte castanea Carpenter, H. F., 1889 Winkley, H. W., 1907 fossil Raup, D. M. & D. R. Lawrence, 1963 Astarte crebricostata Wilson, J. H., 1905 Astarte quadrans Carpenter, H. F., 1889 Asteracanthion forbesi Desor, E., 1851a Asteracanthion rubens Desor, E. ,1851a Asterias Desor, E., 1851a Asterias forbesi Budington, R. A., 19,42 autonomy Anderson, J. M., 1956 behavior feeding Burnett, A. L., 1955, 1960 on Fundulus Chidester, F. E., 1929 on Mytilus edulis Lavoie, M. E., 1956 Lavoie, M. E. & G. G. Holz, Jr., 1955 breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 gametes Chaet, A. B., 1964 life history Galtsoff, P. S. & V. L. Loosanoff, 1939 Asterias forbesi morphology, functional Budington, R. A., 1942 natural history Mead, A. D., 1901 parthenogenesis Greeley, A. W., 1902 photokinesis Rockstein, M. & M. Rubinstein, 1957 physiology Burnett, A. L., 1955 Asterias rubens physiology Chambers, R., 1930 Asterias spongiosa Desor, E., 1851a Asterias vulgaris breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 natural history Mead, A. D., 1901 Asteroidea Agassiz, A., 1877 Desor, E., 1851a Greeley, A. W., 1902 Tennent, D. H. & M. J. Hogue, 1906 autonomy Anderson, J. M., 1956 behavior Rockstein, M. & M. Rubenstein, 1957 feeding Burnett, A. L., 1955, 1960 Chidester, F. E., 1929 Lavoie, M. & G. G. Holz, Jr., 1955 breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 embryology Chambers, R., 1930 life history Galtsoff, P. S. & V. L. Loosanoff. 1939 morphology, functional Budington, R. A., 1942 natural history Mead, A. D., 1901 Astrangia danae Hargitt, C. W., 1914 behavior feeding Boschma, H., 1925 symbiosis with Zooxanthellae Boschma, H., 1925 Asymmetrella glabra Cobb, N. A., 1920 Atherina notata Lyman, T., 1861 Athlennes hians Smith, H.^1., 1898a <<■ 1898b Attheyella bicolor Wilson, C. B., 1932 Yeatman, H. C, 1963 Atylus swammerdami Mills, E. L., 1964b Amelia occurrence of Mead, A. D., 1898 67 Balanus proteus Aurelia jlavidula morphology, variations Hargitt, C. W., 1905c Austrolaenilla lanelleae Pettibone, M. H., 1955 Autecology benthic algae Conover, J. T., 1958 Clymenella torquata Rankin, J. S., Jr., 1964 Pecten Belding, D. L., 1910b Autolytus breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 Thompson, M. T., 1899 Autolytus emertoni Hartman, 0., 1942a Autolytus mirabilis Verrill, A. E ., 1882a, 1882b Autolytus ornatus Verrill, A. E., 1880-1886 Autolytus varians Hartman, 0., 1942a & 1944 stolonization Mensch, P. C, 1900 Autonoe smithi Holmes, S. J., 1905 Autonomy Asterias forbesi Anderson, J. M., 1956 Leptosynapta inhaerens Pearse, A. S., 1909 Ophioderma Allee, W. C. & J. R. Fowler, 1932 Thyone briareus Pearse, A. S., 1909 hydranth Morse, M., 1909 Auxis rochei host for Gasterostomum capitatum Linton, E., 1940 Auxis thazard Arnold, E. L., Jr., 1951 Taylor, C. C, H. B. Bigelow & H. W. Graham, 1957 Aves Laws argentatus Stunkard, H. W., 1953 parasite host Cable, R. M. & H. W. Stunkard, 1931 stomach contents Gross, A. 0., 1923 Axine gracilis parasite of Strongylura marina Linton, E., 1942 Bacillaria Ryder, J. A., 1885 Bacillus limicola Russell, H. L., 1893 Bacillus litorosus Russell, H. L., 1893 Bacillus maritimus Russell, H. L., 1893 Bacillus pelagicus Russell, H. L., 1893 Bacteria Hock, C. W., 1940 Renn, C. E., 1937 Saz, A. K., S. Watson, S. R. Brown & D. L. Lowery, 1963 Smith, W. R., 1964 Zobell, C. E., 1939 decomposition of organic matter Waksman, S. A., C. L. Carey & H. W. Reuszer, 1933 rate Waksman, S. A. & C. E. Renn, 1936 Eel Pond Arcisz, W., E. Wattie & J. L. Dallas, 1953 Kelly, C. B., 1950 effect on nitrogen cycle Waksman, S. A., M. Hotchkiss & C. L. Carey, 1933 marine Renn, C. E., 1937 marine mud Reuszer, H.W., 1933 plankton decomposition in marine mud Renn, C. E., 1940 reduction hydrogen sulfide Berner, R. A., 1963 sea water Reuszer, H. W., 1933 sediments Russell, H. L., 1892, 1893 Balaena fossil Lyell, C, 1844 Balaenoptera acuto-rostrata Allen, G. M., 1916 Balaenoptera borealis Allen, G. M., 1916 Balaenoptera musculus Allen, G. M., 1916 Balaenoptera physalus Allen, G. M., 1916 Balanoglossus life history Agassiz, A., 1873 Balanoglossus kowaleuskii behavior Miner, R. W., 1912 development Morgan, T. H., 1892 Balanus balanoides fouling Clarke, G. L., 1947 light receptacle organ Fales, D. E., 1928 Balanus ebumeus anti-fouling Clarke, G. L., 1947 development Grave, B. H., 1933 fouling Parker, G. H., 1924 light receptacle organ Fales, D. E., 1928 Balanus proteus Miocene, Gay Head Cushman, J. A., 1904a Balistes asperrimus 68 Balistes asperrimus Smith, H. H., 1898b Balistes carolinensis Firth, F. E., 1931 Balistes sobaco Smith, H. M., 1898b Balistidae Smith, H. M., 1898a Bamboo worms see Clvmenella and Maldanidae Barentsia laxa morphology Rogick, M. D., 1945-1949 reproduction Rogick, M. D., 1945-1949 larvae of Visscher, J. P., 1939 see Cirripedia (shelled types) systematics and distribution Zullo, V. A., 1963 Barometric pressure on Fucus Brown, F. A., Jr., H-M. Webb, & W. J. Brett, 1958 Bars, sand composition on outer Cape Zeigler, J. et al, 1965 Barnstable beach changes Zeigler, J. M. t S. D. Tuttle, 1961 Sandy Neck Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, 1954a, 1954b, 1957 Zeigler, J. M. et al, 1961 sea level Redfield, A. C. & M. Rubin, 1962a & b Vaucheria nasuta Bernatowicz, A. J., 1958 Barnstable County marine fisheries of Matthiessen, G. C. & R. C. Toner, 1963 Barnstable dunes plant ecology Boyce, S. G., 1952, 1954 Barnstable Harbor Ampelisca (type locality) Mills, Eric L., 1964a ciliate fauna Faure-Fremiet, E. A., 1951a circulation Ketchum, B. H., 1954 diatom photosynthesis & light Taylor, W. R. & J. D. Palmer, 1963 diatom populations of mud flats Moul, E. T. & D. Mason, 1957 heat budget, summer Ayers, J. C, 1955 hydrography Ayers, J. C, 1959 intertidal benthic fauna Sanders, H. L.,E. M. Goudsmit, E. L. Mills & G. E. Hampson, 1962 Limulus migrations Turner, H. J., Jr., 1951 Barnstable Harbor Nassarius trivittatus larvae Scheltema, R. S. & A. H. Scheltema, 1965 Ostrea growth Turner, H. J., Jr., 1950 plankton Ketchum, B. H., 1954 population dynamics Mya arenaria Ayers, J. C, 1956 sediments Phleger, F. B. & W. R. Walton, 1950 tidal rhythm, Hantzschia amphioxys, intertidal sand Faure-fremiet, E., 1956 Barnstable Marsh Redfield, A. C, 1959, 1965a, 1965b, 1965c Redfield, A. C. & M. Rubin, 1962a, 1962b palynology Butler, P., 1959 peat Redfield, A. C. & M. Rubin, 1962a, 1962b sediments Butler, P., 1959 Redfield, A. C. & M. Rubin, 1962a, 1962b Bass Rip U. S. Coast & Geodetic Survey (A. D. Bache), 1847 Bass River Lysiosquilla grayi Chace, F. A., Jr., 1958 Batea secunda Holmes, S. J., 1905 Bathymetry of Stellwagen Bank Zeigler, J. M. & B. Oostdam, 1960 Bathyporeia quoddyensis Bousfield, E. L., 1965 Batrachus tau development Clapp, C. M., 1891 host for Siphodera vinaledwardsii Cable, R. M. & A. V. Hunninen, 1941 Bdelloura propinqua Verrill, A. E., 1892-1895 Beach as copepod intertidal habitat Pennak, R. W., 1942a, 1942b plants Moul, E. T., 1964 sand Orleans Provincetown Schlee, J. E., E. Uchupi & J. V. A. Trumbull, 1964 textural study Schalk, M., 1938 Beach changes daily measurements Zeigler, J. M. & S. D. Tuttle, 1961 during storms Zeigler, J. M., C. R. Hay«s & S. D. Tuttle, 1959 69 Chaetopterus variopedatus Beaches Shaler, N. S., 1895 Zeigler, J. M., 1960 Chatham near shore studies U. S. Beach Erosion Board, 1957 Duxbury Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, 1954a & b, 1957 Zeigler, John, S. Tattle, B. Gill, H. Tasha & G. Giese, 1961 Martha's Vineyard Whiting, H. L., 1886 Mystacocarida Pennak, R. W. & D. J. Zinn, 1943 Outer cape Zeigler, J. M., I960 Zeijler, J., S. Tuttle, B. Gill, H. Tasha & G. Giese, 1961 Sandy Neck, Barnstable Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, 1954a, 1954b, 1957 Zeigler, J., S. Tuttle, B. Gill, H. Tasha & G. Giese, 1961 Beach fleas, hoppers see Amphipoda Bearded sponges see Microciona prolifera Beds, intertidal Savles. R. W. & A. S. Knox, 1943 Behavior Lyman, T., 1861 Alectrion pedal cilia Copeland, M. A., 1919 Amaroucium pellucidum constellation tadpole larvae Grave, L., 1920 Amphipoda Holmes, S. J., 1903a Amphithoe longimana Holmes, S. J., 1901 Anguilla rostrata Nye, W., Jr., 1883 Annelida Miner, R. W., 1912 Anoplodactylus lentus Cole, L. J., 1901 Anthozoa Hargitt, C. W., 1907 Arbacia Harvey, E. B., 1939a, 1939b larvae, geotaxis of Lyon, E. P., 1906a Arbacia punctulata phototaxis Holmes, S. J., 1912 Arenicola larvae Welsh, J. H., 1933 Asterias Rockstein, M. & M. Rubinstein, 1957 Balanoglossus kowaleuskii Miner, R. W., 1912 Bioluminescence Chang, J. J., 1954 Behavior Botryllus schlosseri larvae Woodbridge, H., 1924 breeding Thompson, M. T., 1899 breeding habits Just, E. E., 1914 Bugula avicularia Forbes, A., 1933 larval attachment Lynch, W. F., 1958 Bugula flabellata Grave, B. H., 1?30 Lynch, W. F., 1949 Carcinus Yerkes, R., 1902a Chaetopleura apiculata spawning habits & stimuli Grave, B. H., 1922 cod Atwood, N. E., 1861 Columbella lunata Welsh, J. H., 1933 Copepoda Parker, G. H., 1902 Schallek, W., 1942 Welsh, J. H., 1933 parasitic Wilson, C. B., 1905b Crepidula sex Wiiezynski, J. Z., 1955 sexual phases Coe, M., 1936b Cumingia tellinoides spawning habits & stimuli Grave, B. H., 1927a Cynthia partita light responses Grave, C, 1941a egg laying Scott, J. W., 1909, 1911 Ensis directus Drew, G. A., 1907b Eupagurus Spaulding, E. G., 1904a feeding Anoplodactylus lentus Cole, L. J., 1906 Arbacia Parker, G. H., 1932 Asterias forbesi Burnett, A. L., 1955, 1960 Chidester, A. E., 1929 Lavoie, M. & G. G. Holz, 1955 Lavoie, M. E., 1956 Astrangia danae Boschma, H., 1925 Busycon Copeland, M., 1918 Calanus rate Fuller, J. L., 1937 Chaetopterus variopedatus Faulkner, G. H., 1931 Behavior Behavior feeding filter Blake, J. W., 1961 free-living Turbellaria Jennings, J. B., 1957 Gonionemus murbachii Gudger, F. W., 1934 habits Anraku, M. & M. Omuri, 1963 Idothea baltica De la Cruz, A. H., 1960 Mya arenaria Matthiessen, G. C, 1960 Nereis virens Copeland, M. & Wieman, H. L., 1924 Gross, A. C, 1921 Ostrea Galtsoff, P. S., 1929 Ostrea virginica Jorgensen, C. B., 1952 Osteichthyes Herrick, C. J., 1903 Physalia Gudger, E. W., 1942 chemical control Lenhoff, H. M. & H. A. Schneiderman, 1959 Polinices Hanks, J. E., 1952 Protochordata Jcirgensen, C. B., 1952 Pseudopleuronectes americanus Linton, E., 1922b fish Blake, J. H., 1871 reproduction Bumpus, H. C, 1898a, 1898b, 1898c schooling Shaw, E,, 1957 Fundulus spawning Newman, H. H., 1907 Gonionemus Morse, M., 1906, 1907 Murbach, L., 1895, 1909 Gonionema murbachii Yerkes, R. M. & J. B. Ayer, Jr., 1903 Grammonota inomata light and reactions Montgomery, T. H., Jr., 1911 Homarus americanus reasoning ability Nye, W., Jr., 1887c Hydroides dianthus Hargitt, C. W., 1909a Yerkes, A. W., 1906 spawning Hargitt, C. W., 1910 llyanassa locomotion Webb, H. M., P. A. Brown & W. J. Brett, 1959a, 1959b Leptosynapta inhaerens swimming Costello, D. P., 1946b 70_ Behavior light & gravity Copepoda reactions to Johnson, W. H. & J. E. G. Raymont, 1939 Limacina retroversa reproduction Hsiao, S. C, 1939 Limulus Pearl, R., 1904 Limulus polyphemus Welsh, J. H., 1933 mating Pomerat, C. M., 1933 Littorina littorea Alexander, D. G., 1960 Loligo Verrill, A. E., 1897 sexual Drew, G. A., 1911 Loligo pealii larvae White, G. M., 1924 mating Arnold, J. M., 1962 Mactra solidissima Belding, D. L., 1910a Malacostraca mating Chidester, F. E., 1911 Merlucius bilinearis Nye, W., Jr., 1887a Mnemiopsis leidyi Hunter. G. W., 1904 Mustelis canis Parker, G. H., 1911, 1915 Sheldon, R. E., 1909 Nassarius Copeland, M., 1918 Nassarius obsoletus schooling & aggregation Jenner, C. E., 1956b, 1957, 1958, 1959 Nereis limbata breeding habits Lillie, F. R. & E. E. Just, 1913 Nereis virens Copeland, M., 1930 . nest building Merrill, A. S. & R. D. Turner, 1963 Osteichthyes Atwood, N. E., 1865 Verrill, A. E., 1897 bio-acoustics Parker, G. H., 1912 rheotaxis Lyon, E. P. ,1905 Ostrea virginica reproduction Galtsoff, P. S., 1929 Palaemonetes phototaxis Lyon, E. P., 1906b Palaemonetes vulgaris larvae White, G. M., 1924 Pallene brevirostris Cole, L. J., 1901 71 Bolina Behavior Plagiostomum Welsh, J. H., 1933 Polychaeta Hargitt, C W., 1906a Polydora ligni Mortensen, E. & P. S. Galtsoff, 1944 Pseudopleuronectes americanus spawning Breder, C. M., Jr., 1922a Reproductive invertebrates of Woods Hole Bumpus, H. C, 1898a, 1898b, 1898c Squilla empusa Bigelow, R. P., 1941 Tanystylum orbiculare Cole. L. J., 1901 Teredo sexual cycle Grave, B. H., 1942 Teredo navalis, sexual phases of Coe, W. R., 1934, 1936a Thyone briareus Pearse, A. S., 1908 Turbellaria Bush, L., 1964 Uca Pearse, A. S., 1914a & 1914b Uca pugilator burrowing DemboWski, J. B., 1926 Venus mercenaria early stages Turner, H. J., Jr. &C. J.George, 1955 Bela concinnula Verrill, A. E.. 1880-1886 Bela harpularia Verrill, A. E., 1880-1886 Bela incisula Verrill, A. E., 1880-1886 Bela pleurotomaria Verrill, A. E., 1880-1886 Belone latimanus Goode, G. B., 1879 Benthic algae see algae Benthic invertebrates change with disappearance of eel grass Stauffer, R. C, 1937 quantitative survey of Menemsha Bight Lee, R. E., 1944 Parker, R. H., et al, 1964, 1965 Benthos Sanders, H. L., 1958-1960 Buzzards Bay Parker, et al, 1964, 1965 intertidal of Barnstable Harbor Sanders, H. L., E. M. Goudsmit, E. L. Mills & G. E. Hampson, 1962 Bianium plicitum parasite of Spheroides maculatus Linton, E., 1934c Bicidium parasitica Hargitt, C. W., 1914 Big fiddler crabs see Uca minax Bio-acoustics Osteichthyes Parker, G. H., 1912 Prionotus Moulton, J. M., 1956 Biological farm, for field studies and experimentation Whitman, C. 0., 1902 Bioluminescence Backus, R. H., C. S. Yentsch, A. Wing, 1961 Metridia lucens David, C. N. & R. J. Conover, 1961 Mnemiopsis leidyi Chang, J. J., 1954 Chase, A. M., 1941 Harvey, E. N. & S. P. Marfey, 1958 Penilia avirostris Lochhead, J. H., 1954 Bipedinomonas pyriformis Hulburt, E. M., 1963 seasonal distribution Hulburt, E. M., 1956b Bird Island Dearborn, H. A. S., 1826 Bittium alternatum Cable, R. M. & A. V. Hunninen, 1942 host for Spelotrema nicolli cercaria Cable, R. M. & A. V. Hunninen, 1939, 1940 Bittium nigrum Wilson, J. H., 1905 Winkley, H. W., 1907 Black fiddler crabs see Uca pugnax Black quahogs see Arctica islandica Blood cell counts, invertebrates Yeager, J. F. & 0. E. Tauber, 1935 Blood cells, colored Anoplodactylus lentus Dawson, A. B., 1934 Blood clams see Anadara (various species) Blood stars see Henricia sanguinolenta Blood vascular system of tile fish Silvester, C. F., 1905 Blood worms see Glycera Blue crabs see Callinectes sapidus Bodopsis platyformis Lackey, J. B., 1940 Bolbdaimus punctatus Cobb, N. A.. 1920 Bolbella tenuidens Bolina Cobb, N. A., 1920 Agassiz, A., 1862 Bolivina pseudoplicata 72 Bolivina pseudoplicata Parker, F. L., 1952 Bolivina variabilis Parker, F. L., 1952 Bolocera multicomis Verrill, A. E., 1880-1886 Boltenia bolteni morphology Metcalf, M. M., 1895 Bomolochus albidus Wilson, C. B., 1932 parasite of Lophius piscatorius Wilson, C. B., 1932 Borer, timber Smith, S. I., 1880 Boring organ, accessory Carriker, M. R. & D. van Zandt, 1964 Boring snails Carriker, M. R. & D. van Zandt, 1964 Hanks, J. E., 1963 behavior, feeding Hanks, J. E., 1952 Boring sponges see Cliona (several species) Bostrichobranchus Van Name, W. G., 1907-1912b Botany Hitchcock, E., 1833 Bothriocephalus Linton, E., 1941 Bothriocephalus clavatum Linton, E., 1934c Bothriocephalus claviceps Linton, E., 1941 Bothriocephalus manubriformis parasite of Istiophorus americanus Linton, E., 1941 Bothriocephalus restiformis parasite of Tylosurus caribbaeus Linton, E., 1941 Bothriocephalus scorpii Linton, E., 1934c, 1941 Bothus maculatus U. S. Fish Commission, 1901 host for Dibothrium punctatum Linton, E., 1898b (1897) Botryllus gouldii development Grave, B. H., 1933 morphology Metcalf, M. M., 1895 Botryllus schlosseri Van Name, W. G., 1907-1912a behavior, larval Woodbridge, H., 1924 fouling Parker, G. H., 1924 habitat, larval Woodbridge, H., 1924 reproduction Watterson, R. L., 1945 variation Bancroft, F. W., 1904 Bottom fauna community ecology Burbanck, W. D., M. E. Pierce & G. C. Whiteley, Jr., 1956 Bottom fauna community ecology Hadley Harbor Parker, et al, 1964, 1965 Bottom markings Northrop, J., 1951 Bottom pressure fluctuations and surface waves Seiwell, H. R., 1948 Bottom topography Lieberman, L. N., 1948 Northrop, J., 1951 of Nantucket Bay Lidz, L., 1965 Bougainvilla superciliaris Hargitt, C. W., 1902b Boulders, fossiliferous Crosby, W. 0., 1881 Bourne fishway at Cape Cod Canal Collins, G. B., 1950 Bowerbankia gracilis Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 Bowerbankia imbricata Rogick, M. D., 1945-1949 Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 Brachyphallus crenatus Linton, E., 1934c Brackish bogs sediments Berner, R. A., 1963 Brackish water salt pond parasites Cobb, N. A., 1928 Brada setosa Verrill. A. E., S. I. Smith & 0. Harger, 1873 Branchiobdeila ravenellii parasite of Dasyatis centrura Linton, E., 1901b Branchiopoda bioluminescence Lochhead, J. H., 1954 Bran ia weilfleetensis Pettibone. M. H., 1956 Bread sponges see Halichondria Breeding Amphipoda Mead, A. D., 1898 Annelida Mead, A. D., 1898 Thompson, M. T., 1899 Anthozoa Mead, A. D., 1898 Arthropoda Mead, A. D., 1898 Thompson, M. T., 1899 Asteroidea Mead, A. D., 1898 Bugula turrit a Thompson, M. T., 1899 Cnidaria Mead, A. D., 1898 Thompson, M. T., 1899 Crustacea Mead, A. D., 1898 Thompson, M. T., 1899 73 Busycon canaliculatum Breeding time Echinodermata Mead, A. D., 1898 Echinoidea Mead, A. D., 1898 Gastropoda Mead, A. D., 1898 Holuthurioidea Mead, A. D., 1898 Hydrozoa Mead, A. D., 1898 Isopoda Mead, A. D., 1898 Malacostraca Mead, A. D., 1898 MoUusca Mead, A. D., 1898 Thompson, M. T., 1899 Mysidacaea Mead, A. D., 1898 Nemertinea Coe, W. R., 1899 Osteichthyes Mead, A. D., 1898 Polychaeta Mead, A. D., 1898 Scyphozoa Mead, A. D., 1898 Brevoortia spawning Rathbun, R., 1894 Brevoortia tyrannus Fowler, H. W., 1917 Sherwood, G. H. & V. N. Edwards, 1901 development, larval Kuntz, A. & L. Radcliffe, 1917 embryology Kuntz, A. & L. Radcliffe, 1917 food of Phoca vitulina concolor Griffin, D. R., 1936 host for Lemaeonema radiata Rathbun, R., 1885 host for Lemanthropus brevoortiae Rathbun, R., 1888 parasites of Linton, E., 1901a Brewster topography Simpkins, J., 1806 Brittle stars see Ophiuroidea Broken back shrimp see Hippolyte Bromius vulgaris Atwood, N. E., 1868 Browns Ledge physical oceanography Day, C. G., 1960 Bryophyta (lichens) Davis, B. M., 1899 Bryopsis hypnoides Collins, P. S., 1906 Lewis. I. F. & W. R. Taylor. 1921 Bryozoa Rogick, M. D.. 1945-1948. 1948 Verrill, A. E., 1873 Bryozoa associated with algae Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 Bubble shells see Haminoea Buccinum lunatum Adams. C. B., 1839a Buccinum obsoletum Adams, C. B., 1839a, 1839b Lyman. T., 1861 Buccinum trivittatum Adams, C. B., 1839a, 1839b Buccinum vibex Adams, C. B., 1839b Budding larval Gonionema Perkins, H. F., 1903 Buffer capacity sea water Michell, P. H. & N. W. Rakestraw, 1933 Bugula avicularia, behavior Forbes, A., 1933 larval attachment Lynch, W. F., 1958 metamorphosis Lynch, W. F., 1952 Bugula cucullata Verrill, A. E., 1880-1886 Bugula cucullifera Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 classification Osburn, R. C, 1912 Bugula flabellata Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 behavior, larval Grave, B. H., 1930 Lynch, W. F., 1949 development Grave, B. H., 1933 life history Grave, B. H., 1930 Bugula turrita Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 breeding Thompson, M. T., 1899 fouling Parker, G. H., 1924 Bulla gouldii Couthouy. J. P.. 1839 Bulla hiemglis Couthouv. J. P.. 1839 Bulla lineolata Couthouy. J. P.. 1839 Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, Woods Hole Linton. E., 1915a & 1915b history Galtsoff, P. S., 1962 scientific investigations, 1923 Coker, R. E., 1924 Busycon canaliculatum feeding Copeland, M., 1918 olfactory organs Copeland, M., 1918 Buzzards Bay Buzzards Bay acephalan fauna Agassiz, A., 1862 algae Davis, B. M., 1913a, 1913b animal-sediment relationships Sanders, H. L., 1958-1960 Benthos Sanders, H. L., 1958-1960 bottom sediments Parker, F. L., 1952 Cephalocarida Sanders, H. L., 1957 Copepoda distribution Anraku, M., 1962 currents Haight, F. J., 1938 ecology, population Anraku, M., 1962 fauna distribution Allee, W. C, 1919, 1922a, 1922c, 1922d, 1923a, 1923c Verrill, A. E., 1871b Whiteley, G. C, Jr., W. D. Burbanck & M. E. Pierce, 1949 fisheries Nye, W., 1887 food chain Peck, J. I., 1896 Foraminifera Cushman, J. H., 1944 foraminiferal facies Parker, F. L., 1952 geology Mather, K., 1952 hydrography Anraku, M., 1964 invertebrate distribution Allee, W. C, 1922d, 1923a meiobenthos Wieser, W., 1960 organic matter in sediment Waksman, S. A., 1933 palynology Ogden, J. G., Ill, 1963 plankton Clarke, G. L. & D. J. Zinn, 1937 Peck, J. 1., 1896 Protozoa Lackey, J. B., 1936 Pteroplatea altavela Coker, RE., 1922 salinity Anraku, M., 1962 Parker, F. L., 1952 sediments Hough, J. L., 1940 Sanders, H. L., 1958-1960 bottom Moore, J. R., 1963 reworking Rhoads, D. C, 1963 74_ Buzzards Bay shark attack, fatal Gudger, E. W., 1950 temperature, water Anraku, M., 1962 Parker, F. L., 1952 zooplankton, seasonal production of Clarke, G. L. & D. J. Zinn, 1937 Byblis serrata Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith & 0. Harger, 1873 byssis young Mya arenaria Ryder, J. A., 1889 Caesira Van Name, W. G., 1907-1912b Caesira lutulenta Van Name, W. G., 1907-1912b Caesira rohusta Van Name, W. G., 1907-1912b Caesira singularis Van Name, W. G., 1907-1912b Calanus feeding Mullin, M. M., 1963 Calanus finmarchicus Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Wheeler, W. M., 1901a distribution. Buzzards Bay Anraku, M., 1962 feeding rate Fuller, J. L., 1937 grazing Anraku, M., 1964 Anraku, M. & M. Omori, 1963 growth Clarke, G. L. & D. D. Bonnet, 1939 morphology Anraku, M. & M. Omori 1963 physiology Raymont, J. E. G. & R. J. Conover, 1961 respiration Anraku, M., 1964 Clarke, G. L. & D. D. Bonnet, 1939 seasonal distribution Clarke, G. L. & D. J. Zinn, 1937 survival Clarke, G. L. & D. D. Bonnet, 1939 temperature Clarke, G. L. & D. D. Bonnet, 1939 Calanus hyperboreus physiology Raymont, J. E.G. & R. J. Conover, 1961 Calappa marmorata Smith, S. I., 1877-1882b Calanus minor Wheeler, W. M., 1901 Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Calico-back fiddler crabs see Uca pugilator Caligus bonito Wilson, C. B., 1905b Caligus curtus Rathbun, R., 1885 75 Caligus rapax Wilson, C. B., 1905b parasite of Trygon centrura Rathbun, R., 1885 Calkinsia aureus Lackey, J. B., 1960 Callianassa stimpsoni larvae Smith, S. I., 1873 Callinectes hastatus behavior, mating Chidester, F. E., 1911 zoea Thompson, M. T., 1899 Callinectes sapidus Wilson, J. H., 1905 host for Spelotrema nicolli metacercaria Cable, R. M. & A. V. Hunninen, 1939, 1940 periodicity, daily & tidal Fingerman, M., 1955 Calliobothrium eschrichtii parasite of Mustelus canis Linton, E., 1889-1891, 1898b (1897) Calliobothrium verticillatum Linton, E., 1898b parasite of Mustelus cams Linton, E., 1889-1891, 1898b Calliopius laevivsculus anaerobiosis Wieser, W. & I. Kanwisher, 1959 Callithamnion baileyi development of hold fasts Derrick, C. M., 1899 Callithamnion borreri development of hold fasts Derrick, C. M., 1899 Callopora aurita Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 Callus color and nutrition Polinices duplicatus Turner, H. J., Jr., 1958 Calocalanus pavo Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Wheeler, W. M., 1901a Calocalanus plumulosus Wheeler, W. M., 1901 Calothrux wave effect on Kingsbury, J. M., 1960 Calycella nuttingi epiphytic on Bugula turrita Hargitt, C. W., 1909b Calycella syringia Hargitt, C. W., 1909b Calyptospadix cerulea Hargitt, C. W., 1909b Eraser, C. M., 1912 Calyptrobothrium parasite of Tetranarce occidentalis Linton, E., 1934c Calyptrobothrium rninus parasite of Torpedo Linton, E., 1907c Cape Cod Calyptrobothrium occidentale parasite of Torpedo Linton, E., 1907a, 1907b, 1907c parasite of Tetronarce occidentalis Linton, E., 1901b Campanularia development Crowell, S. & M. Rusk, 1950 growth, terminal Crowell, S. C. & C. Wittenbach, 1957 occurrence of Mead, A. D., 1898 Campanularia agulata Fraser, C M., 1912 Campanularia calceolifera development Grave, B. H., 1933 Campanularia fasciculata FraTer, C. M., 1943 Campanularia flexuosa development Grave, B. H., 1933 Campanularia raridentata Fraser, C. M., 1912 Campanularia verticillata Hargitt, C. W., 1908 Camptonectes burlingtonesis Hollick, A., 1893 Cancer borealis classification and phylogeny Packard, A. S.. 1900 Cancer irroratus behavior, mating Chidester, F E., 1911 classification and phylogeny Packard, A. S., 1900 development, larval Smith, S. L, 1873 host for Choniosphaera cancrorum Connolly, C. J., 1929 Cancer proavitus Packard, A. S., 1900 Miocene Cushman, J. A., 1905b Candace pectinata Wheeler, W. M., 1901 Candacia armata Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Cannopilus binoculus Margalef, R., 1960a Canthidermis Smith, H. M., 1898b Canthidermis asperrimus Smith, H. M., 1898a Cape Cod Allorge, M. M., 1906 Oldale, R. N. & C. R. Tuttle, 1964 Cyathura polita, distribution Burbanck, W. D., 1961, 1962 formation of Upham, W., 1879 geology Chamberlain, B. B., 1964 Mather, K., 1952 Shaler, N. S., 1898 Cape Cod Cape Cod geology Wilson, J. H., 1906 Woodworth, J. B. & E. Wigglesworth, 1934 location with reference to New England's algal flora Setchell, W. A., 1922 Lysiosquilla Chace, F. A., Jr., 1958 natural history Agassiz, L., 1860-1862 outline Davis, W. M., 1896 sharks Allen, G. M., 1921 soft clam fishery Wheeler, C.L., 1948 southern waters rare or interesting fish Fowler, H. W., 1917 water movement (non-tidal drift) Bumpus, D. F., 1961 Bumpus, D. F. & C. G. Day, 1957 Bumpus, D. F., J. Chase, C. G. Day, D. H. Frantz, Jr., D. D. Ketchum & R. G. Walden, 1957 whale fishery Anonymous, 1665/66 Cape Cod Bay Centrolophus niger Bean, B. A., 1898 geomorphology Zeigler, J. M. & B. Oostdam, 1960 Hoskins, H. & S. T. Knott, 1961 hydrography Anraku, M., 1964 organic matter in sediment Waksman, S. A., 1933 Pecten fishery Posgay, J. A., 1950, 1953 salinity Fish, C. J., 1928 sediments Hoskins, H. & S. T. Knott, 1961 Hough, J. L., 1942 Phleger, F B. & W. R. Walton, 1950 sub-surface structures Hoskins, H. & S. T. Knott, 1961 temperature, water Fish, C. J., 1928 water movement Fish, C. J., 1928 Cape Cod Canal Parsons, W. B., 1918 Wilcox, B. W., 1958 fish way Collins, G. B., 1950 hydrography Anraku, M., 1964 migration, orientation of Pomolobus Collins, G. B., 1952 Cape Cod Harbor Whitman, L., 1795 76^ Cape Cod & Islands Shaler, N. S., J. B. Woodworth & C. F. Marbutt, 1896 glacial history Wilson, J. H., 1906 post glacial uplift Fairchild, H. L., 1919 Cape Cod lighthouse shore-line Marindin, H. L., 1892a Cape Cod offshore fishing grounds Rich, W. H., 1930 Cape Cod Outer Beach Schalk, M., 1938 Schlee, J., E. Uchupi & J. V. A. Trum- bull, 1964 Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, 1954a, 1954b, 1957 Zeigler, J. M., 1960 changes Zeigler, J. M., C. R. Hayes, & S. D. Tuttle, 1959 cliff erosion Zeigler, J. M., H. J. Tasha & G. S. Giese, 1964 Zeigler, J. S., S. Tuttle, B. Gill, H. Tasha & G. Giese, 1961 Pleistocene geology Zeigler, J. M., S. D. Tuttle, H. J. Tasha & G. S. Giese, 1964 sand plains Graham, A. W., 1897 sediments Sayles, R. W., 1939 Zeigler, J. M., S. D. Tuttle, H. J. Tasha, G. S. Giese, 1964 Cape Poge Bay exchange of fish by tidal currents Williams, G. C, 1960 Capitella capitata Webster, H. E. & J. E. Benedict, 1884 Caprellae breeding Thompson, M. T., 1899 Carangidae Smith, H. M., 1898a Caranx bartholomaei Smith, H. M., 1898a Caranx crysos MacCoy, C. V., 1934 Caranx hippos MacCoy, C. V., 1934 Carbohydrate content Copepoda Raymont, J. E.G. & R. J. Conover, 1961 Carbohydrate, dissolved Walsh, G. E., 1965a & 1965b of Oyster Pond Walsh, G. E., 1964, 1965b Carbon monoxide in float of Physalia Wittenberg, J. B., 1958 Carcharhinus atwood Witman & Lee, Company, 1928 Carcharhinus commersonii host for Rhynchobothrium insigne Linton, E., 1920 77 Cellularia turrita Carcharhinus milberti host for Eudactylina spinifera Wilson, C. B., 1932 Carcharinus obscurus host for Nogagus curticaudis Rathbun, R., 1885 host for Nogagus latreillii Rathbun, R., 1885 host for Pandanis cranchii Rathbun, R., 1885 host for Phoreiobothrium Uiloculatum Linton, E., 1909b host for Rhynchobothrium ingens Linton, E., 1921 parasites of Linton, E., 1901a physiology, digestive tract Sullivan, M. X., 1908 Carcharias atwoodi Storer,D. H., 1851a Carcharias littoralis host for Crossobothrium laciniatum Linton, E., 1894, 1898b, Curtis, W. C, 1903 host for Echinorhynchus carchariae Linton, E., 1892a host for Rhynchobothrium longicome Linton, E., 1898b parasites of Linton, E., 1901a physiology, digestive tract Sullivan, M. X., 1908 Carcharias obscurus host for Anthobothrium laciniatum Linton, E., 1889-1891 host for Crygmatobothrium angustum Linton, E., 1889, 1889-1891 host for Discoephalum pileatum Linton, E., 1889-1891 host for Echinorhynchus agilis Linton, E., 1889 host for Gasterostomum arcuatum Linton, E., 1934c host for Phoreiobothrium lasium Linton, E., 1889-1891 host for Platybothrium cervinum Linton, E., 1889-1891 host for Rhynchobothrium bisulcatum Linton, E., 1889 host for Tetrarhynchus bisulcatum Linton, E., 1889-1891 Carcharias fossil teeth Lyell, C, 1844 Carcharias taurus Fowler, H.W., 1917 Carcharias tigris Atwood, N. E., 1869 Anonymous, 1916 Carcharodon atwoodi host for Echthrogaleus denticulatus Rathbun, R., 1885 Carcharodon carcharias Bigelow, H. B. & W. C. Schroeder, 1940, 1958 Smith, H. M., 1898a fatal attack on boy in Buzzards Bay Gudger, E.W., 1950 host for Dinobothrium plicitum Linton, E., 1922a host for Phyllobothrium tumidum Linton, E., 1922c Carcharodon megalodon fossil tooth Sanford, S. N.F., 1934 Carcinides maenas parasites of Stunkard, H. W. 1956 Carcinonemertes carcinophila parasite of Platyonvchus ocellatus Coe, W. R., 1902a, 1902b Carcinus granulatus behavior Yerkes, R., 1902a Carcinus maenas behavior, mating Chidester, F. E., 1911 Cardium groenlandicum Stimpson, W., 1854a Cardium islandicum fossil Verrill, A. E., 1878 Carinogammarus mucronatus host for metacerceria of Anisoporus manteri Hunninen, A. V. & R. M. Cable, 1940, 1941 Carinoma tremaphores Thompson, C . B., 1900a Carmia fibrexilis de Laubenfels, M. W., 1949 Caryophyllaeus terebrans parasite of Notropis rubrifrons Linton, E., 1941 Catalogue of marine invertebrates Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith &0. Harger, 1873 Catostomus commersonii host for Glaridacns catostomi Linton, E., 1941 Caudina arenata Gray, G. M., 1936 Cecrops latreillii parasite of \lola rotunda Rathbun, R., 1885 Cell lineage Nereis Wilson, E. B., 1892 Cellepora canaliculata Osburn, R. C, 1912 Cellepora dichotoma Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 Cellularia densa Desor, E., 1851a Cellularia turrita Desor, E., 1851a Centriscus scolopax 78 Centriscus scolopax Gill, T., 1863 Centrolophus niger Bean, B. A., 1898 Smith, H. M., 1898a Centopages bradyi Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Wheeler, W. M., 1901 Centropages hamatus Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Wheeler, W. M., 1901 grazing Anraku, M. & M. Omori, 1963 morphology Anraku, M. & M. Omori, 1963 respiration Raymont, J. E. G., 1959 Centropage typicus Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Wheeler, W. M., 1901 behavior Welsh, J. H., 1933 behavior to light & gravity Johnson, W. H. & J. E. G. Raymont, 1939 grazing Anraku, M. & M. Omori, 1963 morphology Anraku, N1. ^ M. Omori, 1%3 Centrophorella lanceolatta Faure-Frement. E. A.. 1951a Centropristes striatus Firth, F. E., 1931 Sherwood, G. H. & V. N. Edwards, 1901 parasites of Linton, E., 1901a Cephalacanthus volitans Smith, H. M., 1898a Cephalocarida Sanders, H. L., 1957, 1963a, 1963b morphology Hessler, R.R. & H. L. Sanders, 1964 Cephalopoda Arnold, J. M., 1965 Verrill, A. E., 1873, 1874, 1880 behavior Verrill, A. E., 1897 White, G. M., 1924 mating Arnold, J. M., 1962 sexual Drew, G. A., 1911 development Hibbard, H., 1937 synopsis Verrill, A. E., 1880 Ceramium rubrum development of holdfast Derrick, C. M., 1899 epiphytic on Laminaria longicniris Collins, F. S., 1914 Ceramium strictum development of holdfasts Derrick, C. M., 1899 Cerapus minax Verrill, A. E., S. 1. Smith & O. Harger , 1873 Cerapus tubularis Smith, S. I., 1877-1882C Ceratacanthus aurantiacus host for Nerocila munda Harger, 0., 1880a Ceratacanthus schoepfi host for Ancistrocephalus aluterai Linton, E., 1941 host for Gargorchis varians Linton, E., 1942 host for Lepidapedon clavatum Linton, E., 1942 Ceratium Peck, J. I., 1896 Ceratocephale websteri Hartman, 0., 1942a Cercaria Linton, E., 1915d effect of dilute sea water Stunkard, H. W. & C. R. Shaw, 1931 Cercaria cumingiae parasite of Cumingia tellinoides Martin, W. E., 1938 Cercaria dipterocerca Stunkard, H. W., 1961 parasite of Nassa obsoleta Miller, H.M., Jr., &F.E. Northup, 1926 Cercaria laevicardii parasite of Laevicardium mortoni Cable, R. M., 1954 Cercariaeum lintoni Stunkard, H. W. & C. R. Shaw, 1931 development Shaw, C. R., 1933 life cycle Stunkard, H. W., 1936 parasite of Nassa obsoleta Miller, H.M., Jr. &F.E. Northup, 1926 Cercaria loossi parasite of Hydroides hexagonus Martin, W. E., 1944 Cercaria nassicola Cable, R. M. & A. V. Hunninen. 1940 Cercaria parvicaudata Stunkard, H. W., 1950a Stunkard, H. W. & C. R. Shaw, 1931 Cercaria q uisseten sis Stunkard, H.W. & C. R. Shaw, 1931 life cycle Stunkard, H.W., 1936 parasite of Nassa obsoleta Miller, H.M., Jr. & F. E. Northup. 1926 Cercaria sensifera Stunkard, H. W. & C. R. Shaw, 1931 Cercaria setiferoides parasite of Nassa obsoleta Miller, H. M.. Jr. &F. E. Northup. 1926 Cercaria varig l andis Stunkard, H. W. & C. R. Shaw, 1931 parasite of Nassa obsoleta Miller. H.^1■. Jr. &F. E. Northup, 1926 Cerebratulus lacteus anatomy Montgomery, T.H., Jr., 1898 anatomy and classification Montgomery, T. H., Jr., 1898 79 Chalina arbuscula Cerebratulus lacteus development, determination Horstadius, S., 1937 Cerianthus americanus Hargitt, C. W., 1914 Cerithiopsis terebralis Wilson, J. H., 1905 Cerithium emersonii Adams, C. B., 1839 a, 1839b, 1841b Cerithium greenU Adams, C. B., 1839 a. 1841b Cerithium nisrocinctum Adams. C. B., 1839 a, 1839b, 1841b Cerithium reticulatum Adams, C. B., 1839a Cerithium terebrale Adams. C. B., 1839a. 1841a Ceronia arctata Winkley, H. W., 1907 Cestoda Linton, E., 1889-1891, 1892b, 1898b. 1901b, 1907b, 1907c, 1921, 1922a, 1922c, 1922d, 1924. 1925, 1928. 1934b, 1941 Verrill, A. E., 1873 development Curtis, W. C, 1903 larval Linton, E., 1897 Cestoidea Linton. E.. 1889, 1898b, 1905, 1907a Cestracion zygaena host for Ichthyotaenia adherens Linton, E., 1925 host for Orygmatobothrium forte Linton, E., 1925 host for Phoreiobothrium exceptum Linton, E., 1925 host for Phoreiobothrium pectinatum Linton, E., 1925 host for Tetrarhynchus palUatus Linton, E., 1925 Cetacea Anonymous, 1665-1666 Brown, J. T., 1883 Schuck, H. A., 1951a fossils, Gay Head Lyell. C, 1844 Mesoplodon Agassiz. L.. 1868 morphology Jackson, J. B. S.. 1845 Cetorhinus maximus Allen, G. M., 1921 Schroeder. W. C, 1939 killed in Hadley Harbor Anonymous, 1937 host for Dinobothnum planum Linton. E.. 1922a Chaetobranchus sanguineus Verrill, A. E. & S. I. Smith & 0. Harger . 1873 Chaetoceros distribution Peck. J. L. 1896 Chaetoceros pigments Margalef, R. & J. H. Ryther, 1960 productivity Margalef, R. & J. H. Ryther, 1960 Chaetoceros debiles seasonal distribution Hulburt, E. M., 1956b Chaetoceros simplex seasonal distribution Hulburt, E. M., 1956b Chaetodipterus faber Smith, H. M., 1898a Chaetodon bricei Smith, H. M., 1898b, 1899a, 1902b Chaetodon ocellatus Smith, H. M., 1898a, 1898b, 1899a, 1902b Chaetodon striatus Smith, H. M., 1898a, 1898b Chaetodontidae Smith, H. M., 1898a Chaetognatha Verrill, A. E., S. L Smith & 0. Harger, 1873 parasites of Linton, E.. 1927 planktonic seasonal distribution Fish. C. J.. 1925 Chaetogordius canaliculatus Moore. J. P.. 1904 Chaetophoraceae Thivy. F., 1943 Chaetopleura apiculata Hunter, W. R. & S. C. Brown, 1965 hermaphroditism Grave, B. H. & J. Smith, 1936a spawning habits & stimuli Grave, B. H., 1922 Chaetopterus development AUyn, H. M.. 1912 Chaetopterus pergamentaceus U. S. Fish Conwnission. 1901 development Mead, A. D., 1897 tolerance to low salinity Pearse. A. S.. 1928 Chaetopterus variopedatus behavior Miner. R. W.. 1912 feeding Faulkner. G. H., 1931 commensalism Pearse. A. S., 1913 Chaetosphaeridiaceae Thivy. F.. 1943 Chalina arbuscula Verrill. A. E.. S. 1. Smith & 0. Harger, 1873 Chamaecyparis 80 Chamaecyparis bog Bartleti, H. H., 1909, 1911 Chamaesiphon incrustans Lewis, I. F. & R. H. Colley, 1916 Champia parvila development of holdfasts Derrick, C. M., 1899 Channeled whelks see Busycon canaliculatum Chantransia epiphytic on Laminaria longicruris Collins, F. S., 1914 Chappaquiddick Island, Nantucket Eocene fauna Brown, T. C, 1905 Chappaquiddicka pulchella Wilson, C. B 1932 Yeatman, H. C, 1963 Chara aspera Wood, R. D., 1949 Chara braunii Wood, R. D., 1949 Chara canescens Wood, R. D., 1949 Chara delicatula Wood, R. D., 1949 Characeae distribution Wood, R. D., 1949, 1952 Charcarodon fossil teeth Merrill, F. J. H., 1890 Charcharias littoralis Smith, H. M., 1898a Charibdea verrucosa Hargitt, C. W., 1902a Chatham beach and near-shore studies Beach Erosion Board, 1957 beach erosion Beach Erosion Board, 1957 Mya arenaria Belding, D. L., 1914 Oyster Pond & Oyster Pond River Shaw, W. N., 1962 shore-line changes Mitchell, H., 1873 shore-line geology Marindin, H. L., 1890 Checklist Woods Hole mollusks Slater, E. M., 1960 Chelura terebrans Smith, S. I., 1880 Chemical oceanography Rakestraw, N. W., 1936 Rakestraw, N. W., H. E. Mahncke & E. F. Beach, 1936 Chemical stimuli dogfish reaction to Sheldon, R. E., 1909 Chemistry hydrogen sulfide, bacterial sulfate reduction in marine sediments in Buzzards Bay Berner, R. A., 1963 Chemnitzia seminuda Stimpson, W., 1854a Cherrystone clams see young Mercenaria Childia spinosa Graff, L. v., 1911 Chilodon feeding Peck, J. I., 1896 Chilodonella hyalina Kidder, G. W. & F. M. Summers, 1935 Chilodonella longipharynx Kidder, G. W. & F. M. Summers, 1935 associated with Talorchestia longicomis Kidder, G.W. & F. M. Summers, 1935 Chilodonella rotunda Kidder, G. W. & F. M. Summers, 1935 Chilomycterus schoepfi Smith, H. M., 1898a host for Ligula chilomycteri Linton, E., 1941 Chilomycterus antillarum Smith, H. M., 1899a Chilomycterus geometricus host for Ligula chilomycteri Linton, E., 1897 Chiridotea coeca Harger, 0., 1880a Chiridotea nigrescens Wigley, R. L., 1961b Chiridotea tuftsii Harger, 0., 1880a Chironomus halophilus Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith & 0. Harger, 1873 Chitin decomposition Hock, C. W., 1940 Chitons see Polyplacophora (Amphineura) Chlamydomonas seasonal distribution Hulburt, E. M., 1956b Chlamydomonas euryale polysaccharides of Lewin, R. A., 1955 Chlorella selenastrum Hulburt, E.M., 1963 Chlorinity of interstitial water of mud Siever, R., R. M. Garrels, J. Kanwisher &R. A. Berner, 1961 Chloromyxa funduli parasite of Fundulus Hahn, C. W., 1915 Chloromyxum clupeidae fish parasite Hahn, C. W., 1918 Chlorophyll McLachlan, J., 1961 Yentsch, C. S. & C. A. Reichert, 1962 method of determination by fluorescence in phytoplankton Yentsch, C. S. & D. W. Menzel, 1963 variation in phytoplankton Yentsch, C. S. & J. H. Ryther, 1957 81 Chordata Chloraphylla rocky intertidal zones Gifford, C. E. & E. P. Odum, 1961 Chlorophyta Bernatowicz, A. J., 1958 Blum, J. L., 1960 Blum, J. L. & J. T. Conover, 1953 Collins, F. S., 1901, 1906, 1908a, 1908b Farlow, W. G., 1882 Lewis, I. F., 1916 Thivy, F., 1942, 1943 distribution Collins, F. S., 1891 drifting Collins, F. S., 1914 plankton Hulburt, E. M., 1956b radioactive zinc uptake Gutknecht, J., 1961 symbiosis Boschma, H., 1925 Chlorospermeae Jordan ,D. S., 1874 Choanites ficus de Laubenfels, VI. W., 1949 Chondracanthodes deflexus parasite of Macrourus bairdii Wilson, C. B., 1932 Chondracanthus cottunculi parasite of Cottunculus Rathbun, R., 1887a Chondracanthus galeritus parasite of Paralichthys dentatus Rathbun, R., 1887a Chondracanthus phycidis parasite of Phycis tenuis Rathbun, R., 1887a Chondria dasyphila developmen t of holdfasts Derrick, C. M., 1899 Chondria tenussima development of holdfasts Derrick, C. M., 1899 Chondrichthyes Allen, G. M., 1921 Anonymous, 1916, 1926, 1937 Atwood, N. E., 1866a, 1869 Bigelow, H. B. & W. C. Schroeder, 1940, 1958 Lyman, T., 1861 Putnam, F. W., 1874 Radcliffe, L., 1916. 1928 Schroeder, W. C, 1933, 1939 Smith, H. M., 1922 Spaeth, R. A., 1921 Storer, D. H., 1843a, 1844b, 1848c, 1851a, 1851b Witman >S: Lee Company, 1928 attacking man Gudger, E.W., 1936 attacking man, fatal Gudger, E. W., 1950 behavior Parker, G. H., 1911, 1915 Chondrichthyes behavior Sheldon, R., 1909 development TeWinkel, L. E., 1950 distribution Coker, R. E., 1922 in southern Cape Cod Waters Garman, S. W., 1875 Fowler, H.W., 1917 morphology Gudger, E. W., 1933 new species Garman, S., 1886 parasites of Curtis, W. C, 1903 Kudo, R., 1923 Linton, E., 1907c, 1921, 1922d, 1925 physiology Sullivan, M. X., 1908 placoid scales Sayles, L. P. & S. G. Hershkowitz, 1937 reproduction Hsiao, F. L. & A. Albert, 1947 sense of smell Parker, G. H. & R. E. Sheldon, 1914 temperature Kidder, J. H., 1880 tooth succession Ifft, J. D. & D. J. Zinn, 1948 Chondrus crispus Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 wave effects on Kingsbury, J. M., 1960 Chordafilum polysaccharides of Lewin, R. A., 1955 Chordaria flagelliformis polysaccharides of Lewin, R. A., 1955 Choniosphaera cancrorum Connolly, C. J.. 1929 larval development Connolly, C. J., 1929 Chordata Allen, G. M., 1916 Anonymous, 1916, 1926, 1937 Armstrong, P. B., 1957 Armstrong, P. N. & J. S. Child, 1965 Arnold, E. L., Jr., 1949, 1951 Atwood, N. E., 1865, 1866a, 1866b, 1866- 1868, 1868, 1869 Bangs, 0., 1897 Backus, R. H., 1962 Baird, S. F., 1873b Bancroft, F. W., 1904 Bean, B. A., 1898 Bigelow, H. B. & W. C. Schroeder, 1936, 1940. 1953. 1958 Brown, -'i. G., 1879 Brown, J. T., 1883 Bumpus, H. C, 1899 Desor, E., 1851d Chordata 82 Chordata Edwards, V. N., 1878 Edwards, R. L., R. Livingstone & P. E. Hamer, 1962 Eigenmann, C. H., 1902b Goode, G. B., 1879, 1888 Gudger, E. W., 1930 Harper, F., 1928 Lyman, T., 1861 MacCoy, C. V., 1931, 1934 Mather, P. J., IH, 1952 Mathews, S. A., 1938 Meek, S. E., 1883 Miller, G. S., Jr., 1897 Olsen, Y. H. & D. Merriman, 1946 Putnam, F. W., 1871, 1874 Radcliffe, L., 1916, 1928 Richards, S. A., A. Perlmutter & D. C. McAnany, 1963 Rogers, C. H., 1938 Schevill, W. E., 1956 Schroeder, W. C, 1933, 1937, 1939 Schuck, H. A., 1951a, 1951b Sharp, B. & H. W. Fowler, 1904 Sherwood, S. H. ^ V. N. Edwards, 1901 Smith, H. M., 1898a, 1898b, 1899a, 1899b, 1901, 1902a, 1902b, 1902c, 1921, 1922, 1938 Spaeth, R. A., 1921 Starrett, A. & P. Starrett, 1955 Storer, D. H., 1839-1844, 1843a, 1843b, 1844a, 1844b, 1846-1867, 1848a, 1848b, 1848c, 1851a, 1851b, 1856, 1859 Swain, J., 1883 Thompson, J. H., 1881 U. S. Fish Commission, 1873a, 1901 Van Name, W. G., 1907-1912a, 1907-1912b Verrill, A. E., 1871a, 1871b Williams, G. C, 1960 Winthrop, J., 1670 Witman & Lee Company, 1928 albinism Lux, F. E., 1959 anatomy Silvester, C. F.. 1905 attacking man Gudger, E. W., 1036 attacking man, fatal Gudger, E. W., 1950 behavior Atwood, N. E., 1861 Blake, J. H., 1871 Breder, C. M., Jr., 1922a Grave, C, 1941a Lyon, E. P.. 1905 Newman, H. H., 1907 Nye, W., Jr., 1883. 1887a Parker, G. H., 1911, 1912, 1915 Rathbun, R., 1894 Sheldon, R. E., 1909 Verrill, A. E., 1897 Watterson, R. L., 1945 feeding J)i(rgensen, C. B., 1952 Peck, J. I., 1896 Chordata behavior larval Grave, C, 1920 bio-acoustics Moulton, J. M., 1956 breeding time Mead, A. D., 1898 Chondrichthyes Allen, G. M., 1921 copepod parasites of Rathbun, R., 1885, 1887a, 1888 deformities Chidester, F. E., 1914 development Bertholf, L. M., 1945 Bertholf, L. M. & S. 0. Mast, 1944 Breder, C. M., 1922b Clapp, C. M., 1891 Draper, J. W. & D. J. Edwards, 1932 Eigenmann, C. H., 1902a Jackson, S. F., 1958 Miller, D. & R. R. Marak, 1959 Newman, H. H., 1908 Scott, F. M., Sister, 1942, 1945-1952 Sullivan, W. E., 1915 TeWinkel, L. E., 1950 larval Kuntz, A. & L. Radcliffe, 1917 distribution Backus, R. H., 1957 Coker, R. E., 1922 Firth, F. E., 1931 Garman, S. W., 1875 GUI, T., 1863 Gray, G. M., 1939a, 1940b Kendall, W. C. & H. M. Smith, 1895 Nichols, J. T. & C. M. Breder, Jr., 1927 Schroeder, W. C, 1947 egg Fish, C. J., 1928 embryology Ryder, J. A., 1884a Wilson, H. v., 1891a fertilization Morgan, T. H., 1941 fish in Gulf of Maine Bigelow, H. B. <5: W. W. Welsh, 1925 check-list Bean, T. H., 1881, 1884 fisheries Anonymous MuUan, J. W., 1958 Perlmutter, A., 1947 Barnstable County Matthiessen, G. C. & R. C. Toner, 1963 Waquoit Lyman, T., 1872a fossil Desor, E., 1851c Merrill, F. J. H., 1890 fouling Parker, G. H., 1924 83 Cibicides lobatulus Chordata growth Mather, F. J., Ill & H. A. Schuck, 1960 hermaphroditism Chidester, F. E., 1917 larvae Costello, D. P., 1946a behavior Woodbridge, H., 1924 metamorphosis Grave, C, 1941b life history Schroeder, W. C, 1928 Lams argentatus Stunkard, H. W., 1953 melanosis Hsiao, S. C, 1941 migration Blake, J. H., 1871 Collins, G. B., 1952 morphology Bigelow, R. P., 1926 Bumpus, H. C, 1898d Gabriel, M. L., 1942 Gudger, E. W., 1933 Herrick, C. J., 1898, 1900, 1903 Hunter, G. W., 1898 Jackson, J. B. S., 1845 Metcalf, M. M., 1895 Newman, H. H., 1909 Parker, G. H., 1903, 1910 WiUey, A., 1901 Williams, S. R., 1902 new species Bean, T. H., 1885 Garman, S., 1886 osmosis Sumner, F. B., 1906a parasites of Cable, R. M. & A. V. Hunninen, 1941,1942 Cable, R. M. & H. W. Stunkard, 1931 Curtis, W. C, 1903 Hahn, C. W., 1915, 1917. 1918 Hunninen, A. V. & R. Wichterman, 1936 Kudo, R., 1923 Linton, E., 1889, 1891, 1889-1891, 1892a, 1894, 1897, 1898a, 1898b, 1898c, 1901a, 1901b, 1905, 1907b, 1907c, 1910a, 1910b, 1914, 1915e, 1921, 1922c, 1922d, 1923, 1924, 1928, 1933, 1934b, 1934c, 1936, 1941, 1942 Manter, H. W., 1926 Martin, W. E., 1939 Ryder, J. A., 1884b WiUey, C. H., 1958 physiology Grosch, D. S. & Z. H. Smith, 1957 Irving, L., 1942 Sullivan, M. X., 1908 Sumner, F. B., 1906b placoid scales Sayles, L. P. & S. G. Hershkowitz, 1937 predators of Gudger, E. W., 1934 Chordata rare Gray, G. M., 1934 reproduction Hsiao. F. L. & A. Albert, 1947 Lee, R. E., 1942 schooling behavior Shaw, E., 1957, 1958a, 1958b, 1958c, 1960-1961, 1961 sense of smell Parker, G. H. & R. E. Sheldon, 1914 stomach contents Griffin, D. R., 1936 Gross, A. 0., 1923 sunfish Dearborn, H. A. S., 1826 temperature Kidder, J. H., 1880 tooth succession Ifft, J. D. & D. J. Zinn, 1948 weir fishery of Waquoit Bay Commissioners on Inland Fisheries, 1872 Chromatographic analysis plant pigments in sediments Taylor, W. R. & C. D. Gebelein, 1964 Chromatophores, Palaemonetes Webb, H. M., F. A. Brown, Jr., & R. C. Graves, 1952 Chromosomes Auclair, W., 1965 Cyathura Burbanck, W. D. & M. P. Burbanck, 1958 Chrysococcus cinctus Lackey, J. B., 1940 Chrysococcus minutus Lewis, I. F. & W. R. Taylor, 1928 Chrysodomus stonei Wilson, J. H., 1905 Chrysophyta Margalef, R., 1960b Reimann, B. E. F. ,J. M. C. Lewin & R. R. L. Guillard, 1963 Taylor, W. R. & J. C. Palmer, 1963 planktonic Hulburt, E. M., 1965b morphology Guillard, R. R. L. & J. H. Ryther, 1962 new species Hulburt, E. M., 1957 physiological ecology Curl, H., Jr. &G C. McLeod, 1961 physiology Ryther, J. H. & R. R. L. Guillard, 1962 tidal rhythm Faure-Fremiet, E., 1951b Chthamalus stellatus Sumner, F. B., 1909 Chytridium megastomum Sparrow, F. K., Jr., 1936 Chytridium polysiphoniae Sparrow, F. K., Jr., 1936 Cibicides concentricus Parker, F. L., 1952 Cibicides lobatulus Parker, F. L., 1952 Ciliary movement 84 Ciliary movement mechanism of Gray, J., 1928 Ciliary transport system Asterias forbesi Budington, R. A., 1942 Ciliata Andrews, E. A., 1942 Rudzinska, M. A., 1947, 1952 Wenrich, D. H., 1928 cytology Kidder, G. W. & F. M. Summers, 1935 development Faure-Fremiet, E., 1930 Summers, F. M., 1938 excystation Trager, W., 1957 geotropism Kanda, S., 1914 mesoporal ciliate fauna Faure-Fremiet, E. A., 1951a microporal ciliate fauna Faure-Fremiet, E. A., 1951a new species Beltran, E., 1933 BuUington, W. E., 1939 Faure-Fremiet, E., 1937 taxonomic & cytological studies parasitic Summers, F. M. & G. W. Kidder, 1936 taxonomy Kidder, G. W. & F. M. Summers, 1935 Cingula latior Wilson, J. H., 1905 Ciona Van Name, W. G., 1907-1912b fertilization Morgan, T. H., 1941 Ciona intestinalts behavior feeding J^rgensen, C. B., 1952 Circulation of Barnstable Harbor Ketchum, B. H., 1954 Cirolana concharum Harger, 0., 1880a breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 Cirolana impressa Harger, P., 1880b Cirratulus climatic (winter) effects on Parker, R. W., 1934 Cirratulus grandis Hartman, 0., 1942a, 1942b, 1944 Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith, O. Harger, 1873 behavior Miner, R. W., 1912 breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 tolerance to low salinity Pearse, A. S., 1928 Cirratulus parvus Moore, J. P., 1906 Cirratulus tenuis Verrill, A. E., S. I.Smith, 0. Harger, 1873 Cirrhinereis phosphorea Hartman, 0., 1942a Cirripedia Sumner, F.B., 1909 Visscher, J. P., 1938 Zullo, V. A., 1963 anti-fouling Clarke, G. L., 1947 distribution Genthe, K. W., 1905 fouling Parker, G. H., 1924 Miocene Cushman, J. A., 1904a morphology Fales, D. E., 1928 Cistenides gouldii Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith & 0. Harger, 1873 Cladocera Sharpe, R. W., 1911 bioluminescence Lochhead, J. H., 1954 Cladocoryne floccusa var. sargassensis Hargitt, C. W., 1909b Clams see various Bivalvia Clam worms see Nereis Classification Montgomery, T. H., Jr., 1897 Clausocalanus arcuicornis Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Wheeler, W. M., 1901 Clava leptostyla development, early Hargitt, C. W., 1906b egg organization Hargitt, C. W., 1906b ontogeny Hargitt, C. W., 1911 Clavelina morphology Metcalf, M. M., 1895 Clays Fuller, M. L., 1906a Clestobothrium crassiceps Linton, E., 1941 Cletocamptus deitersi Yeatman, H. C, 1963 Clidiophora gouldiana Winkley, H. W., 1907 Cliffs, seaward movement of on outer Cape Zeigler, J. M., H. J. Tasha S: G. S. Giese, 1964 Climatic trends "■ animal distribution Taylor, W. R., H. B. Bigelow ^ H. W. Graham, 1957 Cliona celala deLaubenfels, M. W., 1949 Clitellio arenarius Moore, J. P., 1905b ^85 Clitellio iTTorata Venill. A. E., S. \. Smith & O. Harger, 1873 Clupanodon pseudohispanicus Smith, H. H., 1902b Clupea as food for Cynoscion regale Peck. J. I., 1896 Clupea elongata behavior Blake, J. H., 1871 migration Blake, J. H., 1871 Clupea harengus food of Nyaticorax nycticorax naevius Gross, A. O., 1923 host for Chloromyxum clupeidae Hahn, C. W., 1918 parasites of Linton, E., 1901a Clupea pseudohispanica Kendall, W. C. & H. M. Smith. 1894 Clupeidae Smith, H. M., 1898a Clymene producta Lewis, M., 1897 Clymenella torquata autecology Rankin, J. S., Jr., 1946 color variation Rankin, J. S., Jr., 1946 development Mead, A. D., 1897 host for MicTotaeniella clymenellae Calkins, G. N., 1915 regeneration, inhibition of Smith, S. D., 1963 tolerance to low salinity Pearse, A. S., 1928 Clytemnestra rostrata Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Wheeler, W. M., 1901 Clytia cylindnca Hargitt, C. W., 1909b Clytia edwardsi Eraser, C. M., 1912 Clytia minuta Eraser, C. M., 1912 Clytia volubilis Hargitt, C. W.. 1909b Cnidaria Agassiz, A., 1862 Agassiz, E. C. & A. Agassiz, 1865 Crowell, S.. 1945 Desor, E., 1851a, 1851d Lyman, T., 1861 Petersen, K. W., 1964 Safford, V., 1939 U. S. Fish Commission, 1901 Verrill, A. E., 1873, 1898 Wittenberg, J. B., 1958 autotomy Morse, M., 1909 behavior Hargitt, C. W., 1907 Morse, M., 1906 Coast Cnidaria behavior Murbach, L., 1909 Rugh, R., 1929 Yerkes, R. M. &J. B. Ayer, Jr., 1903 feeding Allabach, L. F., 1905 Boschma, H., 1925 Gudger, E. W., 1934 breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 budding Perkins, H. F., 1903 development Allen, C. M., 1900 Bunting, M., 1894 Crowell, S. & M. Rusk, 1950 Hargitt, C. W., 1900a, 1902a, 1904a, 1906b, 1911 Hargitt, C. W. & G. T. Hargitt, 1910 McMurrich, J. P., 1891b Perkins, H. F., 1902 distribution Hargitt, C. W., 1902b, 1905a, 1908, 1909b 1914 Nutting, C. C. ,1901 Woods Hole Eraser, C. M., 1912 embryology Beckwith, C. J., 1909 evolution Lenhoff, H. M. & H. A. Schneiderman, 1959 growth terminal Crowell, S. & C. Wyttenbach, 1957 life history Murbach, L., 1895 morphology Hargitt, C. W., 1900b, 1901 Perkins, H. F., 1901 Smallwood, M., 1899 Thomas , L. J., 1921 new species Crowell, S., 1946 Eraser, C M., 1943 Murbach, L., 1899 phylogeny McMurrich, J. P., 1891a physiology Kepner, W. A., 1943 Shoup, C. S., 1932 Yerkes, R. M., 1902b regeneration Goldin, A., 1942 Hargitt, G. T., 1902c, 1905b reproduction Thompson, M. T., 1899 symbiosis Boschma, H., 1925 Pycnogonida Cole, L. J., 1910 Coast changes Nantucket Marindin, H. L., 1894a Provincetown shore-line Marindin, H. L., 1892a Coast _____^__^_^___ Coast changes effects of hurricanes U. S. Army Corp of Engineers, 1939 cross sections Cape Cod Marindin, H. L., 1892a encrouchment of sea Marindin, H. L., 1889 Martha's Vineyard & Nantucket Marindin, H. L., 1897 shore-line Marindin, H. L., 1890 Coastal morpho.logy Mitchell, H., 1871 Weule, K., 1891 Cocconeis distribution Peck, J. I., 1896 Coccotithineae seasonal distribution in Vineyard Sound Lillick, L. C, 1937 Cochlodesma leanum Winkley, H. W., 1907 Cod behavior Atwood, N. E., 1861 Codium introduction to Cape Cod Wood, R. D., 1962 Codonella Peck, J. I., 1896 Codonoeca eracilis Calkins. G. N.. 1902 Coecum costatum Verrill, A. E., 1872 Coelenterata see also Cnidaria Verrill, A. E., 1898 Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith & 0. Harger, 1873 Watt, D. J., 1955 behavior Bumpus, H. C, 1898a feeding Gudger, E. W., 1942 development Moore, J. A., 1939 morphology Hargitt, C. W., 1905c planktonic seasonal distribution in Woods Hole Fish, C. J., 1925 Coelosphaerium nagelianum Lewis, I. F. & W. R. Taylor, 1928 Coelozoic astomatous parasites Summers, F. M. & G. W. Kidder, 1936 Colaconema americcma Jao, C. C, 1936 Conforms Arcisz, W., E. Wattie & J. L. Dallas, 1953 colonization, pioneer of intertidal zones Fahey, E. M., 1949 86 Color change nocturnal & diurnal Verrill, A. E., 1897 Uca Green, J. P., 1964 Uca pugnax Brown, F. A., Jr, M. Fingerman, M. I. Sandeen & H. M. Webb, 1953 Brown, F. A., Jr.,&M. N. Hines, 1952 Clymenella torquata Rankin, J. S., Jr., 1946 Columbella avara Adams, C. B., 1839a, 1839b Columbella lunata behavior Welsh, J. H., 1933 Columbus' crabs see Planes minutus Comb jellies see Ctenophora Commensal ism Copepoda Seiwell, H. R., 1929 Crustacea Pearse, A. S., 1913 Graffilla gemellipara Linton, E., 1910c Patterson, J. T., 1912 Hydractina echinata on Littorina littorea Crowell, S., 1945 Iridia convexa on Cyclammina Cushman, J. A., 1920 Modiolus plicatulus Linton, E., 1910c Patterson, J. T., 1912 Podocoryne camea on Nassarius trivittata Crowell, S., 1945 shell of Placopecten Merrill, A. S., 1960 Community marine coastal organization Allee, W. C, 1934 metabolism Whitely, G. C, Jr., 1960 soft-bottom structure Sanders, H. L., 1958-1960 Compass direction & magnetism Nassarius Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb & F. H. Barnwell, 1964 Conchoecia physiology Raymont, J. E. G. & R. J. Conover, 1961 Congericola pallida morphology Wiley, C. H., 1958 Conger vulgaris host for Congericola pallida Wiley, C. H., 1958 Contracaecum clavatum parasite of Gadus morrhua Linton, E., 1934c 87 Crassostrea Contracaecum clavatum parasite of Microgadus tomcod Linton, E., 1934c Contracaecum habena parasite of Opsanus tau Linton, E., 1934c Control Asterias Galtsoff, P. S. & V. L. Loosanoff, 1939 Copepoda Bigelow, H. B., 1915, 1917, 1922, 1926 Clarke, G. L. & D. D. Bonnet, 1939 Deevey, G. B., 1948 Peck, J. I., 1896 Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Wilson, C. B., 1903a, 1905a, 1932 Welsh, J. H., 1933 behavior Johnson, W. H. & J. E. G. Raymont, 1939 Parker, G. H., 1902 Schallek, W., 1942 feeding Anraku, M. & M. Omori, 1963 Fuller, J. L., 1937 Mullin, M. M., 1963 bioluminescense David, C. N. & R. J. Conover, 1961 calanoids of Cape Cod embayments & estuaries Carter, J. C. H., 1964 development McClendon, J. P., 1906-1907 distribution Anraku, M., 1962, 1964 Carter, J. C. H., 1964 intertidal region of sandy beach Pennak, R. W., 1942a, 1942b free swimming Wheeler, W. M., 1901 life history Johnson, M. W., 1934 littoral Yeatman, H. C, 1963 morphology Willey, C. H., 1958 nematode parasites of Cobb, N. A., 1928 new species Illg, P. L., 1955 parasites of Connolly, C. J., 1929 parasitic Rathbun, R., 1885, 1887a, 1888 Wilson, C. B., 1903b, 1905b, 1906, 1921, 1925 physiology Raymont, J. E. G. & R. J. Conover, 1961 planktonic, respiration Raymont, J. E. G., 1959 seasonal production Clarke, G. L. & D. J. Zinn, 1937 Copidognathus sp. Hag, J., 1965 Copper content in sea water Galtsoff, P. S., 1943 Corallobothrium fimbriatum parasite of Ameiurus nebulosus Linton, E., 1941 Corals See Madreporaria & other colonial Anthozoa Corbula contracta fossil Raup, D. M. & D. R. Lawrence, 1963 Corbula whitefieldi Miocene Brown, T. C, 1905 Cordylophora lacustris Hargitt, C. W., 1908 Corycaeus carinatus Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Wheeler, W. M., 1901 Corycaeus elongatus Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Wheeler, W. M., 1901 Corymorpha pendula Hargitt, C. W., 1902b Coryne morphology Hargitt, C. W., 1901 occurrence of Mead, A. D., 1898 Coryne producta Hargitt, C. W., 1902a Corynitis agassizii medusa Murbach, L., 1899 synonomy Hargitt, C. W., 1908 Corynura bumpsii Wheeler, W. M., 1901 Coryphaena hippurus Arnold, E. L., Jr., 1951 Schuck, H. A., 1951a Taylor, C. C, H. B. Bigelow & H. W. Graham, 1957 Coryphella pellucida Russell, H. D., 1964 Coscinodiscus Peck, J. I., 1896 Cosmocephala ochracea Verrill, A. E., S. 1. Smith & O. Harger, 1873 "^ Cottidae Smith, H. M., 1898a Cottunculus host for Chondracanthus cottunculi Rathbun, R., 1887a Cottus octodecimspinosus temperature Kidder, J. H., 1879 Couthouyella strjatula Bartsch, P., 1907-1912 Crangon vulgaris Thompson, M. T., 1899 development, larval smith, S. I., 1873 Crassostrea periodicity Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett, H. M. Webb, C. M. Ralph, 1956 Brown, F. A., H. M. Webb, M. F. Bennett, 1955b Crassostrea Crassostrea freezing, intertidal Kanwisher, J. W., 1955 Crassostrea virginica growth Pierce, M. E. & J. T. Conover, 1954 larvae, setting & spat Galtsoff, P. S., et al, 1930 raft culture Shaw, W. N., 1962, 1963 shell structure & formation Galtsoff, P. S., 1954 Cratena aurantia Moore, G M., 1950 Cratena aurantiaca Russell, H. D., 1964 Cratena concinna Russell, H. D. 1964 Cratena pilata Moore, G. M., 1950 Crepidula behavior sexual phases Coe, W. R., 1936b breeding Conklin, E. G., 1897 change of sex Coe, W. R., 1938 development Conklin, E. G., 1897 embryology Conklin, E. G., 1897 fossil Raup, D. M. & D. R. Lawrence, 1963 life history Conklin, E. G., 1897 Crepidula fomicata Adams, C. B., 1839a Lyman, T., 1861 Plaine, H. L., 1952 behavior sex Wilczynski, J. Z., 1955 breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 Thompson, M. T., 1899 Crepidula plana breeding Thompson, M. T., 1899 development Gould, H. N., 1949 sexual changes Gould, H. N., 1949 Cretaceous Hollick, A., 1896b Shaler, N.S., 1890 age Shaler, N. S., 1889b flora of Martha's Vineyard Berry, E. W., 1915 fossils, Martha's Vineyard Shaler, N.S., 1889b paleobotany Jeffrey, E. C, 1910 Cribrella sanquinolenta Mead, A. D., 1898 Cribrilina annulata Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 Cribrilina punctata Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 Crisia ebumea Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 Crossobothrium l anciniatum Curtis, W. C, 1903 parasite of Carcharias littoralis Curtis, W. C, 1903 Linton, E., 1894, 1898 parasite of Odontaspis littoralis Linton. E.. 1889-1891 Cruoriopsis ensisae Jao. C. C, 1936 Crustacea Atwood, N. E., 1865 Bigelow, R. P., 1941 Burbanck, W. D. & M. P. Burbanck, 1958 Burbanck, W. D., 1959, 1961, 1962 Claff, C. L., P. N. Sudak & L. Moloney, 1958 Clarke, G. L. & D. D. Bonnet, 1939 Cushman, J. A., 1906a Fingerman, M., 1955 Hansen, H. J., 1915 Harger, 0., 1880a, 1880b Herrick, F. H. ,1911 Hitchcock, E. & A. A. Gould, 1833 Kidder, G. W. & F. M. Summers, 1935 Lyman, T., 1861 Menzies, R. J. & C. Beckman, 1958 Mills, E. L., 1964b Pearse, A. S., 1914a, 1914b Rabin, H. & F. B. Bang, 1964 Rathbun, R., 1887b Rathbun, M. J., 1905 Richardson, H., 1909 Sanders, H. L., 1957, 1963a, 1963b Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Smith. S. L, 1887-1882a, 1877-1882b. 1877-1882C. 1880 Stunkard, H. W., 1956 Sumner, F B., 1909 Thompson, M. T., 1904b U. S. Fish Commission. 1901 Verrill. A. E.. 1873 Visscher, J. P., 1938 Wheeler, W. M., 1901 Wigley, R. L., 1961b, 1963a Wilkins, J. L. & M. Fingerman. 1965 Wilson, C. B., 1903a, 1903b. 1905a, 1932 Yeatman, H. C. 1963 ZuUo, V. A., 1963 anaerobiosis Wieser, W. & J. Kanwisher, 1959 anti-fouling Clarke, G. L., 1947 behavior Barnwell, F. H. & F. A. Brown, Jr., 1963 Bennett, M. F. & F. A. Brown, 1959a, 1959b 89 Crustacea Crustacea behavior Bennett, M. F., J. Shriner & R. A. Brown, 1957 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett, & M. I. Sandeen, 1953 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett & H. M. Webb, 1954 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. Fingerman, M. I. Sandeen & H. M. Webb, 1953 Brown, F. A., Jr. &M. N. Hines, 1952 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. I. Sandeen, & N. Fingerman, 1952 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. I. Sandeen, & C. L. Ralph, 1954 Brown, F. A., Jr. &Ci.C. Stephens, 1951 Brown, F. A., Jr. ,<■ H. M. Webb, 1949 Brown, F. A., Jr., H.M. Webb & M. F. Bennett, 1955a Brown, F. A., H. M. Webb, M. F. Bennett & M. I. Sandeen, 1954 Brown, F. A., Jr., H.M. Webb & R. C. Graves, 1952 Bumpus, H. C, 1901 Burbanck, W. D., R. Grabske & J. R. Comer, 1964 Dembowski, J. B., 1926 Holmes, S. J., 1901, 1903a Johnson, W. H. & J. E. G. Raymont, 1939 Nye, W., Jr., 1887c Parker, G. H., 1902 Schallek, W., 1942 Spaulding, E. G., 1904a Webb, H. M. & F. A. Brown, Jr., 1958 Webb, H. M., F. A. Brown, Jr. & R. C. Graves, 1951 Welsh, J. H., 1932, 1933 White, G. M., 1924 Yerkes, R., 1902a feeding Anraku, M. & M. Omori, 1963 De la Cruz, A. H., 1960 Fuller, J. L., 1937 Mullin, M. M., 1963 bioluminescence David, C. N. & R. J. Conover, 1961 Lochhead, J. H., 1954 breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 commensalism Pearse, A. S., 1913 development Faxon, W., 1879a, 1879b McClendon, J. F., 1906-1907 Ryder, J. A., 1886a, 1886b Smith, S. I., 1872, 1873, 1874-1878, 1887-1882a larval Chamberlain, N. A., 1957 distribution Anraku, M., 1962, 1964 Carter, J. C. H., 1964 Cushman, J. A., 1906b Genthe, K. W., 1905 diurnal rhythms Stephens, G. C, 1955 Crustacea diurnal rhythms Stephens, G. C, J. P. Green, B. Guttman & R. A. Schinske, 1958 ecology Platzman, S. J., 1960 embryology Bumpus, H. C, 1891 M"Murrich, J. P., 1895 excystation Trager, W., 1957 faunal list Rathbun, M. J., 1905 fossil Cushman, J. A., 1905 Lyell, C, 1844 Packard, A. S., 1900 Stimpson, W., 1863 fouling Parker, G. H., 1924 heliotropism Lyon, E. P., 1906b intertidal Pennak, R. W., 1942a, 1942b Pennak, R. W. & D. J. Zinn, 1943 key Holmes, S. J., 1903b life history Hyman, 0. W., 1922 Johnson, M. W., 1934 mating Chidester, F. E., 1911 metamorphosis Thompson, M. T., 1904a Miocene of Gay Head Cushman, J. A., 1904a, 1905b Dall, W. H., 1894 morphology Fales, D. E., 1928 Green, J. P., 1964 Hessler, R. R.& H. L. Sanders, 1964 Jenner, C E., 1955 Wiliey, C. H. ,1958 mortality Fraenkel, G., 1960 natural history Hughes, J. T. & G. C. Matthiessen, 1962 nematode, parasites of Cobb, N. A., 1928 new species Benedict, J. E., 1901 Chace, F. A., Jr., 1958 Harger, a, 1878 Holmes, S. J., 1905 Illg, P. L., 1955 Jones, N. S. & W. D. Burbanck, 1959 Kingsley, J. S., 1895 Mills, E. L., 1962, 1963, 1964a Richardson, H., 1908 Seiwell, H. R., 1929 parasitic Coe, R. W., 1902b Connolly, C. J., 1929 Rathbun, R., 1885, 1887a, 1888 BOSTON UNIVERSITY Crustacea Crustacea parasitic Reinhard, E. G., 1945, 1946 Summers, F. M. & G. W. Kidder, 1936 Thompson, M. T., 1902 Wilson, C. B., 1905b, 1906, 1921, 1925 parasitic hosts Cable, R. M. & A. V. Hunninen, 1939, 1940 physiology Raymont, J. E.G. & R. J. Conover, 1961 Werntz, H. 0., 1963 planktonic Deevey, G. B., 1948 reproduction Pearce, J. B., 1964 respiration Raymont, J. E. G., 1959 seasonal distribution Fish, C. J., 1925 seasonal production Clarke, G. L. & D. J. Zinn, 1937 sex characteristics Reinhard, E. G., 1949 stalk-eyed Smith, S. I., 1878-1882 winter distribution Irving, L., 1942 Cyrptacanthodes maculatus Smith, H. M., 1898a U. S. Fish Commission, 1901 Cryptochrysis atlantica Lackey, J. B., 1940 Cryptocolyle lingua metacercariae Linton, E., 1934c Cryptodon obesus Verrill, A. E., 1872 Cryptosula pallasiana Rogick, M. D. & H. Croa-sdale, 1949 Crystallonema fuscacephalum Cobb, N. A.. 1920 Ctenidia Hunter, W. R. & S. C. Brown, 1965 Ctenolabrus Mead, A. D., 1898 Ctenolabrus adspersus skin parasite of Ryder, J. A., 1884b Ctenophora behavior Aggasiz, A., 1862 Hunter, G. W., 1904 bioluminescence Chang, J. J., 1954 Harvey, E. N. & S. P. Marfrey, 1958 distribution Hargitt, C. W., 1902b physiology Coonfield, B. R., 1934 Cucumaria fusiformis Desor, E., 1851a Culture of Homarus americanus Rathbun, R., 1887b Cumacea new species Jones, N. S. & W. D. Burbanck, 1959 90_ Cumingia tellinoides development Grave, B. H., 1926 gametes, vitality Grave, B. H., 1926, 1928b hermaphroditism Grave, B. H. & J. Smith, 1936a host for Cercaria cumingiae Martin, W. E., 1938 natural history Grave, B. H., 1927b spawning habits & stimuli Grave, B. H., 1927a Cunner, tespiration Irving, L., 1942 Currents Bigelow, H.B., 1915, 1917, 1922, 1927 Schott, C. A., 1854a Sumner, F. B., R. C. Osborn, L. J. Cole & B. M. Cole, 1913 Brown's Ledge Day, C. G., 1960 Edgartown Marindin H. L., 1894b Nantucket Bay Marindin, H. L., 1894b Nantucket Sound & Vineyard Sound Mitchell, H., 1857 Cuttyhunk flora Fogg, J. M., Jr., 1930 Cyanea Hargitt, C. W., 1902a Cyanea arctica Agassiz, A., 1862 development McMurrich, J. P., 1891b morphology, variations Hargitt, C. W., 1905c occurrence of Mead, A. D., 1898 Cyanophyceae seasonal distribution Lillick, L. C, 1937 Cyartonema flexile Cobb, N. A., 1920 Cyathura chromosomes Burbanck, W. D. & M. P. Burbanck, 1958 distribution Burbanck, W. D., 1959 ecology Burbanck, W. D., 1959 Cyathura polita distribution in tidal marshes and estuaries Burbanck, W. D., 1961, 1962 ecology Burbanck, W. D., 1961, 1962 migration in tidal marshes Burbanck, W. D., R. Grabske & J. R. Comer, 1964 Cybium regale host to T etrarhynchobothrium Linton, E., 1897 91 Darcythompsonia parva Cyclammina Cushman, J. A., 1920 Cyclocardia fossil Verrill, A. E., 1878 CyclogTapsus fossil Lyell, C, 1844 Cyclopsinema mordens parasite of Pachycyclops signatus Cobb. N. A., 1928 (1927) Cyclops panamensis Yeattpan, H. C, 1963 Cyclopteridae Smith, H. M., 1898a Cyclotella Peck, J. I., 1896 physiology McLachlan, J., 1961 Cyclotella cryptica Reimann, B. E. F., et al., 1963 Cyclotella nana morphology Guillard, R. R. L. & J. H. Ryther, 1962 Cylista leucolena Hargitt, C. W., 1917 Cymadusa compta Mills, E. L., 1964b Cymbephallus fimbriatus Linton. E., 1934a classification Linton, E., 1934a Cymbephallus vitellosus Linton, E., 1934a Cynoscion regale food of Peck, J. I., 1896 host for Echinorhynchus proteus Linton, E., 1892a, host for Echinorhynchus sagittifer Linton, E.. 1889 host for Rhynchobothrium bisulcatum larvae Linton, E., 1889 host for Tetrabothria embryos Linton, E., 1889 morphology Parker, G. H., 1910 physiology Parker, G. H., 1903 Cynoscion regalis Eigenmann, C. H.. 1902b Sherwood, G. H. & V. N. Edwards, 1901 host for Lebouria truncata Linton, E., 1942 host for parasitic copepoda Linton, E., 1901a. 1901b parasites of Linton, E., 1901a Cynthia partita behavior Grave, C, 1941a larval metamorphosis Grave, C, 1941b morphology Metcalf, M. M., 1895 Cyprina (Arctica) islandica distribution Turner, H. J., Jr., 1949a Cyprina islandica fossil Verrill. A. E.. 1878 Cyprinodon ovinus Lyman, T.. 1861 Cyprinodon variegatus exchange by tidal currents Williams, G. C, 1960 host for Myxobolus lintoni Linton, E., 1901b morphology of contact organs Newman, H. H., 1909 parasites of Linton, E., 1901a protozoans Linton, E., 1891 Cyrtolaelaps (Gamaselliphis) Hag, J., 1965 Cystenides gouldii tolerance to low salinity Pearse, A. S., 1928 Cystoclonium purpurascens Collins, F. S., 1906 Cystoclonium purpureum cirrhosum associated with Bryozoa Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 Cysts, cestode degenerating Linton, E., 1923 Cytherea fossil Lyell, C, 1844 Cythereis arenicola Cushman, J. A., 1906b Cythereis vineyardensis Cushman, J. A., 1906b Cytheridea americana Cushman, J. A.. 1906b Cytheridea seminuda Cushman. J. A., 1906b Cytherois zostericola Cushman, J. A., 1906b Cytology Kidder. G W. & F. M. Summers. 1935 Dactylactis viridis Verrill. A. E.. 1898 Dactylometra morphology variations Hargitt, C. W., 1905c Dactylopterus volitaris Arnold, E. L., Jr., 1949 Dactylopusia thisboides Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Dactylopusia vulgaris Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Dalyellia mohicana Graff, L. v.. 1911 Darcythompsonia parva Wilson. C. B.. 1932 Darkness, prolonged 92 Darkness, prolonged effect on algae Yentsch, C. S. & C. A. Reichert, 1963 Dasya elegans development of holdfasts Derick, CM., 1899 life cycle Lewis, I. F., 1914 life history Lewis, I. F., 1912 Dasyatis centrura Smith, H. M., 1898a host for Anthobothrium pulvinatum Linton, E., 1898b, host for Branchiobdella ravenellii Linton, E., 1901b host for Epibdella bumpusii Linton, E., 1901a host for OrygmatobothTium crenulatum Linton, E., 1898b host for Parataenia medusia Linton, E., 1898b host for Phyllobothrium foliatum Linton, E., 1898b host for Rhinebothrium maccallumi Linton, E., 1925 host for Rhynchobothrium tenuispine Linton, E., 1898b host for Rhynchobothrium tumudulum Linton, E., 1898b host for Spongiobothrium variabile Linton, E., 1898b host for Synbothrium malleum Linton, E., 1925 host for Tetrarhynchus tenue Linton, E., 1898b parasites of Linton, E., 1901a cestodes Linton, E., 1910a physiology of digestive tract Sullivan, M. X., 1908 Dasybatus marinus host for Eudactylinella alba Wilson, C. B., 1932 host for Krffyeria nasuta Wilson, C. B., 1932 Dasynema sexalineatum Cobb. N. A.. 1920 Dead-man's fingers see Alcyonium cameum Death, by heat Orr, P. R., 1946 Decapoda Smith, S. 1., 1877-1882b development Faxon, Walter, 1879a reproduction Pearce, J. B., 1964 Decomposition organic nitrogen, in sea water Brand, T. Von & N. W. Rakestraw, 1940, 1941 Brand, T. Von & N. W. Rakestraw & C. E. Renn, 1937, 1939 Decomposition organic nitrogen, in sea water Brand, T. Von, N. W. Rakestraw & J. W. Zabor, 1942 Demineralization shell boring gastropods Carriker, M. R. & D. van Zandt, 1964 Dendrodoa Van Name, W. G., 1907-1912b Dendronotus frondosus Russell, H. D., 1964 Density changes effects on fish Sumner, F. B., 1906b water U. S. Fish Commission, 1898 Deposits Nantucket Desor, E. & E. C. Cabot, 1849 Depth, Oyster Pond Matthiesen, G. C, 1960 Derocheilocaris typius Pennak, R. W. & D. J. Zinn, 1943 Deropristias inflata adult on Auguilla rostrata Cable, R. M. & A. V. Hunninen, 1941 cercaria on Bittium altematum Cable, R. VI. & A. V. Hunninen, 1941 host for Hexamatia Hunninen, A. B. & R. Wichterman, 1936 life history Cable, R. M. & A. V. Hunninen, 1942 parasite of Anguilla chrysypa Manter, H.W., 1926 Desmarestia aculeata Collins, F. S., 1914 Development Draper, J. W. & D. J. Edwards, 1932 Grave, B. H., 1933 Scheltema, R. S., 1965 Tennant, D. G. & M. J. Hogue, 1906 algae Chester, G.D., 1896 Derick, C. M., 1899 Amaroucium constellatum Scott, Sister F. M., 1942, 1945, 1952 Annelida Mead, A. D., 1897 Arbacia Allee, W. C. & G. Evans, 1937b Arbacia punctulata Allee, W. C. & G. Evans, 1937a Glaser, a, 1950 Harvey, E. B., 1949a, 1949b Arenicola Child, C. M., 1900 Autolytus varians Mensch, P. C, 1900 Balanoglossus kowaleuskii Morgan, T. H., 1892 Batrachus tau Clapp, C. M., 1891 Botryllus Watterson, R. L., 1945 93 Development Development Bugula flabellata Grave, B. H., 1933 Campanularia Crowell J. & M. Rush, 1950 Cercariaeum Shaw, C. R., 1933 Cerebratulus lacteus determination Horstadius, S., 1937 Chaetopterus Allyn, H. M., 1912 Choniosphaera cancrorum larval Connolly, C. J., 1929 Ciliata Summers, H M., 1938 Clava leptostyla egg Hargitt, C. W., 1906b Cnidaria Hargitt, C. W., 1902a coelenterate Grave, B. H., 1933 copepod, parasitic McClendon, J. F., 1906, 1907 Crassostrea, shell Galtsoff, P. S., 1954 Crepidula Conklin, E. G., 1897 Gould, H. N., 1949 Crossobothrium lanciniatum Curtis, W. C, 1903 Cummingia tellinoides Grave, B. H., 1926 Cyanea arctica McMurrich, J. P., 1891b Cynoscion regalis Eigenmann, C. H., 1902b Echinoidea Mathews, A. P., 1909 Esperella Wilson, H. v., 1894 Eudendrium Hargitt, C. W., 1904a Fiona marina, Casteel, D. B., 1904 Fundulus heteroclitus Armstrong, P. B. & J. S. Child, 1965 Fundulus hybrids Newman, H. H., 1908 Gonionema murbachii Perkins, H. P., 1902 Grinnellia americana Brannon, M. A., 1897 Graffilla gemellipaTa Patterson, J. T., 1912 Hippa Faxon, W., 1879b Homarus americanus Smith, S. I., 1872 Hydractinia Bunting, M., 1894 Hydroides hexagonis Grave, B. N., 1933 Development Hydrozoa Hargitt, C. W., 1911 Leptocephalus conger Eigenmann, C. H., 1902a Limulus Pearl, R., 1904 Loligo pealii Hibbard, H, 1937 Malacostraca Smith, S. 1., 1873 Mustelus Te Winkel, L. E., 1950 Mya arenaria Matthiessen, G. C, 1960 growth Kellogg, J. I., 1905 Mytilus edulis Lavoie, M. E., 1956 Lavoie, M. & G. G. Holz, 1955 Nemalion multifidum Chester, G. D., 1896 Neopanope texana sayi Chamberlain, N. A., 1957 Osteichthyes larvae Kuntz, A. & I. Radcliffe, 1917 Ostrea virginica Jackson, R. T., 1888b Palaemonetes Faxon, W., 1879a Parypha crocea Allen, C. M., 1900 Pennaria Hargitt, C. W., 1904b Pennaria tiarella Hargitt, C. W., 1900a Pinnixa Smith, S. I., 1877-1882a Pseudopleuronectes americanus Breder, C. M., Jr., 1922b Planocera inquilina Surface, F. M., 1907 Polinices duplicatus Hanks, J. E., 1963 Polychoerus caudata Gardner, E. G., 1895 Scyphozoa Hargitt, C. W. & G. T. Hargitt, 1910 Spirorbis borealis Schively, M. A., 1897 Sternaspis Child, C. M., 1900 SUeblospio benedicti Campbell, M. A., 1957 Stylita partita Bertholf, L. M., 1945 Bertholf, L. M. & C. M. Mast, 1944 Tubularia Moore, J. A., 1939 Tunicata Grave, B. H., 1933 Jackson, S. F., 1958 Urophycis chuss Miller, D. & R. R. Marak, 1959 Yoldia limatula Drew, G. A., 1899 Diastylis politus 94 Diastylis politus ^mith, S. I., 1878 , 1882 Diatoms Margalef, R., 1960b Moul, E. T. & D. Mason, 1957 Reimann, B. E. P., J. C. Lewin & R. R. L. Guillard, 1963 fossil, warm water marine Sayles, R. W., 1939 morphology Guillard, R. R. L. & J. H. Ryther, 1962 photosynthesis Taylor, W. R. & J. D. Palmer, 1963 seasonal distribution Hulbert, E M., 1956b tidal rhythm Faure- Fremiet, E., 1951b Diatomacea seasonal distribution Lillick, L. C, 1937 Dibothrium aluterae parasite of Alutera schoepfi Linton. E.. 1889-1891 Dibothrium manubriforme Linton, E., 1889-1891 parasite of Histiophorus gladius Linton, E., 1894 parasite of Tetrapturus albidus Linton, E., 1889-1891 Dibothrium microcephalum parasite of Mala rotunda Linton, E., 1889-1891 Dibothrium plicatum parasite of Xiphias gladius Linton, E., 1889-1891 Dibothrium punctatum parasite of Bothus maculatus Linton, E., 1898b parasite of Limanda ferruginea Linton, E., 1889-1891 parasite of Lophosetta maculata Linton, E., 1889-1891 Dibothrium restiforme parasite of Tylosurus caribbaeus Linton, E., 1889-1891 Dibothrium rugosum parasite of Gadus callarias Linton, E., 1898b (1897) parasite of Gadus cesloda Linton, E., 1894 parasite of Gadus morrhua Linton, E., 1889-1891 seasonal distribution in Gadus Linton, E., 1914 Dichelesteidae development McClendon, J. F., 1906-1907 Dichelestium sturionis parasite of Acipenser oxyrhynchos Rathbun, R., 1885 Dictyocha Peck, J. I., 1896 Dictyocha fibula Margalef, R., 1960a Dictyocha fibula var. pentagona Margalef, R., 1960a Didemnopsin tenerum Van Name, W. G., 1907-1912a Didemnum lutarium Van Name, W. G., 1907-1912a Digestive tract, physiology of elasmobranchs Sullivan, M. X., 1908 Digitonchus uniformis Cobb, N. A., 1920 Dimorphism, sexual Fundulus Newman, H. H., 1907 Squilla empusa Bigelow, R. P., 1941 Dinobothrium anatomy Linton, E., 1922a Dinobothrium planum parasite of Cetorhinus maximus Linton, E., 1922a Dinobothrium plicitum parasite of Carcharodon carcharias Linton, E., 1922a Dinoflagellates morphology Nie, D., 1947 respiratory metabolism Hochachka, P. W. & J. M. Teal, 1964 seasonal distribution Lillick, L. C, 1937 Dinophilida Verrill, A. E., 1888-1892a Dinophilus pygmaeus Verrill, A. E., 1874 Dinophyceae new species Hulburt, E. M., 1957 un armoured Hulburt, E. M., 1957 Dinophysis Peck, J. I., 1896 Diodon hystrix Smith, H. M., 1898a, 1898b Diopatra cuprea behavior Miner, R. W., 1912 host for Arabella Allen, M. J., 1952 tolerance to low salinity Pearse, A. S., 1928 Diosaccus tenuicomis Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Diplochaete solitana Thivy, F., 1943 Diplodonta verrilli fossil Raup, D. M. & D. R. Lawrence, 1963 Diplodus argyrops food of Peck, J. 1., 1896 Discoephalum pileatum host of Carcharias obscurus Linton. E., 1889-1891 95 Distribution Discorbis columbiensis Parker, F. L., 1952 Dispersal fishes Arnold, E. L., Jr., 1951 young marine Williams, G. C, 1960 zoop lank ton Barlow, J. P., 1952 Distephanus crux Margalef, R., 1960a Distephanus speculum Margalef, R., 1960a Distephanus speculum var. pentagonys Margalef, R., 1960a Distephanus speculum var. regularis Margalef, R., 1960a Distephanus speculum var. septenarius Margalef, R., 1960a Distomum parasite of Paralichthys dentatus Linton, E., 1901a parasite of Prionotus carolinus Linton, E., 1901a parasite of Stenotomus chrysops Linton, E., 1901a seasonal distribution in Microgadus tomcod Linton, E., 1914 Distomum appendicu latum parasite of Paralichthys dentatus Linton, E., 1901a Distomum areolatum parasite of Morone americana Linton, E., ^901a Distomum dentatum parasite of Paralichthys dentatus Linton, E., 1901a Distomum faecundum parasite of Lopholatilus chamaeleonticeps Linton, E., 1901a Distomum foliatum parasite of lUola mola Linton. E., 1898c Distomum fragile parasite of Mola mola Linton^ E., 1901a Distomum grandiporum parasite of Anguilla chrysypa Linton, E., 1898c Distomum gulosum parasite of Rhombus triacanthus Linton, E., 1901b Distomum lageniforme parasite of Remora remora Linton, E., 1898c Distomum macocotyle parasite of Mola mola Linton, E., 1898c Distomum monticellii parasite of Remora remora Linton, E. ,1898c Distomum nigroflavum parasite of Mola mola Linton, E., 1898c Distomum nitens parasite of Tyosurus caribbeaus Linton, E., 1898c Distomum ocreatum parasite of Pomatomus saltatrix Linton, E., 1898c parasite of Merluccius bilmearis Linton, E. , 1901a parasite of Pollachius virens Linton, E., 1901a parasite of Sagitta Linton, E., 1927 Distomum pal lens parasite of Alutera schoepfi Linton, E., 1898c Distomum p undens parasite of Paralichthys dentatus Linton, E., 1901a Distomum pyri forme parasite of Palinurichthys perciformis Linton. E., 1901a Distomum rufoviride parasite of Roccus lineatus Linton, E., 1898c Distomum simplex parasite of Microgadus tomcod Linton, E., 1898c Distomum tenue parasite of Roccus lineatus Linton, E., 1898c Distomum tenue tenuissime parasite of Morone americana Linton. E.. 1898c Distomum valdeinflatum parasite of Alutera schoepfi Linton, E., 1898c Distomum veliporum parasite of Raja laevis Linton, E., 1898c Distomum vibex Stunkard, H. W. & R. F. Nigrelli, 1930 parasite of Spheroides maculatus Linton, E.. 1901a Distomum vitellosum classification Linton, E., 1934a parasite of Merluccius bilinearis Linton, E., 1901a see Cymbephallus fimbriatus Linton, E., 1934a see Cymbephallus vitellosus Linton, E., 1934a Distribution Adams, C. B., 1839b Blum, J. L. & J. T. Conover, 1953 Gould, A. A., 1841 de Laubenvels, M. W., 1949 Lidz, L., 1965 Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith & 0. Harger, 1873 algae CoUings, F. S., 1888, 1891 Davis, B. M., 1913a Doty, M. S., 1948 Distribution % Distribution algae Farlow, W. G., 1873, 1882a, 1882b, 1883 Jordan, D. S., 1874 Lewis, I. F., 1924 Ampelisca Mills, E. L., 1964a Anthozoa Hargitt, C. W., 1914 Astarte Carpenter, H. P., 1889 bacteria Reuszer, H.W., 1933 barnacles Zullo, V. A., 1963 Be lone Goode, G. B., 1879 benthic fauna Whiteley, G. C, Jr., W. D. Burbanck & M. E. Pierce, 1949 Cephalocarida Hessler, R. R. & H. L. Sanders, 1964 Characeae Wood, R. D., 1952 Chondrichthyes Fowler, H. W., 1917 Cirripedia Genthe, K. W., 1905 Cladocera Lochhead, J. H., 1954 Cnidaria Hargitt, C. W., 1902a, 1905a coastal vascular plants Moul, E. T., 1964 Copepoda Anraku, M., 1962, 1964 Carter, J. C. H., 1964 intertidal Pennak, R. W., 1942a Cyathura Burbanck, W. D., 1959 Cyathura polita Burbanck, W. D., 1961, 1962 Echinodermata Agassiz, A., 1865 Clark, H.L., 1904, 1905, 1908 Echinoidea Agassiz, A., 1865 Echinus granulans Alexander, A., 1865 ecologic factors Lackey, J. B., 1938 fish Baird, S. F., 1873 Bigelow, H. B. & S. C. Schroeder, 1953 Bigelow, H. B. & W. W. Welsh, 1925 Flagellata Lackey, J. B., 1940 flora Fogg, J. M., Jr., 1930 Foraminifera Cushman, J. A., 1908 Gadidae Schroeder, W. C, 1928 Hydrozoa Frazer, C. M., 1912 Hargitt, C. W., 1908, 1909b Distribution invertebrates Desor, E., 1851b Janthina fragilis Bulfinch, T., 1844 Macrozoarus americanus Olsen, Y. H. & D. Merriman, 1946 Malacobdella grossa Ropes, J. W., 1963 Malacostraca Cushman, J. A., 1906a marine animals & climatic trends Taylor, C. C, H. B. Bigelow & H. W. Graham, 1957 Mollusca Couthouy, J. P., 1838 Greene, T. A., 1833 Johnson, C. W., 1915 northern extension of ranges Taylor, C. C, H. B. Bigelow & H. W. Graham, 1957 Ophichthus gomesi Backus, R. H., 1957 Osteichthyes Firth, F. E., 1931. Fowler, H. W., 1917 Gill, T., 1863 Kendall, W. C. & H. M. Smith, 1895 Ostracoda Cushman, J. A., 1906b Pandoridae Boss, K. J. & S. Merrill, 1965 Pogonophora Wigley, R. L., 1963b Polychaeta Hartman, 0., 1942a polyclads Hyman, L. H., 1939 spionid Plaine, H. L., 1952 Protozoa Lackey, J. B., 1936 Pteroplatea altavela Coker, R. E., 1922 Raja Garman, S. W., 1875 Rhodophyceae Jao, C. C, 1936 Seriola Mather, F. J., 1952 Spatial Mya arenaria Connell, J. H., 1955 Petricola pholadiformis Connell, J. H., 1955 Synapta Clarke, H. L., 1901 temperature effects upon AUee, W. C, 1919, 1922a, 1922c, 1922d, 1923a, 1923b, 1923c. Tethys willcoxi Merriman, D., 1937 Turbellaria Bush, L.. 1964 Venus mercenaria Ropes, J. W. & C. E. Martin, 1960 97 Echinodermala Distribution vertical intertidal zone Fahey, E. M., 1947 zooplankton Barlow, J. P., 1955 Diurnal fluctuation Walsh, Gerald E., 1965b Diurnal rhythms llyanassa obsolete Brown, P. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett & W. J. Brett, 1959 Brown, F. A., Jr., W. J. Brett & H. M. Webb, 1959 Brown, F. A., Jr., & H. \1. Webb, 1960 Brown, F. A., Jr., H.\1. Webb, M. F. Bennett & L. H. Barnwell, 1959 Uca Brown, F. A., Jr. &M. N. Mines, 1952 ilea pugnax Brown, F. A., Jr., M. Fingerman, M. I. Sandeen & H. M. Webb, 1953 Dodececaria fimbriatus reproduction Martin, D A., 1933, 1936 Dog whelks see Thais lapillus Dolichoglossus kawalewskyi physiology Hess, W. M., 1935 Doropygus laticomis parasite of Molgula manhattensis Wilson. C. B., 1932 Dredging stations FISH HAWK Rathbun, R., 1883 U. S. Fish Commission 1871-1879 Smith, S. I. & R. Rathbun, 1882 Drieschia pellucida Moore. J. P., 1903b Drilling, deep Koteff, C. & J. E. Cotton, 1962 Dumontia filiformis Lewis, I. F. & W. R. Taylor, 1928 Dunaliella euchlora Yentsch, C. S. & C. A. Reichert, 1963 Duxbury beach studies Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, 1954 Zeigler, J. M., 1960 Zeigler, J. M., et al, 1961 Earthquake at Provincetown Leet, L., 1935 Eastham beach studies Zeigler, J., et al, 1961 sand plains Grabau, A. W., 1897 Echeneibothnum classification Linton, E., 1889 Echeneibothrium variabile parasite of Kaja erinacea Linton. E.. 1889-1891 Echeneididae Smith, H. M., 1898a Echinocomus pectinatus Wilson, C. B., 1932 Echinodermata Agassiz, A., 1877 AUee, W. C. & J. R. Fowler, 1932 Ayres, W. 0., 1854 Auclair, W., 1965 Cheney, R. H., 1950 Clark, H. L., 1904, 1908 Desor, E., 1851a Grave, C, 1903 Gray, G. M., 1932 Greeley, A. W., 1902 Harvey, E. B., 1939a Jackson, R. T., 1927 Parker, G. H., 1932 Tennent, D. H. & M. J. Hogue, 1906 U. S. Fish Commission, 1901 Verrill, A. E., 1873 Verrill, A. E., 1880-1886 autotomy Pearse, A. S., 1909 Anderson, J. M., 1956 behavior Bumpus, H. C, 1898a Holmes, S. J., 1912 Pearse, A. S., 1908 Rockstein, M. & M. Rubinstein, 1957 feeding Burnett, A. L., 1955, 1960 Chidester, F. E., 1929 Lavoie, M. & G. G. Holz, Jr., 1955 swimming Costello, D. P., 1946b breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 color changes Parker, G. H., 1931 development Glaser, O., 1950 Harvey, E. B., 1949a Mathews, A. P., 1909 distribution Agassiz, A., 1865 Clark, H. L., 1905 diurnal rhythms Stier, T. J. B., 1933 embryology Chambers, R., 1930 geotaxis Lyon, E. P., 1906a hermaphroditism Zimmerman, A. M., S. B. Zimmerman & E. B. Harvey, 1960 life history Galtsoff, P. S. & V. L. Loosanoff, 1939 morphology, functional Budington, R. A., 1942 Echinodermata Echinodennata natural history Mead, A. D., 1901 physiology Allee, W. C, 1927 Clark, H.I. , 1901 Haywood, C. & W. S. Root, 1930 planktonic seasonal distribution Fish, C. J., 1925 rare Gray, G. M., 1936, 1940a reproduction Harvey, E. B., 1939c Palmer, L.,1935 sex determination Harvey, E. B., 1953 spawning Colwin, L. H., 1948 synonomy Clark, H. L., 1901 Echinoidea Auclair, W., 1965 Cheney, R. H., 1950 Desor, E., 1851a Greeley, A. W., 1902 Harvey, E. B., 1939a Jackson, R. T., 1927 Parker, G. H., 1932 behavior Holmes, S. J., 1912 color changes Parker, G. H., 1931 development Glaser, a, 1950 Harvey, E. B., 1949a Mathews, A. P., 1909 distribution Agassiz, A., 1865 geotaxis Lyon, E. P., 1906a hermaphroditism Zimmerman, A. M., S. B. Zimmerman & E. B. Harvey, 1960 physiology Haywood, C. & W. S. Root, 1930 reproduction Harvey, E. B., 1939c Palmer, L., 1935 sex determination Harvey, E. B., 1953 Echinorachnius parma Desor, E.. 1851a breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 Echinorhynchus Linton. E.. 1910c Echinorhynchus acus Linton, E., 1892a (1891), 1894 parasite of Pseudopleuronectes americanus Linton, E., 1889 - 1891 seasonal distribution in Pseudopleuronectes americanus Linton, E., 1914 Echinorhynchus agilis parasite of Carcharias obscurus Linton, E., 1889-1891 parasite of Roccus americanus Linton, E., 1892a Echinorhynchus attenuatus parasite of Acipenser bervirostris Linton, E., 1892a Echinorhynchus carchariae parasite of Carcharias littoralis Linton, E., 1892a Echinorhynchus cylindratus Linton, E., 1934c Echinorhynchus gadi Linton, E., 1934c various hosts Linton, E., 1933 Echinorhynchus incrassatus Linton, E.. 1892a Echinorhynchus pristis parasite of Tylosurus caribbeaus Linton, E., 1892a Echinorhynchus pristis var tenuicomis parasite of Lobotes surinamensis Linton. E., 1892a parasite of Tylosurus caribbeaus Linton, E., 1892a Echinorhynchus proteus intermediate parasite of Gammarus pulex Linton, E., 1894 parasite of Cynoscion regale Linton, E., 1892a parasite of Roccus lineatus Linton, E., 1892a, 1889-1891, 1894 1898a Echinorhynchus sagittifer Linton. E., 1889-1891 . 1892a classification Linton, E., 1932 parasite of Paralichthys dentatus, Cynoscion regale, Pomatomus saltatrix Linton, E, 1889 parasite of Serrasentis sagittifer Linton, E.. 1932 Echinorhynchus serrani parasite of Serranus atrarius Linton, E., 1892a (1891) Echinorhynchus thecatus parasite of Roccus americanus Linton, E., 1892a(1891) Echinus granulans distribution Agassiz, A., 1865 Echinus granulatus Desor, E., 1851a Echthrogaleus coleoptratus parasite of Lamna comubica Rathburn, R., 1885 Echthrogaleus denticulatus Verrill, A. E., S. 1. Smith & 0. Harger, 1873 parasite of Carcharodon atwoodi Rathbun, R., 1885 Ecology Carriker, M. R., 1964, 1965 Verrill, A. E., S. 1. Smith & 0. Harger. 1873 bacteria. Eel Pond Arcisz, W., E. Wattie & J. L. Dallas, 1953 99 Eel Pond Ecology benthic community Burbanck, W. D., M. E. Pierce & G. C. Whiteley, 1956 benthos, variability Parker, R. H., et al, 1964 Copepoda Carter, J. C. H., 1964 Cyathura Burbanck, W. D., 1959 effect of 1934 hurricane Rogick, M. D., 1940 effects on protozoan distribution Lackey, J. B., 1938 intertidal fauna Howard, R. S., 1954 Loligo pealii Arnold, J. M., 1962 Mya arenaria Ayers, J. C, 1956 Matthiessen, G. C, 1960 Orchestia heigalis and Talorchestia megal- opthama Platzman, S. J., 1960 physiological Skeletonema costatum Curl, H., Jr. & G. C. McLeod, 1961 populational Anraku, M., 1962 Ecotone community ecology, bottom fauna of Rand's Harbor Burbanck, W. D., M. E. Pierce & G. C. Whiteley, Jr., 1956 Ectinosoma curticome Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Ectocarpus confervoides epiphytic on Laminaria longicruris Collins, P. S., 1914 Ectocarpus mitchellae Collins, F. S., 1891 Ectocarpus mitchellae Harv. var parva n. var Lewis, I. F. & F. R. Taylor, 1921 Ectocarpus ovatus Collins, F. S., 1896 Ectocarpus siliculosus development Papenfuss, G. F., 1935 Ectochaetae Thivy, F., 1942 Ectochaetae leptochaete Thivy, F., 1943 Ectochaetae taylori Thivy, F., 1942 Ectochaetae vagans Thivy, F., 1943 Ectopleura prolifica Hargitt, C. W 1908 Ectoprocta (Bryozoa) Desor, E., 1851a Osburn, R. C, 1912 Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 Verrill, A. E., 1872, 1873 attachment Lynch, W. F., 1958 Ectoprocta (Bryozoa) behavior Forbes, A., 1933 Lynch, W. F., 1949 larval Grave, B. H., 1930 breeding Thompson, M. T., 1899 ecological effect of hurricane Rogick, M. D., 1940 fouling Parker, G. H., 1924 metamorphosis Lynch, W. F., 1952 Ectrogella perforans Sparrow, F. K., Jr., 1936 Edgartown fisheries Edwards, V. N., 1873 Parvatrema borealis Stunkard, H. W., 1962a Edgartown Harbor inlet changes Whiting, H. L., 1890 shoreline changes Whiting, H. L., 1872 water transport, tides & currents Marindin, H. L., 1894b Edible mussels see Mvtilus edulis Edwardsia elegans Hargitt, C. W., 1914 Edwardsia leidyi Hargitt, C. W., 1914 Verrill. A. E.. 1898 Edwardsia lineata Hargitt, C. W., 1914 Verrill, A. E., S. \. Smith & 0. Hareer. 1873 Edwardsia pallida Verrill, A. E., 1880-1886 Edwardsia sipunculoides Hargitt, C. W., 1914 Eel, American see Anguilla bostonensis Eel grass see Zostera Eel grass flats Allee, W. C, 1922b Eel Pond Kelly, C. B., 1950 bacteriology Arcisz, W., E. Wattie & J. L. Dallas, 1953 pollution Arcisz, W., E. Wattie & J. L. Dallas, 1953 spatial distribution Mya arenaria Connell, J. H., 1955 Petricola pholadiformis Connell, J. H., 1955 Eggs Eggs collection & handling Costello, D. P., et al, 1957 laying behavior Scott, J. W., 1909, 1911 Eggerella advena Parker, F. L., 1952 Phleger, F. B. & W. R. Walton, 1950 Elachistae stellaris epiphytic on Stilophora rhizodes Collins, F. S., 1891 Elasmobranchii host for Tetrarhynchidae Linton, E., 1894 Electra hastingsae Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 Electra pilosa Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 Elizabeth Islands flora Fogg, J. M., Jr., 1930 geology Hitchcock, E., 1824 Hollock, A., 1901 Woodworth, J. B. & E. Wigglesworth, 1934 glacial brick clays Shaler, N. S., J. B. Woodworth & C. F. Marbutt, 1896 glaciation Upham, W., 1899 kettle holes Koons, B. F., 1885 palynology Ogden, J. G. Ill, 1963 sediments Hitchcock, E., 1824 Eloactis producta Hargitt, C. W., 1914 behavior Hargitt, C. W., 1907 Elops saurus Bigelow, H. B. & W. C. Schroeder, 1940 Fowler, H.W., 1917 Smith, H. M., 1898a Elphidium advenum var. maTgaritaceum Parker, F. L., 1952 Elphidium articulatum Phleger, F. B. & W. R. Walton, 1950 Elphidium excavatum Parker, F.L., 1952 Elphidium galvestonense Parker, F. L. & W. D. Athearn, 1959 Elphidium gunteri Parker, F. L. & W. D. Athearn, 1959 Elphidium incertum Parker, F. L., 1952 Phelger, F. B. & W. R. Walton, 1950 Elphidium selseyense Parker, F. L., 1952 Elphidium subarticum Parker, F. L., 1952 Phelger, F. B. & W. R. Walton, 1950 Elysia chlorotica Russell, H. D., 1946 100 Elysiella catulus Verrill, A. E., 1872 Embayments carbohydrate, dissolved of Walsh, G. E., 1965a copepod distribution Carter, J. C. H., 1964 Embletonia fuscata fuscata Russell, H. D., 1964 Embryology Ryder, J. A., 1884a Anurida maritima Claypole, A. M., 1898 Asterias rubens Chambers, R., 1930 Cnidaria Beckwith, C. J., 1909 Eulima oleacea Gray, G. M., 1941 Homarus americanus Bumpus, H. C, 1891 Hydrozoa Beckwith, C. J., 1909 Isopoda McMurrich, J. P., 1895 Limulus polyphemus Kingsley, J. S., 1892 Osteichthyes Kuntz, A. & I. Radcliffe, 1917 Serranus atrarius Wilson, H. v., 1891a Embryos collecting and handling Costello, D. P., et al, 1957 Emerita talpoida winter distribution Irving, L., 1942 Emertonia eracilis Pennak, R. W., 1942a Wilson, C. B., 1932 Enchytraeidae Welch, P. S., 1917 Enchytraeus albidus Moore, J. P., 1905b Endeis spinosus morphology, circulatory system Cole, L. J., 1910 symbiosis, Obelia dichitoma Cole, L. J., 1910 Endoderma viridis Collins, F. S., 1906 Engraulididae Smith, H. M., 1898a Enoplobranchus sanguineus Hartman, 0., 1942a Enoplus communis anaerobi.osis Wieser, W. & J. Kanwisher, 1959 Ensatella ame'ricana fossil Verrill, A. E., 1878 Ensis directus behavior Drew, G. A., 1907b hermaphroditism Grave, B. H. & J. Smith, 1936a 101 Esperella fibrexilis Ensis directus movement Drew, G. A., 1907b physiology Drew, G. A., 1907b, 1908 Enterococci Arcisz, W., E. Wattie & J. L. Dallas, 1953 Enteromorpha linza wave effects on Kingsbury, J. M., 1960 Enteropneusta life history Agassiz, A., 1873 physiology Hess, W. M., 1935 Entocladia testarum Thivy, P., 1943 Entoprocta Nickerson, W. S., 1898, 1899, 1901 Entovalva (Devonia) perrieri Clench, W. J. & C. G. Aguayo, 1931 Environmental factors variability in Hadley Harbor Parker, R. H., et al, 1964 Eocene Zeigler, J. M., W. S. Hoffmeister, G. Geise & H. Tasha, 1960 fauna of Chappaquiddick Island & Martha's Vineyard Brown, T. C. 1905 Eolian, action Woodworth, J. B., 1894 sediments Schlee, J., E. Uchupi & J.V.A. Trumball, 1964 Eolis breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 Eone gracilis Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith & 0. Harger , 1873 Epelys montosus Harger, 0., 1880a Epelys triloDus Harger, 0., 1880a Epenthesis foliata Hargitt, C. W., 1902b Ephyrae occurrence Mead, A. D., 1898 Epibdella bumpusi i parasite of Dasyatis centrura Linton, E., 1901a , Epinephelus adscensionis Smith, H. M., 1899a, 1901 Epinephelus morio Smith, H. M., 1899a, 1901, 1902b Epinephelus niveatus Smith, H. M., 1899a, 1902b Epizoanthus americanus Hargitt, C. W., 1914 Eponides frigidus var. calidus Parker, F. L., 1952 Phleger, E B. & W. R. Walton, 1950 Eponides wrightii Parker. F. L., 1952 Erichsonia filiformis Harger, 0.,I879 Erichthonius difformis Smith, S. I., 1877-1882C Erosion Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, 1954 Zeigler, J., S. Tuttle, B. Gill, H. Tasha & G. Giese, 1961 beach Julien, A. A., 1902 U. S. Beach Erosion Board, 1957 Zeigler, J. M., 1960 Zeigler, J. M., H. J. Tasha & G. S. Giese, 1964 coastal Zeigler, J. M., et al, 1965 Erythropeltis discigera Schmitz var. flustrae Jao, C. C. 1936 Erythrotichia rhizoidea epiphytic on Porphyra umbilicalis Cleland, R. E.. 1918 Estuaries algae, benthic Conover, J. T., 1958 autecology Conover, J. T., 1958 carbohydrates, dissolved Walsh, G. E., 1965a Characeae Wood, R. D., 1949 circulation Ketchum, B. H., 1954 community ecology, bottom fauna Burbanck, W. D., M. E. Pierce & G. C. Whiteley, Jr., 1956 Copepoda distribution Carter, J. C. H.. 1964 Dinophyceae Hulburt, E.M., 1957 ecology of Cyathura polita Burbanck, W. D., 1961, 1962 exchange, fresh and salt water Ketchum, B. H., 1951 hydrography Barlow, J. P., 1956 Burbanck, W. D., M. E. Pierce & G. C. Whiteley, Jr., 1956 ontogeny Redfield, A. C, 1965a phosphorus distribution Hulbert, E. M., 1956a phytoplankton populations Hulbert. E. M.. 1963 seasonal distribution Hulbert. E. M., 1956b Escharina porosa Verrill, A. E.. 1880-1886 Esocidae Smith, H. M., 1898a Esperella fibrexilis development Wilson. H. v.. 1894 Estuaries 102 Estuaries plankton Ketchum, B .H., 1954 Pocasset River salinity & fauna of Sanders, H. L., P. C. Mangelsdorf & G. R. Hampson, 1965 seasonal productivity Conover, J. T., 1958 zooplankton population ecology of Barlow, J. P., 1955 Eteone cinerea Webster. H. E. & J. E. Benedict, 1884 Eteone setosa Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith & 0. Harger , 1873 Ethmophyllum Woodworth, J. B., 1892 Etrumeus sadina Taylor, C. C, H. B. Bigelow & H. W. Graham, 1957 Eubalaena glacialis Allen, G. M., 1916 Eucalanus attenuatus Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Wheeler, W. M. , 1901 Eucalanus monachus Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Wheeler, W. M. , 1901 Euchaeta spinosa Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Euchone elegans Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith & 0, 1873 Eucinostomus gula Smith, H. M., 1898a Eudactylina nigra Wilson, G. B., 1906 Eudactylina spinifera parasite of Carcharhinus milberti Wilson, C. B., 1932 Eudactylinella alba parasite of Dasybatus marinus Wilson, C. B., 1932 Harger , Eudendrium development Hargitt, C. W., 1904a Eudendrium album Hargitt, C. W., 1908 Eudendrium carneum Eraser, C. M., 1912 Hargitt, C. W., . 1908 Eudendrium dispar Hargitt, C. W. , 1908 Eudendrium ramosum Hargitt, C. W. ,1908 breeding Thompson, M. T., 1899 Eudendrium vaginaturr ! Eraser, C. M., 1912 Eulalia annulata Verrill, A. E., , S. I. Smith & 0. Harger, 1873 Eulalia dubia Webster, H. E.& J. E. Benedict, 1884 Eulalia gracilis Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith & 0. Harger , 1873 Eulalia pisticia Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith & 0. Harger , 1873 Eulalia viridis Hartman, 0., 1942a, 1942b, 1944 Eulima conoidea Winkley, H. W., 1912 Eulima oleacea Gray, G. M., 1932 embryology Gray, G. M., 1941 Eulima stenostoma Winkley, H. W., 1912 Eumida sanguinea Hartman, 0., 1942a, 1944 Eumidia americana Verrill, A. E., S. 1. Smith & 0. Harger , 1873 Eumidia papillosa Verrill, A. E.. S. I. Smith & 0. Harger 1873 Eumidia vivida Verrill, A. E., S. 1. Smith & 0. Harger , 1873 Eunice benedicti Hartman, 0., 1942a Eunice floridana Hartman, 0., 1942a Eupagurus larvae Smith, S. I., 1873 metamorphis Thompson, M. T., 1904a Eupagurus annulipes breeding Thompson, M. T., 1899 Eupagurus longicarpus Lyman, T., 1861 behavior Spaulding, E. G., 1904a, 1904b breeding Thompson, M. T., 1899 metamorphosis Thompson, M. T., 1904a Eupagurus pollicaris Lyman, T., 1861 Eupanopeus herbsti Wilson, J. H., 1905 Euphausia hemigibba Hansen, H. J., 1915 Euphausia krohnii Hansen, H. J., 1915 Euphausia mutica Hansen, H. J., 1915 Euphausia tenera Hansen, H. J., 1915 Euphausiacea Hansen, H. J., 1915 Euplana gracilis Hyman, L. H., 1939 Pearse, A. S. & A. M. Walker, 1939 103 Fiona marina Eupomacentrus leucostictus Smith, H. M., 1899a, 1901 Eurychasmidium tumefaciens Sparrow, F. K., Jr., 1936 Eurycope truncata Richardson, H.. 1908 Eurylepta maculosa Hyman, L. H., 1939, 1952 Pearse, A. S. & A. M. Walker, 1939 Verrill, A. E., 1888 -1892c Eurytemora americana Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Eurytemora herdmani Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Eurytemora hirundoides Deevey, G. B., 1948 Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Eusyllis tenera Verrill, A. E., 1882a, 1882b Eustylochus ellipticus Pearse, A. S. & A. M. Walker, 1939 Euthemisto physiology Raymont, J. E. G. & J. T. Conover, 1961 Euthynnus alletteratus Schuck, H. A., 1951b Taylor, C. C, H. B. Bigelow & H. W. Graham, 1957 Euthynnus pelamis Taylor, C. C, H. B. Bigelow & H. W. Graham, 1957 Eutima Margin, C. W., 1908 Evadne nordmanni Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Evolution Cnidaria Lenhoff, H. M. & H. A. Schneiderman, 1959 pelecypoda Drew, G. A., 1907a Excystation Trager, W., 1957 Exocoetus heterurus Smith, H. M., 1899a U. S. Fish Commission, 1901 Exocoetus rondelentii Smith, H. M., 1902a Exocoetus volitans Smith, H. M., 1898a host for pseudophyllidean cestode Linton, E., 1934b Exuviaella distribution Peck, J. I., 1896 Eye migration Pseudopleuronectes Williams, S. R., 1902 Fabricia leidyi Verrill, A. E., S. 1. Smith & 0. Harger , 1873 Faleus glaucus host for Kr^yerina elongata Wilson, C. B., 1932 Falmouth near shore processes Miller, R. L. & J. M. Zeigler, 1958 Fasciolaria ligata Wilson, J. H., 1905 Fauna Lyman, T., 1861 Northrop, J., 1951 Verrill, A. E., 1871b, 1882a, 1882b benthic ecology Whiteley, G. C, Jr., W. D. Burbank, M. E. Pierce, 1949 bottom, Menemsha Bight Lee, R. E., 1944 intertidal, Barnstable Harbor Sanders, H. L., E. M. Goudsmit, E. L. Mills & G. E. Hampson, 1962 lists & catalogues Allee, W. C, 1919, 1922a, 1922b, 1922c, 1922d, 1923a, 1923c littoral, of Provincetown Rathbun, R., 1881 Mollusca Verrill, A. E., 1872 vertebrates of Muskeget Island Miller, G. S., 1897 Fauna and flora Woods Hole effect of winter survey Parker, R. W., 1934 Sumner, F. B., 1910 Sumner, F. B., R. C. Osborn, L. J. Cole & B. M. Davis, 1913 Feather-duster worms see Sabellidae Feeding see behavior Felichthys marinus Smith, H. M., 1898a Fellodistomatidae larvae Cable, R. M., 1954 Fertilization Ciona , Morgan, T. H., 1941 Fiddler crabs see Uca Field studies and experimentation biological farm Whitman, C. 0., 1902 Filaria settata parasite of Phycis tenuis Linton, E., 1901b Filellum expansum Eraser, C. M., 1912 Fine-textured material Lutz, H. J., 1941 Finger sponges see Haliclona oculata Fiona marina development, larval Casteel, D. B., 1904 Fish 104 Fish Baird, S. F., 1873a Bumpus, H. C, 1898a, 1898b, 1898c Collins, J. W., 1889 behavior breeding Bumpus, H. C, 1898a, 1898b, 1898c check list, of Woods Hole Bean, T. H., 1881, 1884 effect of salinity changes Sumner, F. B., 1906 food for cows Hinckley, I., 1882 Gulf of Maine Bigelow, H. B. & W. C. Schroeder, 1936, 1953 Bigelow, H. B. & W. W. Welsh, 1925 history, Massachusetts Storer, D. H., 1846-1867 larva Bigelow, H. B., 1917, 1922 Nantucket Sharpe, B. & H. W. Fowler, 1904 Nantucket shoals Edwards, R. L., R. Livingstone & P. E. Hamer, 1962 records & notes for period 1600-1800 U. S. Fish Commission, 1873a strange & curiously contrived Winthrop, J., 1670 Woods Hole Baird, S. F., 1873a young dispersal Williams, G. C, 1960 Fisheries Atwood, N. E., 1871a, 1871b, 1873 Baird, S. F., 1873c, 1873d, 1889 Clark, A. H., 1887 Collins, J. W. & H. M. Smith, 1892 Edwards, V. N., 1873 Bourne fishway at Cape Cod Canal Collins, G. B., 1950 exhaustion Lyman, T., 1872b gill-net Commissioners on Inland Fisheries 1878-1892, 1893-1899 grounds, offshore Rich, W. H., 1930 historical references, fishing towns Clark, A. H., 1887 marine of Barnstable County Matthiessen, G. C. & R. C. Toner, 1963 Mollusca Belding, D. L., 1909 of 1871 U. S. Fish Commission, 1873c of 1872 U. S. Fish Commission, 1873b oyster Galttsoff, P. S., H. F. Prytherch & H. C. McMillin, 1930 Fisheries Pecten Belding, D. L., 1910b Pseudopleuronectes americanus Perlmutter, A., 1947 Salvelinus fontinalis MuUan, J. W., 1958 seine Commissioners on Inland Fisheries, 1878-1892, 1893-1899 soft shell clam Wheeler, C. L., 1948 predators Turner, H. J., Jr., et al, 1948 weir landings in Waquoit Bay Commissioners on Inland Fisheries, 1878-1893, 1894-1899 Lyman, T., 1872a whales Anonymous, 1665/66 FISH HAWK Rathbun, R., 1883 scientific investigations Rathbun, R., 1883 Smith, J. A., 1889 Fish lice see Branchiura (Argulus) Fistularia tabacaria Smith, H. M., 1898a U. S. Fish Commission, 1901 Fistulicola plicatus parasite of Xiphias gladius Linton, E., 1941 Fixation, marine organisms Russell, H. D. & M. R. Carriker, 1963 Flagellata Lackey, J. B., 1940 Margalef, R., 1960a Yentsch, C. S. & C. A. Reichert, 1963 morphology Nie, D., 1947 new species Lackey, J. B., 1960 parasitic Hunninen, A. V. & R. Wichterman, 1936 Kudo, R., 1923 physiology Hochachka, P. W. & J. M. Teal, 1964 seasonal distribution Hulburt, E. M., 1956b Lillick, L. C, 1937 Flatworms see Platyhelminthes Float, Phvsalin gas content Safford, V., 1939 Flora Barnstable Dunes Boyce, S. G., 1952, 1954 Elizabeth Islands Fogg, J. M., Jr., 1930 Martha's Vineyard HoUick, A., 1893 Cretaceous Berrey, E. W., 1915 105 Fundulus heteroclitus Flora Nantucket Harshberger, J. W., 1914 flowering Miller, G. S., 1897 Penikese flowering Lewis, I. F. & W. R. Taylor, 1933 Woods Hole Parker, R. W., 1934 Sumner, F. B., 1910 Sumner, F. B., R. C. Osborn, L. J. Cole & B. M. Davis, 1913 Flustra tmncata Desor, E., 1851a Flustrella hispida Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 Fog, at Nobska Du Bois, E., 1935 Food chain in Buzzards Bay Peck, J. I., 1896 Food, marine sources Peck, J. I., 1896 Foraminifera Butcher, W. S., 1948 Cushman, J. A., 1908, 1944 Lidz, L., 1965 Parker, F. L., 1952 Parker, F. L. & W. D. Athearn, 1959 Phleger, F. B. & W. R. Walton, 1950 Said, R., 1953 Foraminifera facies Buzzards Bay Parker, F. L., 1952 Nantucket Lidz, L., 1965 Fossils Dall, W. H., 1894 Gould, A. A., 1841 HoUick, A.. 1893 Lyell, C, 1844 Merrill, F. J. H., 1890, 1896 Packard, A. S., 1900 Sanford, S. N. F., 1934 Sayles, R. W. & A. S. Knox, 1943 Shaler, N.S., 1889b Stimpson,'W., 1863 Verrill, A. E., 1875, 1878 Wilson, J. L., 1905 flora Hollick, A., 1896b Sayles, R. W., 1939 Malacostraca Cushman, J. A., 1905a, 1905b Miocene Cushman, J. A., 1904a, 1905b Pleistocene Cushman, J. A., 1904b, lQ05a, 1906c Scudder, S. H., 1877 horse Woodworth, J. B., 1900 pollen Ogden, J. G., Ill, 1959 Fossiliferous, boulders Crosby, W. 0., 1881 Fouling organisms Parker, G. H., 1924 Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 Smith, S. I., 1880 Zobell, C. E., 1939 Freezing, intertidal Kanwisher, J. W., 1955, 1957, 1959 Frontina marina Bullington, W. E., 1939 Frontina ocularis Bullington, W. E., 1939 Fucus Ryder, J. A., 1885 anaerobiosis Wiesee, W. & J. Kanwisher, 1959 periodicity Brown, F. A., M. I. Sandeen & H. M. Webb, 1954 Brown, F. A., H. M. Webb & W. J. Brett, 1958 spermatozoid physiology Robbins, W. J., 1916 Fucus cinereus Adams, C. B., 1839b Fucus tonatus Wilson, J. H., 1905 Fucus vesiculosus Collins, F. S., 1914 wave effects on Kingsbury, J. M., 1960 Fundulus Newman, H. H., 1909 anatomy, deformaties, twins Chidester, F. E., 1914 behavior & color changes Verrill, A. E.. 1897 development Draper, J. W. & D. J. Edwards, 1932 Newman, H. H., 1908 food for Asterias forbesi Chidester, F. E., 1929 food for Gonionemus murbachii Gudger, E. W., 1934 host for Chloromyxa funduli Hahn, C. W., 1915 host for Myxobolus musculi Hahn, C. W., 1917 rheotaxis Lyon, E. P., 1905 Fundulus diaphanus morphology contact organs Newman, H. H.. 1909 fin-rays Bigelow. R. P., 1926 Fundulus heteroclitus contact organs, morphology Newman, H. H., 1909 development Armstrong, P. B. & J. S. Child, 1965 embryos Armstrong, P. B., 1957 exchange by tidal currents Williams, G. C, 1960 gonads, seasonal cycle Mathews, S. A., 1938 Fundulus heteroclitus 106 Fundulus heteroclitus hermaphroditism Chidester, F. E., 1917 host for Anisoporus manteri Hunninen, A. V. & R. M. Cable, 1940, 1941 morphology of fin-rays Bigelow, R. P., 1926 sense of smell Parker, G. H. & R. E. Sheldon, 1914 sexual dimorphism Newman, H. H., 1907 spawning behavior Newman, H. H., 1907 vertebral variations Gabriel, M. L., 1942 Fundulus heteroclitus macrolepodotus Fowler, H.W., 1917 Fundulus majalis Bigelow, H. B. & W. C. Schroeder, 1940 Fowler, H. W., 1917 Schroeder, W. C, 1937 contact organs, morphology Newman, H. H., 1909 exchange by tidal currents Williams, G. C, 1960 morphology of fin-rays Bigelow, R. P., 1926 optic morphology Parker, G. H., 1903 Fundulus pisculentus Lyman, T., 1861 Fungi Sparrow, F. K., Jr., 1936 ecology Vishniac, H. S., 1956 parasitic Linton, E., 1936 saprophytic Sparrow, F. K., Jr., 1937 Gadidae Smith, H. M., 1898a life history Schroeder, W. C, 1928 production & distribution of eggs in Cape Cod Bay Fish, C. J., 1928 Gadus host for Dibothrium rugosum Linton, E., 1894 Gadus callarias Sherwood, G. H. & V. N. Edwards, 1901 U. S. Fish Commission, 1901 host for Dibothrium rugosum Linton, E., 1898b host for Nitzschia papillosa Linton, E., 1898c Gadus melarosis Hsiao, S. C, 1941 tagging Smith, H. M., 1902c Gadus morrhua embryology Ryder, J. A., 1884a host for Contracaecum clavatum Linton, E., 1934c Gadus morrhua host for Dibothrium rugosum Linton, E., 1889-1891 host for Himasthla tensa Linton, E., 1942 morphology, cranial nerves Herrick, C. J., 1900 temperature Kidder, J. H., 1879 Galeichthys felis Smith, H. M., 1898a Galeidae Smith, H. M., 1898a Galeocerdo arcticus host for Anthocheilus nidifex Linton, E., 1934c host for Thysanocephalus thysanocephalum Linton, E., 1934c Galeocerdo cuvier Anonymous, 1916 Galeocerdo maculatus host for Thysanocephalum crispum Linton, E., 1892b, 1894 Galeocerdo tigrinus host for Acanthoch^ilus nidifex Linton, E., 1901a host for Ascaris brevicapitata Linton, E., 1901b host for Orygmatobothrium paulum Linton, E., 1898b host for Phyllobothrium thysanocephalum Linton, E., 1889 host for Thysanocephalum crispum Linton, E., 1889-1891 (1890), 1898b, (1897) parasites of Linton, E., 1901a cestodes Linton, E., 1910a Galeocerdo tigrinus physiology, digestive tract Sullivan, M. X., 1908 Galeus canis breeding Thompson, M. T., 1899 Galeus glaucus Harper, F., 1928 Galtyana nutti Pettibone, M. H., 1955 Gametes viability Arbacia punctulata Cheney, R. H., 1950 Asterias, Chaet, A. B., 1964 Cumingia tellinoides Grave, B. H., 1926, 1928b Gametogenesis, experimental stimulation Hydroides and Pecten Turner, H. J., Jr. &J. E. Hanks, 1960 Gammarus breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 Gammarus qnnulatus Verrill. A. E., S. 1. Smith & 0. Harger , 1873 207 Gammarus natator Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith & O. Harger , 1873 Gammarus oceanicus anaerobiosis Wiesee, W. & J. Kanwisher, 1939 osmotic regulation Werntz, H. 0., 1963 Gammarus pulex intermediate host for Echinorhynchus proteus Linton, E., 1894 Gammarus tigrinus osmotic regulation Werntz, H. O., 1963 Gargorchis varians parasite of Ceratacanthus schoepfi Linton, E., 1942 Garrupa nigrita Smith, H. M., 1899a, 1901 Gasterosteidae Smith, H. M., 1898a rheotaxis Lyon, E. P., 1905 Gasterosteus aculeatus development, larval Kuntz, A. & L. Radcliffe, 1917 embryology Kuntz, A. & L. Radcliffe, 1917 exchange by tidal currents Williams, G. C, 1960 Gasterosteus gladiunculus Smith, H. M., 1898a Gasterostomum parasite of Tylosurus marinus Linton, E., 1901a Gasterostomum arcuatum Linton, E., 1901a parasite of Carcharias obscurus Linton, E., 1934c parasite of Sarda sarda Linton, E., 1901a Gasterostomum capitatum parasite of Auxis rochei Linton, E., 1942 Gasterostomum increscens seasonal distribution in Sphyraena borealis Linton, E., 1914 Gasterostomum ovatum parasite of Lobotes surinamensis Linton, E., 1901a Gastropoda Adams, C. B., 1839a, 1841b Bartsch, P., 1907-1912 Bulfinch, T., 1844 Carriker, M. R. & D. van Zandt, 1964 Conklin, E. G., 1897 Crowell, S., 1945 Gray, G. M., 1932 Jenner, C. E. & N. A. Chamberlain, 1955 Lyman, T., 1861 Merriman, D., 1937 Moore, G. M., 1950 Plaine, H. L., 1952 Russell, H. D., 1946, 1964 Scheltema, R. S., 1956, 1961, 1962, 1965 Gastropoda Gastropoda Scheltema, R. S. & A. H. Scheltema, 1963, 1965 Smallwood, W. M., 1904 Turner, H. J., Jr., 1958 Verrill, A. E., 1872, 1873 Winkley, H. W., 1907, 1909, 1912 behavior Alexander, D. G., 1960 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett & W. J. Brett, 1959 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett & H. M. Webb, 1960 Brown, , F. A., Jr., W. J. Brett, M. F. Bennett & F. H. Barnwell, 1960 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. J. Brett & H. M. Webb, 1959 Brown, F. A., Jr., & H. M. Webb, 1960 Brown, F. A,, Jr., H. M. Webb, M. F. Bennett & L. H. Barwell, 1959 Brown, F. A., Jr., H. W. Webb & W. J. Brett, 1960 Copeland, M. A., 1919, 1922 Hsiao, S. C, 1939 Jenner, C E., 1956b, 1956c, 1957, 1958, 1959 Webb, H. M., F. A. Brown, Jr. &W. J. Brett, 1959b Wilczynski, J. Z., 1955 feeding Copeland, M., 1918 Hanks, J. E., 1952 sexual Coe, W. R., 1936b breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 Thompson, M. T., 1899 development Gould, H. N., 1949 Hanks, J. E., 1963 larval Casteel, D. B., 1904 embryology Gray, G. M., 1941 freezing metabolism Kanwisher, J., 1959 geotropism Kanda, S., 1916 hermaphroditism Grave, B. H. & J. Smith, 1936a intertidal freezing Kanwisher, J. W., 1955 metabolism Zieg, R. G., 1960 mortality Fraenkel, G., 1960 new species Adams, C. B., 1841a parasitic hosts Cable, R. M., A. V. Hunninen, 1939, 1940, 1941 Cable, R. M. & H. W. Stunkard, 1931 Linton, E., 1915c Miller, H.M., Jr. & F. E. Northup, 1926 Wheeler, W. M., 1894a Gastropoda Gastropoda penis resorption Jenner, C.E., 1936a periodicity Haseman, J. D., 1911 physiology Brown, F. A., Jr., F. H. Barnwell & H. M. Webb, 1964 Kepner, W. A., 1943 predators Turner, H. J., Jr., J. C. Ayers & C. L. Wheeler, 1948 reproduction Hanks, J. E., 1957 sex changes Coe, W. R., 1938 Gay Head Raup, D. M. & D. R. Lawrence, 1964 West, S., 1793 Woodworth, J. B., 1897 algae Davis, B. M., 1913b Cretaceous Uhler, P. R., 1892a, 1892b upper Wadworth, J. B., 1897 fossils Dall, W. H., 1894 Lyell, C, 1844 Merrill, F. J. H., 1890 Packard, A. S., 1900 Sanford, S. N. F., 1934 Stimpson, W., 1863 geology Clark, W. B., 1890 Uhler, P. R., 1892a, 1892b geo-morphology Baylies, W., 1793 glacial deposits Woodworth, J. B., 1900 mi cropaleontology Knox, A., 1952 mineralogy Dearborn, H. A. S., 1826 Miocene Cushman, J. A., 1904a, 1905b Dall, W. H., 1894 Pleistocene moUusks Mcalester, A. L., I. G. Speden & M. A. Buzas, 1964 stratigraphy Knox, A., 1952 Merrill, F. J. H., 1890 Tertiary strata Lyell, C, 1844 water movement (non-tidal drift) off Gay Head Bumpus, D. F., 1961 Bumpus, D. F., J. Chase, C. G. Day, D. H. Frantz, Jr., D D. Ketchum, R. G. Walden, 1957 Bumpus, D. F. & C. G. Day, 1957 Gebia affinis larvae Smith, S. I., 1873 108 Gegarcimus fossill Lyell, C, 1844 Gelasimus Smith, S. I., 1873 Gelasimus vocans Lyman, T., 1861 Geleia simplex Faure-fremiet, E. A., 1951a Gemmaria gemmosa synonomy Hargitt, C. W., 1908 Geography Blunt, E. M., 1827 Woodworth, J. B. & E. Wigglesworth, 1934 Geology Fuller, M. L., 1906b Hitchcock, E., 1833 Hoskins, H. & S. T. Knott, 1961 Koons, B. F., 1884, 1885 Marindin, H. L., 1897 Miller, R. L. & J. M. Zeigler, 1958 Woodworth, J. B., 1927 Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, 1954a, 1957 Zeigler, J. M., S. Tuttle, B. Gill, H. Tasha & G. S. Giese, 1961 Zeigler, J. M., S. D. Tuttle, H. J. Tasha & G. S. Giese, 1964 beach Zeigler, J. M., 1960 Cape Cod Chamberlain, B. B., 1964 Grabau, A. W., 1897 Mather, K.F.. R. P. Goldthwait & L. R. Thiesmeyer, 1940, 1942 Shaler,.N.S. ,1889a, 1890, 1898 Upham, W., 1879 Woodworth, J. B. & E. Wigglesworth, 1934 Zeigler, J. M., H. J. Tasha & G. S. Giese, 1964 Zeigler, J. M., S. D. Tuttle, H. J. Tasha & G. S. Giese, 1964 Chatham shoreline Mitchell, H., 1873 Elizabeth Islands HoUick, A., 1901 facetted pebbles Davis, W. M., 1895 Falmouth shoreline Kemp, J. M. & W. S. Butcher, 1952 Gay Head Baylies, W., 1793 Clark, W. B., 1890 Uhler, P. R., 1892a, 1892b Harwich Koteff, C. & J. E. Cotton, 1962 Inner shelf-south Bigelow, H. B., 1927 seismic investigations Ewing, M., et al, 1950 Stetson, H., 1938 Martha's Vineyard Hollick, A., 1893 Matthiesen, G. C, 1960 109 Gonionemus Geology Martha's Vineyard Shaler, N. S., 1888 Woodworth, J. B., 1894 Massachusetts Emerson, B. K., 1917 Monomoy Mitchell, H., 1871 Monomoy shoals Mitchell, H., 1886 Nantucket Curtis, G. C. & J. B. Woodworth, 1899 Gulliver, F. P., 1904, 1909 Hollick, C. A., 1896 Jones, W. F. & J. B. Lucke, 1951 Merrill, F., 1896 age of Scudder, S. H., 1881 Harbor Marindin, H. L., 1896 shoreline Gulliver, F. P., 1904 Nausett Beach Mitchell, H., 1871 Oyster Pond, Martha's Vineyard Matthiesen, G. C, 1960 Quissett Bartlett, H. H., 1909 Race Point Miller, R. L. & J. M. Zeigler, 1958 shoreline changes Chute, N. E.. 1946 Marindin, H. L., 1889, 1890, 1894a shore processes Marindin, H. L., 1892a Truro fossiliferous boulders Crosby, W., 1881 Geophysics Ewing, M., et al, 1950 Liebermann, L. N., 1948 Oldale, R. M. & C. R. Tuttle, 1964 subsurface structure of Cape Cod Bay Hoskins, H. & S. T. Knott, 1961 Geotaxis Arbacia Lyon, E. P., 1906a Geotropism Littorina littorea Kanda, S., 1916 Protozoa Kanda, S., 1914 Geotropism & diurnal rhythm Thyone briareus Stier, J. T. B., 1933 George M. Gray Museum Carriker, M. R., 1964, 1965 Russell, H. D. & M. R. Carriker, 1963 Georges Bank Verrill, A. E., 1878 sediments Wigley, R. L., 1961a Gephyreae Verrill, A. E., 1880-1886 Germo alalunga Smith, H. M., 1898b Geryon Quinquedens Smith, S. I., 1878-1882 Giraudia sphacelaroides Schuh, R. E., 1900a Glacial brick clays Shaler, N. S., J. B. Woodworth & C. F. Marbutt, 1896 deposition Curtis, G. C. & J. B. Woodworth, 1899 deposits Cape Cod Zeigler, J., et al, 1964 Gay Head Woodworth, J. B., 1900 history Wilson, J. H., 1906 uplift Fairchild, H. L., 1926 Glaciation Fuller, M. L., 1906b Lougee, R. J., 1939 marine limits Horner, N. G., 1929 Glaridacris catostomi parasite of Catostomus commersonii Linton, E., 1941 Glenodinium compressa Calkins, G. N., 1902 Globicephala Starrett, A. & P. Starrett, 1955 Globicephalus melus host for Prosthecocotyle monticellii Linton, E., 1924 Gloecapsa zostericola Farlow, W. G., 1882b Gloeocystis Farlow, W. G., 1882b Gloiopotes ornatus Wilson, C. B.. 1906 Glycera dibranchiata Pearse, A. S., 1928 Gnesioceros sargassicola Hyman, L. H., 1939 Gnesioceros verrilli Hyman, L. H., 1939 classification Pearse, A. S. & A. M. Walker, 1939 Gobiosoma bosci Smith, H. M., 1898a Goffinella stylifer Wilson, C. B., 1932 Gonionemus behavior Morse, M., 1906, 1907 Murbach, L., 1895, 1909 light reactions Murbach, L., 1909 breeding Thompson, M. T., 1899 Gonionemus 110 Gonionemus life history Murbach, L., 1895 morphology, otocysts Thomas, L. J., 1921 tentacles, origin Perkins, H. F., 1901 variation Hargitt, C. W., 1900b, 1901 Gonionemus murbachii behavior Gudger, E. W., 1934 Yerkes, R. M. & J. B. Ayer, Jr., 1903 budding in larvae Perkins, H. F., 1903 development Perkins, H. F., 1902 physiology Yerkes, R. M., 1902b spawning, effect of light Rugh, R., 1929 Gonothyrea loveni development Grave, B. H., 1933 Goose barnacles see Lepas Graffilla semellipara commensal with Modiolus plicatulus Linton. E.. 1910c Patterson, J. T., 1912 development, early Patterson, J. T., 1912 Graffkya homari infecting Homarus americanus Rabin, H. & F. B. Bang, 1964 Grain size distribution Schlee, J., E. Uchupi, J. V. A. Trumbull, 1964 Grammonota inomata behavior Montgomery, T. H., Jr., 1911 GRAMPUS scientific investigations Collins, J. W., 1889 Grapsus pictus Smith, S. I., 1877-1882b Grass shrimp see Hippolyte Gravity Bugula larvae Lynch, W. F., 1949 Grazing Acartia Anraku, M., 1964 Copepoda Anraku, M. & M. Omori, 1963 Great Pond algae, benthic autecology Conover, J. T., 1958 seasonal production Conover, J. T., 1958 Dinophyceae, unarmoured Hulburt, E. M., 1957 Great Pond exchange of fresh & salt water Ketchum, B. H., 1951 Foraminifera Said, R., 1953 hydrography Barlow, J. P., 1952, 1955 Hulburt, E. M., 1956b phosphorus distribution Hulburt, E. M., 1956a phytoplankton Hulburt, E. M., 1956b salinity distribution Barlow, J. P., 1956 seasonal growth of oysters Pierce, M. E. & J. T. Conover, 1954 seasonal productivity Conover, J. T., 1958 temperature Barlow, J. P., 1955 Vaucheria Blum, J. L. & J. T. Conovor, 1953 water movement Barlow, J. P., 1955 zooplankton Barlow, J. P., 1952, 1955 Great Harbor Woods Hole bioluminescence Backus, R. H., C. S. Yentsch & A. Wing, 1961 Green crabs see Carcinus maenas Green sea urchins see Strongylocentrotus drobachiensis Gribbles see Limnoria Griffthsia bornetiana development Derick, C. M., 1899 life cycle Lewis, I. F., 1914 life history Lewis, I. F., 1909, 1912 Grinnellia americana development Brannon, M. A., 1897 life history Lewis, L F., 1912 structure Brannon, M. A., 1897 Gruberia calkins i Beltran, E., 1933 Grubia websteri Verrill. A. E. , 1882a, 1882b Gulf of Maine fishes of Bigelow, H. B. & W. C. Schroeder, 1936, 1953 Bigelow, H. B. & W. W. Welsh, 1925 Gulf weed see Sargassum Gulf weed crabs see Planes minutus Gunda segmentata morphology Curtis, W. C, 1908 Ill Gymnodinoides excy station on Uca pugnax Trager, W., 1957 Gymnodinoides inkystans excy station on Pagurus longicarpus Trager, W., 1957 Gymnodinium lazulum Hulburt, E. M., 1957 Gymnodinium nelsoni Hulburt. E. M., 1957 respiratory metabolism Hochachka, P. W. & J. M. Teal. 1964 Gymnodinium stellatum Hulburt. E. M.ri957 Gymnodinium striatissimum Hulburt. E. M.. 1957 Gymnosarda pelamys host for Tristomum laeve Linton. E.. 1898c Gymnura altavela Arnold, E. L., Jr., 1951 Gyrodinium aureolum Hulburt. E. M., 1957 Gyrodinium dominans Hulburt. E. M., 1957 Gyrodinium estuariale Hulburt. E. M.. 1957 seasonal distribution Hulburt, E. M., 1956b Gyrodinium glaebum Hulburt , E. M..1957 Gy/odinium metum Hulburt, E. M., 1957 Gyro dinium resp lenden s " " Hulburt, E. M., 1957 Gyrodinium spirale Hulburt. E. M., 1957 Gyrodi nium unca tenu m Vl uTburt. E. M.. 1957 Gyrodinium undulans Hulburt. E. M.. 1957 Habitats AUee, W. C, 1934 Verrill, A. E., 1873 Hadley Harbor Arabella on Diopatra cuprea Allen, M. J., 1952 Cetorhinus maximus Anonymous, 1937 faunal and environmental variability Parker, R. H., et al, 1964 meiofauna Driscoll, A. L., 1964 invertebrate community Stauffer, R. C. 1937 Halacarus Hag. J.. 1965 Halacarus anomalus Hag, J., 1965 Halacgros basteri basteri anaerobiosis Wieser, W. & J. Kanwisher, 1939 Halcampa farinacea Hargitt, C. W., 1914 Halecium g raci le .Verrill. A. E.. S. 1. Smith & 0. Harger, 1873 Heat Death Halecium tensum Eraser, C. M.. 1943 Halichondria panicea de Laubenfels, M. W.. 1949 Haliclona oculata de Laubenfels. M. W.. 1949 Haliclona palmata de Laubenfels. M. W.. 1949 Haliclona permollis de Laubenfels. M. W.. 1949 Halithalestris croni Sharpe. R. W.. 1911 Halodrillus littoralis Verrill. A. E.. S. 1. Smith & O. Harger, 1873 Halosaccion ramentaceum Epiphytic on Rhodymenia palmata Collins, F. S.. 1914 HALYCON scientific investigations Anonymous. 1889 Smith. .J. A., 1889 Haminea solitaria natural history Smallwood. W. M.. 1904 Hantzschia amphioxys tidal rhythms, intertidal sand Faure- Fremiet, E.. 1951b Haplophragmoides hancocki Parker. F. L. & W. D. Athearn. 1959 Haplospora Farlow, W. G.. 1882b Hard shelled clams see Mercenaria Harengula sardina Radcliffe. L.. 1916 Harmothoe breeding Mead. A. D.. 1898 Harmothoe dearbomii Pettibone. M. H.. 1955 Harmothoe imbricata Pearse, A. S.. 1928 Harmothoe macginitiei Pettibone. M. H.. 1955 Harpacticoida Pennak. R. W.. 1942b Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Harpacticus chelifer Sharpe. R. W.. 1911 Hartmania moorei Pettibone. M. H.. 1955 Harwich archaeology Julien. A.. 1907 geology Koteff. C. & J. E. Cotton. 1962 stratigraphy Koteff. C. & J. E. Cotton, 1962 Haustoriidae Bousfield". E. L., 1965 Haustorius canadensis Bousfield. E. L.. 1965 Heat death Orr, P. R.. 1946 Heat tolerance 112 Heat tolerance Wilkens, J. L. & M. Fingerman, 1965 Heliotropism larval Kanda, S., 1919 Helminth entozoa Linton, E., 1934c Hemichordata Morgan, T. H., 1891, 1892 behavior Miner, R. W., 1912 life history Agassiz, A., 1873 physiology Hess, W. M., 1935 Hemirhampus brasiliensis Smith, H. M., 1898b Bigelow, H. B. & W. C. Schroeder, 1940 Hemitripterus americanus physiology Kidder, J. H., 1879 Hemiurus appendiculatus Linton, E., 1934c Hermaphroditism Arbacia punctulata Zimmerman, A. M., S. B. Zimmerman & E. B. Harvey, 1960 mollusks Grave, B. H. & J. Smith, 1936a Sabella microphthalma Gregory7L. H., 1905 Hermit crabs see Pagunis Herring fishing Cape Cod Canal Collins, G. B., 1950 Hesione agilis Webster. "H. E.& J. E. Benedict. 1884 Hesionidae new species Pettibone, M. H., 1956 Heteromastix fissa Lackey, J. B., 1940 Heteromysis breeding Thompson, M. T., 1899 Heteromysis formosa Verrill. A. E.. S. I. Smith & 0. Harger , 1873 Heteronemertea Thompson, C. B., 1900b Hexamatia parasite of Deropristis inflata Hunninen, A. V. & R. Wichterman, 1936 Himasthala Stunkard, H. W., 1960 Himasthala compacta life history Stunkard. H. W.. 1960 Himasthala mcintoshi Stunkard. H. W.. 1960 Himasthala oiscitola Stunkard. H. W.. 1960 Himasthala quissetensis life history & morphology Stunkard, H. W., 1938 Himasthala tensa parasite of Gadus morrhua Linton, E., 1942 Hipp a breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 morphology Smith, S. L, 1874-1878 Hippa talpoida behavior Welsh, J. H., 1933 development Faxon, W., 1879b larval Smith, S. I., 1873, 1874-1878 morphology Smith, S. L, 1874-1878 Hippocampus hudsonius Sherwood, G. H. & V. N. Edwards, 1901 Smith, H. M., 1898a Hippoglossina oblonga albinism Lux, F. E., 1959 Hippoglossoides platessoides physiology Kidder, J. H., 1879 Hippoglossus hippoglossus Sherwood, G. H. & V. N. Edwards, 1901 Hipponoe gaudichaudi Moore, J. P., 1903b Hippoporina contracta Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 Hippothoa hyalina Rogick, M. A. & H. Croasdale, 1949 Hippuraria elongata Osburn. R. C. 1912 Hirudinella fusca parasite of Xyphias gladius Manter, H. W., 1926 Histiophorus gladius host for Dibothrium manubriforme Linton, E., 1894 History clam fishery Belding, D. L., 1914, 1916, 1930 Marine Biological Laboratory Lillie, F. R., 1944 Systematic s-Ecology Program Carriker, M. R., 1964, 1965 Holocene Ogden, J. G., Ill, 1963 Redfield, A. C. & M. Rubin, 1962a & 1962 b Holocentrus Smith, H. M., 1899a, 1901, 1902b Holothuroidea Ayres, W. 0., 1854 Desor.E.. 1851a Gray, G. M., 1932 U. S. Fish Commission, 1901 autotomy Pearse, A. S., 1909 behavior Pearse, A. S., 1908 swimming Costello, D. P., 1946b 113 Hydrogenion concentration Holothuroidea breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 diurnal rhythms Stier, T. J. B., 1933 physiology Clark, H. L., 1901 rare Gray, G. M., 1936 spawning Colwin, L. H., 1948 synonomy Clark, H. L., 1901 Holozoa clavata Van Name, W. G., 1907-1912a Homaeocladia Peck, J. I., 1896 Homalometron pallidum Linton, E., 1934c classification Stunkard, H. W., 1964 life history Stunkard, H. W., 1964 morphology Stunkard, H. W., 1964 Homarus americanus U. S. Fish Commission, 1901 behavior *Atwood, N. E., 1865 culture Rathbun, R., 1887b development Ryder, J. A., 1886a & 1886b larval Smith, S. I., 1872, 1873 embryology Bumpus, H. C, 1891 infected by Graffkya homari Rabin, H. & F. B. Bang, 1964 landings Commercial Inland Fisheries, 1893-1899 life history Herrick, F. H., 1911 Hughes, J. T. & G. C. Matthiessen, 1962 migrations Bumpus, H. C, 1901 reasoning ability Nye, W., Jr., 1887b Hopkinsina pacifica atlantica Parker, F. L., 1952 Hoploplana grubei Hyman, L. H., 1939 Hoploplana inquilina Hyman, L. H., 1939 Pearse, A. S. & A. M. Walker, 1939 Horse conchs see Busy con Horse, fossil fragment Woodworth, J. B., 1900 Horse mussels see Modiolus modiolus Horsehair snakes see Gordiacea Horseshoe crabs see Limulus polyphemus Humidity vertical distribution on Nantucket Emmons, G., 1947 Humus, marine Waksman, S. A., 1933 Hurricanes 1944 Chute, N. E., 1946 ecological effect of (1939) Rogick, M. D., 1940 effect on sea water levels Redfield, A. C. & A. R. Miller, 1955, 1957 Hulchinsoniella macracantha anatomy, external Sanders, H. L., 1963a larval development Sanders, H. L., 1963a morphology Hessler, R. R. & H. L. Sanders, 1964 functional Sanders, H. L., 1963a phylogeny Sanders, H. L., 1957 Hyale prevosti anaerobiosis Wieser, W. & J. Kanwisher, 1959 Hyannis fisheries Edwards, V. N., 1873 Hybocodon morphology variation Hargitt, C. W., 1901 occurrence of Mead, A. D., 1898 Hybocodon prolifer Hargitt, C. W., lQn2b Hydra worms see young of Nicolea Hydractinia Lyman, T., 1861 development Bunting, M., 1894 origin of sex cells Bunting, M., 1894 symbiosis with Pagurus Bunting, M., 1894 Hydractinia echinata commensal Crowell, S., 1945 ontogeny Hargitt, C. W., 1911 symbiosis Hargitt, C. W.. 1908 synonomy Hargitt, C. W., 1908 Hydractinia valens Eraser. C. M., 1943 Hydranth formation & temperature Tubularia Moore, J. A., 1939 Hydrargira flavula Lyman, T., 1861 Hydrogenion concentration Rands Harbor Burbanck, W. D., M. E. Pierce & G. C. Whiteley, Jr., 1956 Hydrogen sulohide 114 Hydrogen sulphide Manheim, F. T., J. V. A. Trumbull, A. R. Tagg & J. Holsemann, 1964 bacterial reduction Berner, R. A., 1963 Hydrography Barlow, J. P., 1952, 1955 Blunt, E. M., 1827 Hulburt, E. M., 1956b Kemp, J. M. & W. S. Butcher, 1952 Shaw, W. N., 1962 Thomas, Lt., C. M., 1938 Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith &0. Harger, 1873 Hydroida Verrill, A. E., 1880-1886 Hydroides dianthus Turner, H. J., Jr. &J. E. Hanks, 1960 behavior Hargitt, C. W., 1906a, 1909b Yerkes, A. W., 1906 host for sporocysts Linton, E., 1915d spawning Hargitt, C. W., 1910 Hydroides hexagonus Pearse, A. S., 1928 development Grave, B. H., 1933 host for Cercaria loossi Martin, W. E., 1944 Hydrozoa Agassiz, A., 1862 Crowell, S., 1945 Desor, E., 1851a Lyman, T., 1861 Safford, V., 1939 U. S. Fish Commission, 1901 Watt, D. J., 1955 Wittenberg, J. B., 1958 autotomy Morse, M., 1909 behavior Morse, M., 1906 Rugh, R., 1929 Yerkes, R. M. & J. B. Ayer, Jr., 1903 feeding Gudger, E. W., 1934, 1942 breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 Thompson, M. T., 1899 budding Perkins, H. F., 1903 development Allen, C. M., 1900 Bunting, M., 1894 Crowell, S. & M. Rusk, 1950 Hargitt, C. W., 1900a, 1904a, 1906b, 1911 Moore, J. A., 1939 Perkins, H. F., 1902 distribution Eraser, C. M., 1912 Hargkt, C. W., 1902b, 1905a, 1908, 1909b Nutting, C. C, 1901 embryology Beckwith, C. J., 1909 Hydrozoa evolution Lenhoff, H. M. & H. A. Schneiderman, 1959 growth, terminal Crowell, S. & C. Wyttenbach, 1957 life history Murbach, L., 1895 morphology Hargitt, C. W., 1900b, 1901 Perkins, H. F., 1901 Smallwood, M., 1899 Thomas, L., 1921 new species Eraser, C. M., 1943 Murbach, L., 1899 physiology Kepner, W. A., 1943 Yerkes, R. M., 1902b regeneration Golden, A., 1942 Hargitt, G. T., 1902c, 1905b symbiosis with Pycnogonida Cole, L. J., 1910 systematics Petersen, K. W., 1964 Hymeniacidon heliophila de Laubenfels, M. W., 1949 Hyperia galba physiology Raymond, J. E. G. & R. J. Conover, 1961 Hyperoodon fossil Lyell, C, 1844 Hypoeulalia bilineata Hartman, 0., 1942a, 1944 Hypolytus peregrinus Murbach. L.. 1899 Hyporhamphus roberti Smith, H. M., 1898a, 1898b Ichthyology of Massachusetts Gill, T., 1905 Ichthyonema globiceps Linton, E., 1898a Ichthyonema sanguineum parasite of Paralichthys dentatus Linton, E., 1901a Ichthyotaenia adherens parasite of Cestracion zygaena Linton, E., 1925 Idothea baltica feeding De la Cruz, A. H., 1960 Idothea coeca Lyman, T., 1861 Idothea irrorata Harger, 0., 1880a breeding Thompson, M. T., 1889 Idothea phosphorea Harger, 0., 1880a Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith & 0. Harger , 1873 Idothea robusta Harger, 0., 1880a breeding Thompson, M. T., 1899 115 Iron requirements Idulia coronata Moore, G. M., 1950 Russell, H. D., 1964 Idya furcata Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Idya roseola Agassiz, A., 1862 llyanassa breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 locomotion rate Webb, H. M., F. A. Brown Jr., & W. J. Brett, 1959a, 1959b llyanassa obsoleta see also Nassarius obsoletus Winkley, H. W., 1907 host for trematode sporocysts & cercariae Linton, E., 1915c periodicity Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett & W. J. Brett, 1959 Brown, F. A., Jr., W. J. Brett & H. M. Webb, 1959 Brown, F. A., Jr. &H. M. Webb, 1960 Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb, M. F. Bennett & L. H. Barnwell, 1959 llyopsyllus sarse Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Imogene oculifera Pearse, A. S. & A. M. Walker, 1939 Index of condition, oysters raft grown Shaw, W. N., 1963 Infestation, seasonal larval trematode s Miller, H. M., Jr. & F. E. Northup, 1926 Inlet changes Edgartown Harbor Whiting, H. L., 1890 Inner shelf bottom topography Northrop, J., 1951 fauna Verrill, A. E., 1882b geomorphology Ewing, M., et al, 1950 geophysics Ewing, M., et al, 1950 Lopholatilus chamaeleonticeps reappearance Bumpus, H. C, 1899 physical oceanography Bigelow, H. B., 1927 salinity Bigelow, H. B. & M. Sears, 1955 Day, C. G., 1963 sediments Northrup, F. E., 1Q26 Northrop, J., 1951 Stetson, H., 1938 temperature Day, C. G., 1963 cycle Bigelow, H. B., 1933 zooplankton Bigelow, H. B. & M. Sears, 1939 Insecta Verrill, A. E., 1873 Interference phenomena tides Redfield, A. C, 1953 Interstitial water, marine muds Siever, R, et al, 1961 Intertidal animal distribution, vertical Fahey, E. M., 1947 chlorophyll a Gifford, E. C. & E. P. Odum, 1961 colonization, pioneer Fahey, E. M., 1949 copepods Pennak, R. W., 1942a fauna of Barnstable Harbor Sanders, H. L., et al, 1962 of Gansett Beach, Quissett Howard, R. S., 1954 mesoporal µporal ciliates Faure Fremiet, E. A., 1951a Hantzschia amphioxys tidal rhythm Faure-Fremiet, E. A., 1951b Mystacocarida Pennak, R. W. fk D. J. Zinn, 1943 productivity Gifford, E. C. & E. P. Odum, 1951 repopulation Fahey, E. M., 1947, 1949 Invertebrata Dawson, J. A., 1931 Smith, R. I., (ed.), 1964 U. S. Fish Commission, 1901 Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith ,^0. Harger, 1873 acoustic orientation Moulton, J. M., 1963 amino acid uptake Stephens, G. C. & R. A. Schinske, 1958, 1961 anaerobiosis Wieser, W. & J. Kanwisher, 1959 benthic survey Menemisha Bight Lee, R. E., 1944 blood cell counts Yeager, J. F. & O. E. Tauber, 1935 catalogue Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith 8cO. Harger, 1873 fouling Parker, G. H., 1924 Nantucket shoals Desor, E., 1851b observations Bumpus, H. C, 1898a, 1898b Woods Hole Smith, R. I., 1964 Iridia convexa commensal on Cyclammina Cushman, J. A., 1920 Iron in sea water, determination Rakestraw, N. W., et al, 1936 Iron requirements of planktonic algae Ryther, J. H. & D. D. Kramer, 1961 Ironella prismatolaima 116 Ironella prismatolaima Cobb, N. A., 1920 Isobractus setosus Hag, J., 1965 Isocardia fossil Verrill, A. E., 1878 Isochrysidalis Hulburt, E. M., 1963 Isopoda Burbanck, W. D., 1961, 1962 Burbanck, W. D. & M. P. Burbanck, 1958 Harger, 0., 1880a, 1880b Menzies, R. J. & C. Beckman, 1958 Richardson, H., 1909 Smith, S. I., 1880 Wigiey, R. L., 1961b breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 embryology McMurrich, J. P., 1895 new species Harger, 0., 1878 Richardson, H., 1908 parasitic Thompson, M. T., 1902 sex determination Reinhard, E. G., 1949 Istiophorus americanus host for Bothriocephalus manubriformis Linton, E., 1941 Isurus dekayi Smith, H. M., 1898a host for Phyllobothrium tumidum Linton, E., 1922d host for Thysanocephalum ridiculum Linton, E., 1901b Isurus oxyrinchus Atwood, N. E., 1866a Jack-knife clams see Siliqua, Tagelus Jadammina poly stoma Parker, F. L. & W. D. Athearn, 1959 Jaera albifrons Harger, O., 1880a Jaera marina embryology McMurrich, J. P., 1895 Jaminia producta Adams, C. B., 1841a , 1841b Jaminia seminuda Adams. C. B.. 1839b, 1819a, 1941b Janira spino sa Harger, P., 1880a Janthina fragilis Bulfinch, T., 1844 Gould, A. A., 1841 Jellyfish see Ctenophora, Hydromedusae, Scyphomedusae Katama Bay, Nantucket water transport, tides & currents Marindin, H. L., 1894b Keratosum complexum Hargitt, C. W., 1909b Kettle holes Elizabeth Islands & Woods Hole Koons, B. P., 1884, 1885 Keys, invertebrates of Woods Hole region Smith, R. I., 1964 King crabs (British usage) see Limulus Knobbed whelk see Busycon carica Kr^yerina elongata parasite of Faleus glaucus Wilson, C. B., 1932 Kr^yeria nasuta parasite of Dasybatus marinus Wilson, C. B., 1932 Kr^yeria papillipes parasite of S. zygaena Wilson, G. B., 1932 Kyphosus sectatrix Smith, H. M., 1898a Labidocera aestiva Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Wheeler, W. M., 1901 behavior Parker, G. H., 1902 distribution Anraku, M., 1962 grazing Anraku, M., 1964 Anraku, M. & M. Omori, 1963 migration & depth Parker, G. H., 1902 morphology Anraku, M. & M. Omori, 1963 respiration Anraku, M., 1964 Labrospira crassimargo Phleger, P. B. & W. R. Walton, 1950 Labyrinthula Sparrow, F. K., Jr., 1936 parasite of Zostera marina Renn, C. E., 1935, 1936b Labyrinthula chattoni Sparrow. F. K., Jr., 1936 Lactophrys tricornis Smith, H. M., 1899a, 1901, 1902b Lactophrys trigonus Smith, H. M., 1898a Lactophrys triqueter Smith, H. M.. 1899a, 1901 Lady crabs see Ovalipes Laemargus moricatus development McClendon, J. P., 1906, 1907 Laevicardium mortoni hermaphroditism Grave, B. H. & J. Smith, 1936a host for Cercana laevicardii Cable, R. M.. 1954 Lajoea Hargitt, C. W., 1908 Lafoea calcarata Hargitt, C. W., 1902b 117 Leptosynapta giradii Lagenorhynchus acutus Schevill, W. E., 1956 host for Taenia chamissonii Linton, E., 1905 Lagocephalus laevigarus Sherwood, G. H. & V. N. Edwards, 1901 Laminaria Collins, F. S., 1906 Laminaria agardhii M. D. Rogick & H. Croasdale, 1949 Laminaria longi cruris Collins, F. S., 1914 Laminaria platymeris Lewis, I. F. & W. R. Taylor, 1928 Lamna comubica physiology digestive tract Sullivan, M. X., 1908 host for Echthrogaleus coleoptratus Rathbun, R., 1885 Lampris luna Gudger, E. W., 1930 Harper, F., 1928 Laomedea dichotoma Desor, E., 1851a Laonice viridis tolerance to low salinity Pearse, A. S., 1928 Laophonte capillata Wilson, C. B., 1932 Laophonte longicaudata Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Laophonte manifera Wilson. C. B., 1932 Laophonte talipes Wilson, C. B., 1932 Larimus fasciatus Smith, H. M., 1898a Latreutes ensiterus Smith, S. I,, 1877-1882b Lauderia Peck, J. I., 1896 Leanira robusta Hartman, 0., 1942b Leathery tunicates see Styela Leathesia difformis polysaccharides of Lewin, R. A., 1955 Lebouria truncat a parasite of Cynoscion regalis Linton, E., 1942 Lecanicephalumpeltalum parasite of Trygon centrura Linton. E., 1889-18 91 Lecithaster confusus Linton, E., 1934c life history Hunninen, A. V. & R. M. Cable. 1943a Ledges development of Wast. V. C. & Geodetic Survey, 1884a Leeches see Hirudinea Lembus infusionum Calkins. G. N.. 1902 Lepcophtheirus nordmannii parasite of Mo'la rotunda Rathbun, R., 1885 Lepidactylis arenarius Smith, S. I., 1877, 1882c Lepidapedon clavatum parasite of Ceratacanthus schoepfi Linton, E., 1942 Lepidonotus development Mead. A. D.. 1897 Lepidonotus angustus Verrill, A. E.. S. I. Smith & O. Harger, 1873 Lepidonotus squamatus tolerance to low salinity Pearse, A. S.. 1928 Lepidonotus sublevis Verrill. A. E.. S. I. Smith & 0. Harger. 1873 Lepocreadium pyriforme Linton. E., 1934c Lepocreadium retrusum parasite of Pneumatophorus grex Linton. E.. 1942 Lepocreadium setiferoides Martin, W. E., 1938 Lepocreadium trullaforme parasite of Achirus fasciatus Linton, E., 1942 Lepraea abyssicola Verrill. A. E., 1880-1886 Lepraea rubra Verrill. A. E., S. L Smith & 0. Harger. 1873 Lepralia serrata Osburn. R. C. 1912 Lepralia variolosa Desor. E., 1851a Leptocephalus conger Smith. H. M.. 1898a U. S. Fish Commission. 1901 development Eigenman. C. H.. 1902a Leptocephalus larvae Costello. D. P., 1946a Leptochelia algicola Harger. 0.. 1880a Leptochelia rapax Harger. 0.. 1880a Leptocylindrus minimus seasonal distribution Hulburt. E. M.. 1956b Leptoplan a angusta Pearse. A. S. & A. M. Walker, 1939 Verrill. A. E.. 1888-1892c Leptoplana folium Verrill. A. E., S. 1. Smith & 0. Harger, 1873 Leptoplana virilis Pearse, A. S. & A. M. Walker, 1939 Verrill. A. E.. 1888-1892c . Leptosynapta giradii breeding Mead, A. D., 18^8 Leptosynapta inhaerens 118 Leptosynapta inhaerens autotomy Pearse, A. S., 1909 behavior, swimming Costello, D. P., 1946b Leptosynapta roseola breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 Lernaeolophus sultanus parasite of Alutera schoepffi Rathbun, R., 1885 Lemaeonema radiata parasite of Brevoortia tyrannus Rathbun, R., 1885 Lemanthropus brevoortiae parasite of Brevoortia tyrannus Rathbun. R., 1888 Lemanthropus pomatomi parasite of Pomatomus saltator Rathbun. R., 1888 Libinia canaliculata Lyman, T.. 1861 Lichenopora hispida Rogicic, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 Lichomolgus fuciolus Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Licnophora lyngbycola Faure-Fremiet. E., 1937 Lictorella crassithera Fraser, C. M., 1943 Life history Anisoporus manteri Hunninen, A. V. & R. M. Cable, 1940 Asterias Galtsoff, P. S. & V. L. Loosanoff, 1939 Balanoglossus Agassiz, A., 1873 Copepoda, parasitic Wilson, C. B., 1905b Deropristis inflata Cable. R. M. & A. V. Hunninen. 1942 fish. Gulf of Maine Bigelow, H. B. & W. C. Schroeder, 1953 Bigelow, H. B. & W. W. Welsh, 1925 Gadidae Schroeder, W. C, 1928 Gonionemus Murbach, I., 1895 Griffithsia bornetiana Lewis. I. F.. 1909 Lecithaster confusus Hunninen. A. V. & R. M. Cable, 1943a Mactra solidissima Belding, D. L., 1910a Mya arenaria Belding, D. L., 1930 Kellogg, J. L., 1905 Podocotyle atomon Hunninen, A. V. & R. M. Cable, 1943b Polinices Hanks, J. E., 1957 Polysiphonia Yamanouchi, S., 1906-1907 Rhodophyta Lewis, I. F., 1914 Siphodera vinaledwardsii Cable, R. M. & A. V. Hunninen, 1941 Life history Spelotrema nicolli Cable, R. M. & A. V. Hunninen, 1939, 1940 Tomaria Agassiz, A., 1873 Tortanus discaudatus Johnson, M. W., 1934 Trematoda Martin, W. E., 1938, 1939, 1940 Stunkard, H. W., 1936, 1943 Ilea pugilator Hyman. 0. W., 1922 Ligament, mechanics Spisula solidissima Hunter, W. R. & D. C. Grant, 1962 Light Bugula larvae Lynch. W. F., 1949 Copepoda Schallek, W., 1942 Gonionemus reactions Murbach, L., 1909 spawning behavior Rugh, R.. 1929 intensity & locomotor activity Welsh, J. H., 1933 larval reactions to White. G. M., 1924 penetration in sea water Clarke, G. L., 1933, 1938 Clarke, G. L. & R. H. Oster, 1934 photosynthesis relationship Taylor, W. R. & J. D. Palmer, 1963 theredid spider, behavior Montgomery, T. H., Jr., 1911 Uca Brown, F. A., Jr. &M. N. Hines, 1952 Brown, F. A., Jr. &M. I. Sandeen & N. Fingerman, 1952 Brown, F. A., Jr.& G. C. Stephens, 1951 Brown, F. A., Jr. &H. M. Webb, 1949 Venus mercenaria Bennett, M. F., 1954 Ligula parasite of Palinurichthys perciformis Linton, E., 1941 Ligula chilomycteri parasite of Chilomycterus geometncus Linton, E., 1897 parasite of Chilomycterus schoepfi Linton, E., 1941 Liljeborgiid amphipod Mills, E. L., 1962 Lima nest building Merrill, A. S. & R. D. Turner, 1963 Limacina retroversa reproduction Hsiao. S. C, 1939 Limanda ferruginea host for Dibothrium punctatum Linton, E., 1889-1891 morphology, optic Parker, G. H., 1903 parasites of Linton. E.. 1901a, 119 Limnodrilus subsalus Moore. J. P., 1905b Limnona lignorum Harger, 0., 1880a Smith, S. I., 1880 Limnona tripuncatata Menzies, R. J. & C. Beckman, 1958 Limpets see Acmaea testudinalis Limulus behavior Pearl, R., 1904 migrations Turner, H. J., Jr., 1951 Limulus polyphemus behavior Welsh, J. H., 1933 mating Pomerat, C. M., 1933 embryology Kingsley, .1. S., 1892 host for Microphallus limuli Stunkard, H. W., 1953 host for Microphallid metacercariae Stunkard, H. W., 1950b infected by bacteria Smith, W. R., 1964 lethal temperatures Fraenkel. G., 1960 natural history Shuster, C. N., 1950 nervous system Patten, W. & W. A. Redenbaugh, 1899 predator of Mya arenaria Turner, H. J., Jr., et al, 1948 respiratory movements Hyde, H. !.. 1894 tolerance to low salinity Pearse, A. S., 1928 Linius bicolor Verrill. A. E .. 1888-1892 b Linius gesserensis anatomy Montgomery, T. H., Jr., 1898 classification Montgomery, T. H., Jr., 1898 Lintonta vibex parasite of Spheroides maculatus Linton, E., 1934c Lion's name (jellyfish) see Cyanea Liparis liparis Smith, H. M., 1898a host for Spathebothnum simplex Linton, E., 1922c, 1941 Lissoclinum aureum Van Name, W. G., 1907-1912a Listriella clymenellae Mills, E. L., 1964b Lithology facetted pebbles Davis, W. M., 1895 Litorinella minuta Winkley, H. W., 1907 Little neck clams see Mercenaria Loligo Littoral copepods Yeatman, H. C, 1963 fauna Rathbun, R., 1881 polyclads Pearse, A. S. & A. M. Walker, 1939 Littorina littorea behavior Alexander, D. G., 1960 breeding Thompson, M. T., 1899 geotropism Kanda, S., 1916 intertidal freezing Kanwisher, J. W., 1955 lethal temperatures Fraenkel, G., 1960 metabolism Zieg, R. G.. 1960 metabolism of freezing Kanwisher, J., 1959 penis, resorption Jenner, C. W., 1956a periodicity, movements & tides Haseman. J. D.. 1911 shell host for Hydractmia echinata Crowell. S., 1945 Littorina palliata Wilson, J. H., 1905 metabolism Zieg, R. G., I960 Littorina rudis host for cerceria of Podocotyle atomos Hunninen, A. V. & R. M. Cable, 1943b intertidal freezing Kanwisher, J. W., 1955 metabolism Zieg, R. G., 1960 Livoneca ovalis Harger, 0., 1880a Lobotes surinamensis Harper, F., 1928 Sherwood, G. H. & V. N. Edwards, 1901 Smith. H. M., 1898a host for Echinorhynchus pristis var. tenuicornis Linton. E.. 1891. 1892a host for Gasterostomum ovatum Linton. E.. 1901a host for Monostomum orbiculare Linton. E., 1898c Lobster see Homarus Locomotion Alectrion Copeland. M. A., 1919 Polinices Copeland, M. A., 1922 Loimia viridis Moore, J. P., 1903a Loligo behavior & color changes Verrill, A. E., 1897 food for Cynoscion regale Peck, J. I., 1896 Loligo pallida 120 Loligo pallida Verrill, A. E., 1874 Loligo pealii Verrill, A. E., 1874, 1880, 1897 behavior, larval White, G. M., 1924 mating Arnold, J. M., 1962 sexual Drew, G. A., 1911 ecology, populational Arnold, J. M., 1962 embryonic stages Arnold, J. M., 1965 hatching Hibbard, H., 1937 reproduction Drew, G. A., 1911 Lomentaria uncinata development of hold fasts Derick, C. M., 1899 Long finned squid see Loligo pealei Long necked clams see Mya arenana Long point lighthouse shore line Marindin, H. L., 1892a Lophius americanus diet Schroeder, W. C, 1947 Lophius piscatorius Sherwood, G. H. & V. N. Edwards, 1901 Smith, H. M., 1898a host for Bomolochus albidus Wilson, C. B., 1932 parasites of Linton, E., 1901a physiology Kidder, J. H., 1879 Lopholatilus chamaeleonticeps blood vascular system Silvester, p. C, 1905 host for Acanthochondria exilipes Wilson, C. B., 1932 host for Distomum foocundum Linton, E., 1901a parasites of Linton, E., 1901a, reappearance Bumpus, H. C, 1899 Lophopsetta maculata host for Dibothrium punctatum Linton, E., 1889-1891 morphology, optic Parker, G. H., 1903 Lotella maxillaris Bean, T. H., 1885 Lovenella clausa Eraser, C. M., 1912 Lovenella gran'dis Hargitt, C. W., 1908 Loxosoma davenportii Nickerson. W. S.. 1898. 1899, 1901 Loxosoma minuta on Phascolosoma Osburn, R. C, 1912 Lucania parve Smith, H. VI., 1898a Lucinidae Verrill, A. E., 1872 fossil Raup, D. M. & D. R. Lawrence, 1963 Lug worms see Arenicola ( 3 species) Lumbricillus agilis Moore, J. P., 1905b tolerance to low salinity Pearse, A. S., 1928 Lumbriconereis opalina Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith & 0. Harger, 1873 Lumbriconereis tenuis Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith & 0. Harger , 1873 ~ Lumbrineris tenuis Hartman, 0., 1944 Lunatia heros Winkley, H. W., 1907 fossil Raup, D. M. & D. R. Lawrence, 1963 Lunar periodicity Uca pugnax Bennett, M. F. & P. A. Brown, Jr., 1959a, 1959b Brown, P. A., Jr., M. I. Sandeen & C. L. Ralph, 1954 Lutianidae Smith, H. M., 1898a Lutianus analis Smith, H. M., 1899a Lycidice americana Verrill, A. E., S. \. Smith & 0. Harger , 1873 Lyodon echinata distribution Storer, D. H., 1848b Lysianopsis alba Holmes, S. J., 1905 Lysiosquilla grayi Chace. p. A.. Jr. , 1958 Macoma fusca var. fragilis Wilson, J. H., 1905 Macoma incongrua Wilson, J. H., 1905 Macoma lyelii fossil Sanford, S. N. P., 1934 Miocene Dall, W. H., 1894 Macraspis Taeniocotyle nom. nov. Stunkard, H. W., 1962b MacrouTus bairdii Smith, H. M., 1898a host for Chondracanthodes deflexus Wilson, C. B., 1932 Macrozoarces americanus biology, economic importance Olsen, Y. H. & D. Merriman, 1946 121 Malacostraca Macrura new species Kingsley, J. S., 1895 Mactra solidissima behavior Belding, D. L., 1910a growth Belding, D. L., 1910a life history Belding, D. L., 1910a morphology Belding, D. L., 1910a Magelona rosea Moore. J. P., 1907b Magnetic compass, response Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett, H. M. Webb, 1960 Brown, F. A., Jr.. W. J. Brett, M. F. Bennett, F. H. Barnwell, I960 Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb, 1960 Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M Webb & W. J. Brett, 1960 Magnetic fields llyanassa obsoleta Nassarius obsoletus Brown, F. A., Jr.. M. F. Bennett & W. J. Brett, 1959 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett ^ H. M. Webb, 1960 Brown, F. A., Jr., W. J. Brett, M. F. Bennett & F. H. Barnwell, 1960 Brown, F. A., Jr., W. J. Brett & H. M. Webb, 1959 Brown, F. A., Jr. &H. M. Webb, 1960 Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb, M. F. Bennett & L. H. Barnwell, 1959 Magnetoreceptive mechanism Nassarius Brown, F. A., Jr., F. H. Barnwell ^ H. M. Webb, 1964 Malaclemys terrapin Bangs, 0., 1897 Malacobdella grossa in Venus mercenaria Ropes, J. W., 1963 Malacostraca Burbanck, W. D., 1959, 1961, 1962 Cushman, J. A., 1906a Fingerman, M., 1955 Hansen, H. J., 1915 Harger, 0., 1880a, 1880b Herrick, F. H., 1911 Kidder, G. W. & F. M. Summers, 1935 Lyman, T., 1861 Menzies, R. J. & C. Beckman, 1958 Mills, L., 1964b Pearse, A. S., 1914a, 1914b Rabin, H. ^ F. B. Bang, 1964 Rathbun, R., 1887b Richardson, H.. 1909 Smith, S. I., 1877-1882b, 1877-1882c, 187J 1882, 1880 Stunkard, H. W., 1956 Thompson, M. T., 1904b U. S. Fish Commission, 1901 Wigley, R. L., 1961b, 1963a Malacostraca Wilson, C. B., 1903a, 1903b, 1905a, 1932 anaerobceiosis Wieser, W. & J. Kanwisher, 1959 behavior Barnwell, F. H. & F. A. Brown, Jr., 1963 Bennett, M. F. & F. A. Brown, Jr., 1959a, 1959b Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett &M. I. Sandeen, 1953 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett & H. M. Webb, 1954 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. Fingerman, M. I. Sandeen & H. M. Webb, 1953 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. N. Hines, 1952 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. I. Sandeen & N. Fingerman, 1952 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. I. Sandeen & C. L. Ralph, 1954 Brown, F. A., Jr. * G. C. Stephens, 1951 Brown, F. A., Jr. & H. M. Webb, 1949 Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb ^ M. F. Bennett, 1955a Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb, M. F. Bennett & M. I. Sandeen, 1954 Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb & R. C. Graves, 1952 Bumpus, H. C, 1901 Burbanck, W. D., R. Grabske & J. R. Comer, 1964 Dembowski, J. R., 1926 Holmes, S. J., 1901, 1903a Nye, W., Jr.,. 1887c Spaulding, E. G., 1904a Webb, H. M & F. A. Brown, Jr., 1958 Webb, H. M., F. A. Brown, Jr. &R. C. Graves, 1952 Welsh, J. H., 1932, 1933 Yerkes, R., 1902a feeding De la Cruz, A. H., 1960 breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 commensualism Pearse, A. S., 1913 development Faxon, W., 1879a, 1879b Ryder, J. A., 1886a, 1886b Smith, S. I., 1872, 1873, 1874-1877, 1878-1882a larval Chamberlain, N. A., 1957 durinal rhythm Stephens, G. C, 1955 Stephens, G. C, J. P. Green, B. Guttman & R. A. Schinske, 1958 ecology Platzman, S. J., 1960 embryology Bumpus, H. C, 1891 McMurrich, J. P., 1895 excystation Trager, W., 1957 fossil Cushman, J. A., 1905 Lyell, C, 1844 Packard, A. S., 1900 Stimpson, W., 1863 Malacostraca 122 Malacostraca heliotropism Lyon, E. P., 1906b Homarus americanus fishery Commissioners on Inland Fisheries, 1893-1899 key Hohres, S. J., 1903b life history Hyman, 0. W., 1922 mating behavior Chidester, F. E., 1911 metamorphosis Thompson, M. T., 1904a Miocene Cushman, J. A., 1905b morphology Green, J. P., 1964 Jenner, C. E., 1955 Willey, C. H., 1958 mortality Fraenkel, G., 1960 natural history Hughes, J. T. & G. C. Matthiessen, 1962 new species Benedict, J. E., 1901 Chace, F. A., Jr., 1958 Harger, 0., 1878 Holmes, S. J., 1905 Jones, N. S. & W. D. Burbanck, 1959 Kingsley, J. S., 1895 Mills, E. L., 1962, 1963, 1964a Richardson, H., 1908 parasites of Cable, R. M. & A. V. Hunninen, 1939, •1940 Coe, W. R., 1902b Summers, F. M. & G. W. Kidder, 1936 parasitic Thompson, M. T., 1902 Wilson, C. B., 1905b, 1906, 1921, 1925 physiology Raymont, J. E. G. & R. J. Conover, 1961 Werntz, H. 0., 1963 reproduction Pearce, J. B., 1964 winter distribution Irving, L., 1942 Maldane filifera VerriU. A. E,. 1880-1886 Maldane urceolata tolerance to low salinity Pearse, A. S., 1928 Mallotus villosus Fowler, H. W., 1917 Mammalia Allen, G. M., 1916 Brown, J. T., 1883 Miller, G. S., Jr., 1897 Schevill, W. E., 1956 Schuck, H. A., 1951a Starrett, A. & P. Starrett, 1955 U. S. Fish Commission, 1901 fisheries Anonymous, 1665-1666 fossil seal tooth Lyell, C, 1844 Mammalia fossil walrus skull Lyell, C, 1844 Mesoplodon Agassiz, L., 1868 morphology Jackson, J. B. S., 1845 parasites of Linton, E., 1905, 1924 stomach contents Griffin, D. R., 1936 Manganese markings on Venus Teschemacher, J. E., 1851 Mantis shrimp see Hoplocarida see Stomatopoda Margarita undulata Wilson, J. H., 1905 Margelis morphological variation Hargitt, C. W., IQOl Marginella camea Verrill, A. E., 1880-1886 (1883) Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole history Lillie, F. R., 1944 Systematics Ecology Program Carriker, M. R.. 1964, 1965 marine Upper Cretaceous Woodworth, J. B., 1897 Marinogammarus finmarchicus osmotic regulations Werntz, H. 0., 1963 Marsh Barnstable Shaler,N. S., 1895 Redfield, A. C, 1959, 1965 Martha's Vineyard Hollick, A., 1896b Uhler, P., 1892 Woodworth, J. B., 1892, 1894 beach & shore line changes Whiting, H. L., 1886 Cretaceous flora Berry, E. W., 1915 White, D., 1890 currents Schott, C. A., 1854a ecology of Mya arenaria Matthiessen, G. C, 1960 flora Hollick, A., 1893 fossils Hollick, A., 1893 Shaler, N. S., 1889b fossil pollen Ogden, J. G., Ill, 1959 geology Chamberlain, B. B., 1964 Hitchcock, E., 1824 Hollick, A., 1893 Shaler', N. S., 1888 Whiting, H. L. & H. Mitchell, 1869 Woodworth, J. B. & E. Wigglesworth, 1934 123 Menidia gracilis Martha's Vineyard geological structure Hall, J., 1878 geomorphology Marindin, H. L., 1897 glacial brick clays Shaler, N. S.,J. B. Woodworth &C. F. Marbutt, 18% glaciation Bryson, J., 1893 Upham, W., 1899 inlet changes, Edgartown Whiting, H. L., 1890 paleobotony Jeffrey, E. C, 1910 palynology Ogden, J. G., Ill, 1963 Pleistocene mollusks McAlester, A. L., I. G. Speden & M. A. Buzas, 1964 Raup, D. M. & D. R. Lawrence, 1963, 1964 salinity, temperature Deevy, G. B., 1948 sediments Hitchcock, E., 1824 shore-line Mitchell, H., 1872 stratigraphy Kaye, C. A., 1963 Shaler, N. S., 1889b tertiary Lyell, C. 1844 Tertiary Eocene Brown, T. C, 1^05 zooplankton Deevy, G. B., 1948 Massachusetts geology Emerson, B. K., 1917 marine fishes of Blake, J. H., 1871 Massachusetts Bay Cnidaria Agassiz, E. C. & A. Agassiz, 1865 Echinus granulans distribution Agassiz, A., 1865 Mollusca, new species Couthouy, J. P., 1838 sedimentation Trowbridge, A. C. & F P. Shepard, 1932 Massartia asymmetrica Hulburt, E. M., 1957 Massartia rotundata Hulburt, E. M., 1957 seasonal distribution Hulburt, E. M., 1956b Mastigamoeba simplex Calkins. G. N.. 1902 Material, fine-textured Lutz, H. J., 1941 Mating see behavior Maurolicus pennanti Smith, H. M., 1898a Meckelia lurida VerriU, A. E., S. 1. Smith & O. Harger , 1873 Mecynocera clausii Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Wheeler, W. M., 1901 Medusae Hargitt, C. W., 1905a Meganyctiphanes norvegica Hansen, H. J., 1915 physiology Raymont, J. E. G. & R. J. Conover, 1961 Megaptera nodosa Allen, G. M., 1916 Meiobenthos Wieser, W., I960 Meiofauna Driscoll, A. L., 1964 Melampus bidentatus Lyman, T., 1861 Melanogrammus aeglefinus temperature Kidder, J. H., 1879 Melanosis Gadus Hsiao, S. C, 1941 Melanospermeae Jordan, D. S., 1874 Melita nitida VerriU, A. E., S. 1. Smith & 0. Harger , 1873 Mellita testudinata larvae Grave, C, 1903 Melosira costata Peck, J. I., 1896 Melosira sulcata size Margalef, R., 1960b Membranipora lacrioxii Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 Membranipora pilosa fouling Parker, G. H., 1924 Membranipora tenuis bryozoa Desor, E., 1851a Membranipora tuberculata Rogick, ^1. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 Menemsha Right algae Davis, B. M., 1913b fauna Lee, P. E., 1944 Menhaden as food for Cynoscion regale Peck, J. I., 1896 Menidia morphology, nervous system Herrick, C. J., 1898 Menidia beryllina Kendall, W. C . & H. M. Smith, 1894 behavior schooling Shaw, E., 1960, 1961 exchange by tidal currents Williams, G. C, 1960 Menidia gracilis Smith, H. M., 1898a Menidia menidia 124 Menidia menidia behavior schooling Shaw, E., 1957, 1958a, 1958b, 1958c, 1960, 1961 exchange by tidal currents Williams, G. C, 1960 Menidia menidia notata Fowler, H. W., 1917 development larval Kuntz, A. & L. Radcliffe, 1917 embryology Kuntz, A. & L. Radcliffe, 1917 host for Stephanostomum tenue Martin, W. E., 1939 Menidia notata Smith, H. M., 1898a morphology, optic Parker, G. H., 1903 Menticirrus nebulosus VerriU, A E., 1897 Menticirrus saxatilis behavior ftrker, G. H., 1912 feeding Herrick, C. J., 1903 Mercenaria mercenaria see Venus mercenaria Merismopedia elegans Lewis, I. F. & W. R. Taylor, 1928 Merismopedia tenuissima Lewis, I. p. & W. R. Taylor, 1928 Merlangus carbonarius Atwood, N. E., 1868 Merluccius bilinearis Smith, H. VI., 1898a behavior Nye, W., Jr., 1887a development larval Kuntz, A. & L. Radcliffe, 1917 embryology Kuntz, A. & L. Radcliffe, 1917 food of Nyaticorax nycticorax naevius Gross, A. 0., 1923 host for Distomum ocreatum molin Linton, E., 1901a host for Distomum vitellosum Linton, E., 1901a parasites of Linton, E., 1901a Mermaid's toenail see Anomia Merostomata Shuster, C. N., 1950 Smith, W. R., 1964 Stunkard, H. W., 1950b anatomy Patten, W. & W. A. Redenbaugh, 1899 behavior Pearl, R., 1904 mating Pomerat, C. M., 1933 embryology Kingsley, J. S., 1892 Merostomata mortality Fraenkel, G., 1960 physiology Hyde, \. H., 1894 tolerance to low salinity Pearse, A. S., 1928 Mesh opening, screens for benthic studies Driscoll, A. L., 1964 Mesodinium feeding Peck, J. I., 1896 Mesodinium cinctum Calkins. G . N.. 1902 Mesogloia divaricata polysaccharides of Lewin, R. A., 1955 Mesonemertea Thompson, C. B., 1900a Mesoplodon Agassiz, L., 1868 Mesostigmata Hag, J., 1965 Mesozoa Meinkoth, M. A., 1956 Metabolic rhythms Uca Barnwell, F. H. & F. A. Brown, Jr. ,1963 Metabolism Littorina Zieg, R. G., 1960 Metals submerged, animal growth on Parker, G. H., 1924 Metamorphosis Arbacia punctulata Harvey, F. B., 1949a, 1949b Bugula Lynch, W. F., 1952 hermit crab Thompson, M. T., 1904a Homarus americanus Ryder, J. A., 1886a, 1886b Malacostraca Smith, S. I., 1873 Tomaria Morgan, T. H., 1891 Tunicata larvae Grave, C, 1941b veliger larvae Nassarius obsoletus Scheltema, R. S., 1961 Metanemerteans anatomy Montgomery, T. H., Jr., 1898 Meteorological observations Fish, C. J., 1925 Meteorology DuBois, E., 1935 Perley, S., 1891 U. S. Army Corp. of Engineers, 1939,1954 Weather Bureau, 1961 Falmouth shoreline Kemp, J. M. & W. S. Butcher, 1952 Metoncholaimus pnsliurus physiology Cobb, N. A., 1932 125 Modiola vineyardensis Metridia hibernica Wheeler, W. M., 1901 Metridia lucens Sharpe, R. W., 1911 bioluminescence David, C. N. & R. J. Conover, 1961 Metridium metabolism and feeding movements AUabach, L. F., 1905 Metridium dianthus Hargitt, C. W., 1914 Metridium marginatum behavior Hargitt, C. W., 1907 breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 respiration & salinity Shoup, C. S., 1932 Microbiology Hock, C. W., 1940 Rabin, H. & F. B. Bang, 1964 Saz, A. K., S. Watson, S. R. Brown & D. L. Lowery, 1963 Microciona prolifera de Laubenfels, M. W., 1949 Microcotyle furcata parasite of Tautoga onitis Linton, E., 1942 Microdeutopus minax ' Verri li, A . E., S. I. Smith & 0. Harger , 1873" Microgadus tomcod Sherwood, G. H. &. V. N. Edwards, 1901 feeding Herrick, C. .1., 1903 host for Contracaecum clavatum Linton, E., 1934c host for Distomum simplex Linton, E., 1898c host for Podocotyle olssoni Manter, H. W., 1926 Micropaleontology Knox, A., 1952 Microphallus limuli life history & morphology Stunkard,H. W. , 1 951. 1957 Microphallus similis Stunkard, H. W., 1957 parasitic hosts Stunkard, H. W., 1953 Microstomum lineare Graff. L. v. . 1911 Microtaeniell a clymenella e parasite of Clymenella torquata Calkins. G. N-. 1915 Microtus breweri Miller, G. S., 1897 Migration Copepoda Anraku, M., 1964 Parker, G. H., 1902 vertical Schallek, W., 1942 Cyathura polita Burbanck, W. D., R. Grabske & J. R. Comer, 1964 Migration fish Blake, J. H., 1871 Sherwood, S. H. & V. N. Edwards, 1901 Gadidae Schroeder, W. C, 1928 Homarus americanus Bumpus, H. C, 1901 Limulus Turner, H. J., Jr., 1951 Pomolobus pseudoharengus orientation Collins, G. B., 1952 Mikrosyphar porphyrae epiphytic on Porphyra umbilicalis Collins, F. S., 1918 Miliammina fusca Parker, F. L., 1952 Parker, F. L. & W. D. Athearn. 1959 Phleger, F B. & W. R. Walton, 1950 Miliolinella Parker, F L. & W. D. Athearn, 1959 Mineralogy Dearborn, H. A. S., 1826 Hitchcock, E., 1833 Moore, J. R.. 1963 Teschemacher, J. E., 1851 Minot's Ledge submarine topography U. S. Coast & Geodetic Survey, 1884a Miocene Gay Head Wadworth, J. B., 1897 Crustacea Dall, W. H., 1894 fossils Packard, A. S., 1900 MoUusca Dall, W. H., 1894 vertebrates Dall, W. H., 1894 Miracia efferata Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Wheeler, W. M., 1901 Mites (marine) see Halacandae Mitrella lunata host for cerceria of Anisoporus manteri Hunninen, A. & R. M. Cable, 1940, 1941 Mnemiopsis breeding Thompson, M. T., 1899 Mnemiopsis leidyi behavior Hunter, G. W., 1904 bioluminescence Chase, A. ^1., 1941 Chang, J. J., 1954 Harvey, E. M. & S. P. Marfey. 1958 swimming plates Coonfield, B. R., 1934, 1937 Modiola hollick i Miocene Brown, T. C, 1905 Modiola plicatula Wilson, J. H., 1905 Modiola vineyardensis Eocene Modiolus demissus 126 Modiolus demissus hermaphroditism Grave, B. H. & J. Smith, 1936a Modiolus modiolus intertidal freezing Kanwisher, J. W., 1955 Modiolus plicatulus commensalism Linton, E., 1910c Graffila gemellipara Patterson, J. I., 1912 Moera levis Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith & 0. Harger. 1873" " Mola mola Dearborn, H. A. S., 1826 Putnam, F. W., 1871 Smith, H. M., 1898a host for Ancistrocephalus microcephalus Linton, E., 1941 host for Distomum foliatum Linton, E., 1898c host for Distomum fragile Linton, E., 1901a host for Distomum macrocotyle Linton, E., 1898c host for Distomum nigroflavum Linton, E., 1898c host for Tetrarhynchus elongatus larvae Linton, E., 1928 host for Tristomum rudolphianum Linton, E., 1898c parasites of Linton, E., 1901a Wo /a rotunda host for Cecrops latreillii Rathbun, R., 1885 host for Dibothrium microcephalum Linton, E., 1889, 1891 host for Lepeophtheirus nordmannii Rathbun, R., 1885 host for Tetrarhynchus elongatus Linton, E., 1897 host for Tetrarhynchus repens Linton, E., 1894 Molgula manhattensis development Grave, B. H., 1933 feeding Jorgensen, C. B., 1952 fouling Parker, G. H., 1924 host for Doropygus laticornis Wilson, C. B., 1932 morphology Hunter, G. W., 1898, 1902 Metcalf, M. M., 1895 physiology, x-rays Grosch, D. S. & Z. H. Smith, 1957 protostigmata Willey, A., 1901 MoUusca Adams, C. B., 1839a, 1839b Arnold, J. M., 1965 Bartsch, P., 1907-1912 Mollusca Belding, D. L., 1909, 1910a, 1910b, 1914, 1916, 1930 Boss, K. J. & A. S. Merrill, 1965 Brown, T. C, 1905 Bulfinch, T., 1844 Carriker, M. R. & D. Van Zandt, 1964 Clench, W. J. & C. G. Aquayo, 1931 Conklin, E. G., 1897 Couthouy, J. P., 1839 Crowell, S., 1945 Drew, G. A., 1899 Field, L A., 1922 Gould, A. A., 1841 Grave, B. H., 1928a Gray, G. M., 1932 Greene, T. A., 1833 Hunter, W. R. & S. C. Brown, 1965 Jackson, R. T., 1888a Jenner, C. E. & N. A. Chamberlain, 1955 Johnson, C. W., 1915, 1932 Lyman, T., 1861 Mattiessen, G. C, 1960 Merriman, D., 1937 Moore, G. M., 1950 Nagle, J. S., 1964, 1964b Orr, P. R., 1946 Plaine, H. L., 1952 Raup, D. M. & D. R. Lawrence, 1963, 1964 Ropes, J. W., 1963 Ropes, J. W. & C. E. Martin, 1960 Russell, H. D., 1946, 1964 Scheltema, R. S., 1956, 1961, 1962, 1965 Scheltema, R. S. & A. H. Scheltema, 1963 1965 Smallwood, W. M., 1904 Stimpson, W., 1854a, 1854b Storer, D. H., 1839 Turner, H. J., Jr., 1951, 1957, 1958 Turner, H. J., Jr. & J. E. Hanks, 1959 U. S. Fish Commission, 1901 Verrill, A. E., 1872, 1873, 1874, 1880, 1880-1886 (1883) Winkley, H. W., 1907, 1909, 1912 Winslow, F., 1883 behavior Alexander, D. G., 1960 Arnold, J. M., 1962 Bennett, M. F., 1954 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett & W. J. Brett, 1959 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett & H. M. Webb, 1960 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett, H. M. Webb & C. M. Ralph, 1956 Brown, F. A., Jr., W. J. Brett, M. F. Bennett & F. H. Barnwell, 1960 Brown, F. A., Jr., W. J. Brett& H. M. Webb, 1959 Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb, M. F. Bennett & L. H. Barnwell, 1959 Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb & M. F. Bennett, 1955b Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb & W. J. Brett, 1960 127 Mollusca behavior Bumpus, H. C, 1898a Coe, W. R., 1934, 1936a, 1936b Copeland, M. A., 1919, 1922 Drew, G. A., 1907b, 1911 Grave, B. H., 1922, 1927a, 1927b, 1928b Hsiao, S. C, 1939 Jenner, C. E.. 1956b, 1956c, 1957, 1958, 1959 Mead, A. C, 1898 Merrill, A. S. & R. D. Turner, 1963 Thompson, M. T., 1899 Turner, H. J. & C. J. George, 1955 Verrill, A. E., 1897 Webb, H. M., F. A. Brown, Jr., & W. J. Brett, 1959b White, G. M., 1924 Wilcznski, J. Z., 1955 feeding Blake, J. W., 1961 Copeland, M., 1918 Hanks, J. E., 1952 Jorgensen, C. B., 1952 Patterson, J. I., 1912 community ecology Burbanck, W. D., M. E. Pierce & G. C. Whiteley, Jr.. 1956 development Casteel, D. B., 1904 Galtsoff, P. S., 1954 Gould, H. N., 1949 Grave, B. H., 1926 Hanks, J. E., 1963 Hibbard, H., 1937 Jackson, R. T., 1888b Kellogg, J. L., 1901, 1905 Richards, 0. W., 1935, 1946 Turner, H. J., Jr., 1950 distribution Carpenter, H. F., 1889 Connell, J. H., 1955 embryology Gray, G. M., 1941 evolution Drew, G. A., 1907a fishery Galtsoff, P. S., H. p. Prytherch & H. C. McMillin, 1930 Matthiessen, G. C. & R. C. Toner, 1963 Posgay, J. A., 1950, 1953 Turner, H. J., Jr., 1949a, 1949b Wheeler, C. L., 1948 fossil Dall, W. H., 1894 Lyell, C, 1844 McAlester, A. L., I. G. Speden & M. A. Buzas, 1964 Merrill, F. J. H.. 1890 Mollusca Mollusca f o s s i 1 Sanford, S. N. F., 1934 Scudder, S. H., 1877 gametogenesis Turner, H. J., Jr. & J. E. Hanks, 1960 geotropism Kanda, S., 1916 growth Pierce, M. E. & J. E. Currier, 195), 1952 hermaphroditism Grave, B. H. & J. Smith, 1936a intertidal freezing Kanwisher, J. W., 1955 metabolism Zieg, R. G., 1960 morphology Hunter, W. R. & D. C. Grant, 1962 Ryder, J. A., 1889 mortality Burnett, A. L., 1955, 1960 parasites of Cable, R. M., 1954 Cable, R. M. & A. V. Hunninen, 1939, 1940, 1941, 1942 Cable, R. M. & H. W. Stunkard, 1931 Linton, E., 1915c Martin, W. E., 1940 Miller, H. M., Jr. & F. E. Northup, 1926 Wheeler, W. M., 1894a penis, resorption Jenner, C. E., 1936a periodicity Haseman, J. D., 1911 physiology Brown, F. A., Jr., F. H. Barnwell & H. M. Webb, 1964 Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb & F. H. Barnwell, 1964 Galtsoff, P. S., 1929 Kepner, W. A., 1943 populational ecology Ayers, J. C, 1956 predators of Lavoie, M. & G. G. Holz, Jr., 1955 Turner, H. J., Jr., J. C. Ayers & C. L. Wheeler, 1948 raft culture Shaw, W. N., 1962 raft grown Shaw, W. N., 1963 respiration Van Dam, L., 1954 reproduction Hanks, J. E., 1957 seasonal distribution Fish, C. J., 1925 seasonal growth Pierce, M. E. & J. T. Conover, 1954 sediment reworking Rhoads, D. C, 1963 MoUusca ^^_^__^__ Mollusca sex changes Coe, W. R., 1938 sex inversions Grave, B. H. & J. Smith, 1936b sexual cycle Grave, B. H., 1942 shell inclusions Merrill, A. S., 1960 shells, movement Nagle, J. S., 1964a symbiosis Gray, G. M., 1933 Woods Hole checklist Slater, E. M., 1960 Monacanthus Verrill, A. E., 1897 Monacanthus ciliatus Firth, F. E., 1931 Monocelis wilhelmi Graff, L. v., 1911 \1onoculodes edwardsi Holmes, S. J., 1905 Monomoy geology Mitchell, H., 1871 shoals Mitchell, H., 1886 shore line changes Mitchell, H., 1873 submarine topography U. S. Coast & Geodetic Survey, Monomoy Point Chute, N. E., 1939 Monoophorum triste Graff, L. v., 1911 \lonops regalis Wheeler, W. M., 1901 Monopylephorus glaber Moore. J. P., 1905b Monopylephorus parvus Moore, J. P., 1905b Monorcagides cumingiae life cycle Martin, W. E., 1940 Monostroma Collins, F. S., 1901 Monostroma crepidimum Farlow. W. G.. 1881a \1onostroma fuscum epiphytic on Rhodvmenia palmata Collins, F. S., 1914 Monostomum orbiculare parasite of Lobotes sunnamensis Linton, E., 1898c Monostomum vinaledwardsii parasite of Opsanus tau Linton, E., 1901b Monstrosities in recently hatched lobsters Ryder, J. A., 1886b Montacuta percompressa symbiont of Synapta inhaerens Gray, G. M., 1933 128 Montagua breeding Thompson, M. T., 1899 Moon shells (snails) see Lunatia, natica, neverita, polinices Morone americana host for Distomum areolatum Linton, E., 1901a host for Distomum tenue tenuissime Linton, E., 1898c host for Onchocotyle mavori Linton, E., 1942 parasites of Linton, E., 1901a Morphology Aeverrilia setigera Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 Alcippe Genthe, K. W., 1905 Ampelisca Mills, E. L., 1964a Arbacia punctulata Tackson, R. T., 1927 Asterias forbesi functional Budington, R. A., 1942 Balanus Fales, D. E., 1928 Barentsia laxa Rogick, M. D., 1945, 1949 Cetacea 1885 Jackson, J. B. S., 1845 Congericola pallida WiUey, C. H., 1958 contact organs of fish Newman, H. H., 1909 Copepoda Anraku, M. & M. Omori, 1963 Crassostrea, shell Galtsoff, P. S., 1954 Dinoflagellates, thecal Nie, D., 1947 Endeis spinosus circulatory system of Cole, L. J., 1910 fin-rays Bigelow, R. P., 1926 functional Spisula solidissima Hunter, W. R. & D. C. Grant, 1962 Gadus morrhua nervous system Herrick, C. J. ,1,898 Gonionemus, otocysts Thomas, L. J., 1921 Hutchinsoniella Hessler, R. R. & H. L. Sanders, 1964 Mactra solidissima Belding, D. L., 1910a Menidia nervous system Herrick, C. J., 1898 U9 Morphology Molgula manhattensis Hunter, G. W., 1898, 1902 Nemertinea connective tissues Montgomery,!. H., Jr., 1897 Nereis virens sense organs Langdon, F. E., 1900 Osteichthyes optic Parker, G. H., 1903 Pandoridae Boss, K. J. & A. S. Merrill, 1965 Pecten irradians Drew, G. A., 1907a Pennaria tiarella Smallwood, M., 1899 planktonic diatoms Guillard, R. R. L. & J. H. Ryther, 1962 PleuTonectes americanus Bumpus, H. C, 1898d Raja Gudger, E. W., 1933 Spelotrema nicolli Cable, R. M. & A. V. Hunninen, 1939, 1940 Squilla empusa Bigelow, R. P., 1941 Tunicata Metcalf, M. M., 1895 Turbellaria Curtis, W. C, 1908 ilea color change Green, J. P., 1964 variation Gonionemus Hargitt, C. W., 1900b Hydrozoa Hargitt, C. W., 1901 Rhegmatodes tenuis Hargitt, C. W., 1905b Scyphozoa Hargitt, C. W. , 1905c Morrhua americana migrations and behavior Blake, J. H., 1871 Morrhua aeglefinus migrations and behavior Blake, J. H., 1871 Mortality AUee, W. C, 1919 Fraenkel, G., 1960 Mya arenana Ayers, J. C, 1956 Moss animals see Bryozoa (Entoprocta & Ectoprocta) Movement Ensis directus Drew, G. A., 1907b Movement coordination Mnemiopsis leidyi Coonfield, B. R., 1934 Mucronella nitida Verrill, A. E., 1880-1886 Mud crabs see Xanthidae Mya Mud flats physical factors & animal distribution Allee, W. C, 1922c, 1923b Mud shrimp see Callianassa, Upogebia Mud snails see Nassarius obsoletus Mugilidae Smith, H. M., 1898a Mullus auratus Smith, H. M., 1898a Muraena retifera Smith, H. ^., 1899a, 1901 Museum, George M. Gray Carriker, M. R., 1964, 1965 Muskeget channel currents Schott, C. A., 1854a Muskegat Island flora & fauna Miller, G. S., 1897 Mussels see Modiolus, Mytilus Mustelus canis Atwood, N. E., 1866a behavior Parker, G. H., 1911, 1915 Sheldon, R. E., 1909 development larval Te Winkel, L. E., 1950 functional morphology Parker, G. H., 1911. 1914 host for Calliobothrium eschrichtii Linton, E., 1889-1891, 1898b host for Calliobothrium verticillatum Linton, E., 1889-1891 host for Rhynchobothrium bulbifer Linton, E., 1889-1891, 1898b host for Rhynchobothrium heterospine Linton, E., 1889-1891 host for Rhynchobothrium lomentaceum Linton, E., 1889-1891 host for Rhynchobothrium tenuicolle Linton, E., 1889 host for Rhynchobothrium tumidulum Linton, E., 1889-1891 parasites of Linton, E., 1901a physiology, digestive tract Sullivan, M. X., 1908 sense of smell Parker, G. H. 8i. R. E. Sheldon, 1Q14 spawning Te Winkel, L. E., 1950 tooth succession Ifft, J. D. & D. J. Zinn, 1948 Musculus discors nest building behavior Merrill, A. S. & R. D. Turner, 1963 Mustelus mustelus Fowler, H. W., 1917 Mya fossil Lyell, C, 1844 Mya arenaria Mya arenaria Belding, D. L., 1914, 1916, 1930 Lyman, T., 1861 Winkley, H. W., 1907 anatomy Belding, D. L., 1930 behavior feeding Matthiessen, G. C, 1960 filter feeding Blake, J. W., 1961 culture Belding, D. L., 1930 development Mattiiiesen, G. C. , 1960 distribution, spatial Connell, J. H., 1955 ecology Matthiessen, G. C, 1960b enemies of Belding, D. L., 1930 fishery Turner, H. J., Jr., 1949a Wheeler, C. L., 1948 growth Belding, D. L., 1914 Kellogg, J. I., 1905 habitat Belding, D. L., 1930 hermaphroditism Grave. B. H. & J. Smith, 1936a life history Belding, D. L., 1930 Kellogg, J. L., 1901, 1905 morphology of byssus Ryder, J. A., 1889 populational ecology Ayers, J. C, 1956 predators of Turner, H. J., Jr., et al, 1948 propogation Turner, H. J., Jr., 1949a Mya truncata fossil Verrill, A. E., 1878 Mycetozoa parasitic Renn, C. E., 1935 Mycteroperca bonaci Smith, H. M., 1899a, 1901, 1902b Mycteroperca interstitialis Smith, H. M., 1899a, 1901 Mycteroperca venenosa Smith, H. M., 1902b Myliobatis bispinosos Storer. D. H.. 1844a Myliobatis freminvillei Smith, H. M., 1898a host for Rhinebothrium longicoUe Linton, E., 1889 - 1891 parasites of Linton, E., 19nia Myoxocephalus aeneus exchange by tidal currents Williams, G. C, 1960 parasites of Linton, E., 1901a 130 Myrionema corunnae epiphytic on Laminaria Collins, F. S., 1906 Myrmeciplana elegans Graff, L. v.. 1911 Mysidacea Wigley, R. L., 1963a breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 Mysis breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 Mysis americana Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith & 0. Harger, 1873 Mysis stenolepis Verrill, A. E., S. 1. Smith &0. Harger , 1873 ' Mystacocarida new order Pennak, R. W. & D. J. Zinn, 1943 Mytilidae fossil Raup, D. M. & D. R. Lawrence, 1963 Mytilus edulis anti-fouling Clarke, G. L., 1947 biology Field, I. A., 1922 economic value Field, I. A., 1922 food for Asterias forbesi Lavoie, M. E., 1956 Lavoie, M. & G. G. Holz, Jr., 1955 growth Richards, 0. W., 1935, 1946 hermaphroditism Grave, B. H. & J. Smith, 1936a host for trematode cysts Linton, E., 1915c intertidal freezing Kanwisher, J. W., 1955 Mytilus exustus Wilson, J. H., 1905 Myxobolus lintoni parasite of Cyprinodon variegatus Linton, E., 1901b Myxobolus musculi parasite of Fundulus Hahn, C. W., 1917a, 1917b Myxobolus pleuronectidae parasite of Pseudopleuronectes americanus Hahn, C. W., 1917b Nassarius trivittatus fossil Raup, D. M. & D. R. Lawrence, 1963 Nannoenterum baculum Linton, E., 1934c Nannoplankton Yentsch, C. S. & J. H. Ryther, 1959 seasonal production Clarke, G. L. and D. J. Zinn, 1937 Nantucket Gulliver, F. P., 1904 Macy, Z., 1810 Shaler,N. S., 1889a age Scudder, S. H., 1881 131 Nantucket Bay Nantucket algae Collins, F. S., 1888 deposits Desor, E. & E. C. Cabot, 1849 fisheries Edwards, V. N., 1873 flora Harshberger, J. W., 1914 flora & fauna of Muskegat Island Miller, G. S., 1897 fossils Desor, E. &E. C. Cabot, 1849 Wilson, J. H., 1905 geology Chamberlain, B. B., 1964 Curtis, G. D. & J. B. Woodworth, 1899 HoUick, C. A., 1896, 1896a Shaler, N. S., 1889 Whiting, H. L. & H. Mitchell, 1869 Woodworth, J. B. & E. Wigglesworth, 1934 geomorphology Gulliver. F. P.. 1904 Marindin, H. L., 1896, 1897 glacial brick clays Shaler, N. S., J. B. Woodworth * C. F. Marbutt, 1896 glacial history Wilson, J. H., 1906 glaciation Upham, W., 1899 meteorology Weather Bureau, 1961 Pleistocene Desor, E., 1851c formations Wilson, J. H., 1905 fossils Cushman, J. A., 1904b, 1905, 1906c Post Pleistocene deposits & fossils Merrill, R, 1896 Sankoty Head fossils Verrill, A. E., 1875 pleistocene Scudder, S. H., 1877 Pleistocene fauna Cushman, J. A., 1904b, 1905, 1906c sediments Scudder, S. H., 1877 shore erosion Gulliver, F. P., 1904 shore line Mitchell, H., 1872 shore line changes Gulliver, F. P., 1909 Marindin, H. L., 1894a shore line evolution Jones, W. & J. Lucke, 1951 stratigraphy Scudder, S. H., 1877 vertical distribution temperature & humidity Emmons, G., 1947 Nantucket Bay bottom topography Lidz, L., 1965 currents Lidz, L., 1965 Foraminifera facies Lidz, L., 1965 organic carbon Lidz, L., 1965 sediments Lidz, L., 1965 Nantucket Shoals currents Schott, C. A., 1854a invertebrate distribution Desor, E., 1851a, 1851b palynology Groot, C. R. & J. J. Groot, 1964 Livingstone, D. A., 1964 sediments quaternary Groot, C. R. & J. J. Groot, 1964 submarine Livingston, D. A., 1964 temperature of fishes Edwards, R. L., R. Livingstone & P. E. Hamer, 1962 Nantucket Sound currents Haight, F. J., 1938 Mitchell. H.. 1857 dredging effects on Mercenaria Turner, H. J., Jr., 1957 hydrography Thomas, Lt., C. M., 1938 interference tides Mitchell, H., 1856 Malacobdella grossa Ropes, J. W., 1963 tides Mitchell, H., 1854, 1855, 1857 Redfield, A. C, 1953 Venus mercenaria distribution Ropes, J. W. & C. E. Martin, 1960 Narcacion nobiliar\a Atwood, N. E., 1866-1868 Narcotization, marine organisms Russell, H. D. & M. R. Carriker, 1963 Nashawena Island flora Fogg, J. M., Jr., 1930 Nassa see Sassarius, llyanassa, Alectrion Nassa obsoleta hermaphroditism Grave, B. H. & J. Smith. 1936a host for larval trematodes Miller, H. M., Jr. & F. E. Northup. 1926 host for Stephanostomum tenue Martin. W. E., 1939 penis, resorption & restoration Jenner. C. E. & N. A. Chamberlain. 1955 Nassarius Jenner. C. E.. 1956c Nassarius obsoletus 132 Nassarius obsoletus behavior schooling & aggregation Jenner, C. E., 1956b, 1957, 1958, 1959 compass direction & magnetism Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb & F. H. Barnwell, 1964 development larval Scheltema, R. S., 1965 growth estimates Sutcliffe, W. H., Jr., 1965 larvae Scheltema, R. S., 1956, 1961, 1962 magnetoreceptive mechanism Brown, F. A., Jr., F. H. Barnwell & H. M. Webb, 1964 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett & H. M. Webb, 1960 Brown, F. A., Jr., W. J. Brett, M. F. Bennett &F. H. Barnwell, I960 Brown, F. A., Jr. & H. M.Webb, 1960 Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb * W. J. Brett, 1960 magnetic fields Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett & W. J. Brett, 1959 orientation Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett &W. J. Brett, 1959 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett &H. M. Webb, 1960 Brown, F. A., Jr., W. J. Brett, M. F. Bennett & F. H. Barnwell, 1960 Brown, F. A., Jr. &H. M. Webb, 1960 Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb & W. J. Brett, 1960 periodicity Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett & W. J. Brett, 1959 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett & H. M. Webb, 1960 Brown, F. A., Jr., W. J. Brett, M. R. Bennett & F. H. Barnwell, 1960 Brown, F. A., Jr. &H. M. Webb, 1960 Brown, F. A. ,Jr., H. M. Webb & W. J. Brett, 1960 physiology Brown, F. A., Jr., F H. Barnwell & H. M. Webb, 1964 Nassarius trivittata, shell host for Podocoryne carnea Crowell, S., 1945 Nassarius trivittatus larvae Sheltema, R. S. & A. H. Scheltema, 1965 penis resorption Jenner, C. W., 1956a Nassarius vibex larvae Scheltema, R. S., 1962 Natica fossil Verrill, A. E., 1878 Natica heros Lyman, T., 1861 Natural history Agassiz, L., 1860-1862 Galtsoff, P. S., 1962 Hinckley, I., 1882 Hitchcock, E., 1833 Linton, E., 1915a, 1915b Natural history Amphithoe longiniana Holmes, S. J., loni Asteroidea Mead, A. D., 1901 Bugula Grave, B. H., 1930 Cnidaria Agassiz, E. C. & A. Agassiz, 1865 Cumingia tellinoides Grave, B. H., 1927b Haminea solitaria Smallwood, W. M., 1904 Homarus Hughes, J. T. & G. C. Matthiessen, 1962 Homarus americanus Herrick, F. H., 1911 Limulus polyphemus Shuster, C. N., 1950 Mya arenaria Kellogg, J. L., 1901 Pennaria Hargitt, C. W., 1900a Pomatomus saltatrix Baird, S. F., 1873b Stenotomus argyprops Baird, S. F., lS73b Teredo Grave, B. H., 1928a Woods Hole notes on Gray, G. M., 1932-1945 Naucrates ductor parasites of Linton, E., 1901a Nauset algae, drifting Collins ,F. S., 1914 beach studies Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, 1954a, 1954b Zeigler, J. M., 1960 Zeigler, J. M., et al, 1961 geology Mitchell, H., 1871 Naushon Island Acalephan fauna Agassiz, A., 1862 flora Fogg, J. M., Jr., 1930 history Emerson, A. F., 1935 kettle holes Koons, B. F., 1884, 1885 Naushonia crangonoides KinRsley. J. S., 1895 U. S. Fish Commission, 1901 larvae Thompson, M. T., 1904b morphology Thompson, M. T., 1004b 133 Nereis tenuis Navicula Ryder, J. A., 1885 distribution Peck, J. I., 1896 Near shore processes Davis, W. M., 1896 Miller, R. L. & J. M. Zeigler, 1958, 1964 Mitchell, H., 1871, 1873, 1887 Upham, W., 1879 U. S. Beach Erosion Board, 1957 Whiting, H. L., 1872, 1886 Zeigler, J. M., C. R. Hayes & S. D. Tuttle, Zeigler, J. M. & S. D. Tuttle, 1961 coastal morphology Mitchell, H., 1886 Nectonema agilis Verrill, A. E.. 1880-1885 Nectonemertes morphology Coe, W. R. & S. C. Ball, 1920 Nectonereis megalops Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith &0. Harger, f873 Nemalion multifidum development Chester, G. D., 1896 Nematocysts manipulation Pennaria tiarella Kepner, W. A., 1943 Nematoda Cobb, N. A., 1932 Linton, E., 1901b Verrill, A. E., 1880-1886 anaerobiosis Wieser, W. & J. Kanwisher, 1959 ecology Wieser, W. & J. Kanwisher, 1961 intertidal distribution Cobb, N. A., 1929 new species Cobb, N. A., 1920 parasites of Copepoda Cobb, N. A., 1928 Nematodinium armatum Hulburt, E. M., 1957 N ematonurus goodei host for Ascans linstowi Linton, E., 1901b Nematoscelis atlantica Hansen, H. J., 1915 Nematoscelis megalops Hansen, H. J., 1915 physiology Raymont, J. E. G. & R. J. Conover, 1961 Nematoscelis microps Hansen, H. J., 1915 Nematostella pellucida Crowell. S.. 1946 Nemertinea Thompson, C. B., 1900a, 1900b Verrill, A. E., 1880-1886, 1888-1892b breeding Coe, W. R., 1899 classification Montgomery, T. H., 1897 Thompson, C. B., 1900a, 1900b connective tissues & body cavities Montgomery, T. H., 1897 Nemesis pallida on Vulpecula marina Wilson, C. B.. 1932 Nemopsis morphological variation Hargitt, C. W., 1901 Nemopsis bachei Hargitt, C. W., 1902b Neohaustorius biarticulatus Bousfield, E. L.. 1965 Neohaustorius schmitzi 19f Bousfield, E. L., 1965 Neoliparis atlanticus Gray, G. M., 1939a Neoliparis montagui Smith, H.M., 1898a Neomaenis analis Smith, H. M., 1898a, 1898b, 1902a Neomaenis apodus Smith, H.M., 1898a, 1898b, 1902b Neomaenis ay a Smith, H. M., 1898a Neomaenis blackfordi Smith, H. M., 1902b Neomaenis griseus Smith, H. M., 1898a, 1898b, 1902b Neomaenis jocu Smith, H. M., 1898b Neomysis americana physiology Raymont, J. E.G. & R. J. Conover, 1961 Neopanope texana sayi Wilson, J. H., 1905 development larval Chamberlain, N. A., 1957 Neosperwysis deichmanni de Laubenvels. M. W.. 1949 Nephrochloris saliva Hulburt, E. M., 1963 seasonal distribution Hulburt. E. M., 1956b Nephlhys bucera tolerance to low salinity Pearse, A. S., 1928 Neptunis sayi Smith, S. L, 1877-1882b Nereidae new species Pettibone, M. H., 1956 Nereis cell lineage Wilson, E. B., 1892 Nereis alacris Verrill, A. E., 1880-1886 Nereis grayi Pettibone, M. H., 1956 Nereis limbata U. S. Fish Commission, 1901 breeding Lillie, F. R. & E. E. Just, 1913 Mead, A. D., 1898 Thompson, M. T., 1899 Nereis megalops Verrill, A. E., 1880-1886 Nereis tenuis Webster, H. E. & J. E. Benedict, 1884 Nereis virens 134 Nereis virens behavior Copeland, M., 1930 Miner, R. W., 1912 feeding Copeland, M. & H. L. Wieman, 1924 Gross, A. C, 1921 breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 care & maintenance of Copeland, M., 1935 food of Nyaticorax nycticorax naevius Gross, A. 0., 1923 salinity influences Sayles, L. P., 1935 sense organs Langdon, F. E., 1900 tolerance to low salinity Pearse, A. S., 1928 Nerilla antennata Webster, H. E. & J. E. Benedict, 1884 Neris arenaceodentata Moore, J. P., 1903a Nerocila munda on Monacanthus Cushman, J. A., 1906a parasite of Ceratacanthus aurantiacus Harger, O., 1880a Nesippus alatus Wilson, C. B., 1906 Nest building behavior Musculus discors Merrill, A. S. & R. D. Turner, 1963 Neverita duplicata Winkley, H. W., 1907 New Bedford MoUusca, distribution Greene, T. A., 1833 New England storms Perley, S., 1891 Nicolea simplex Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith & 0. Harger , 1873 Nicolea viridis Webster, H. E. & J. E. Benedict, 1884 Nicolea zostericola Hartman, 0., 1942a, 1944 Ninoe nigripes Hartman, 0., 1942a Verrill, A. E.. S. I. Smith &0. Harger , 1873 Nitella flexilis Wood, R. D., 1949 Nitella megacarpa Wood, R. D., 1949 Nitella morongii Wood, R. D., 1949 Nitella transilis Wood, R. D., 1949 Nitocra chelifer Wilson, C. B., 1932 Nitrate seasonal cycle Lillick, L. C, 1937 Nitrite in sea water Rakestraw, N. W., 1936 Nitrogen cycle & bacteria Waksman, S. A., M. Hotchkiss & C. L. Carey, 1933 of sea water von Brand, T. & N. W. Rakestraw, 1940, 1941 von Brand, T. & N. W. Rakestraw & C. E. Renn, 1937, 1939 von Brand, T., N. W. Rakestraw & J. W. Zabor, 1942 regeneration von Brand, T. & N. W. Rakestraw, 1940, 1941 von Brand, T., N. W. Rakestraw & C. E. Renn, 1937, 1939 von Brand, T., N. W. Rakestraw fk J. W. Zabor, 1942 Nitzschia ovalis polysaccharides of Lewin, R. A., 1955 Nitzschia delicatissima seasonal distribution Hulburt, E. M., 1956b Nitzschia elegans parasite of Acipenser sturio Linton, E., 1898c Nitzschia papillosa parasite of Gadus callarias Linton, E., 1898c Nobska fog DuBois, E., 1935 Nogagus curticaudis parasite of Carcharinus obscurus Rathbun, R., 1885 Nogagus latreillii parasite of Carcharinus obscurus Rathbun, R., 1885 Nolella blakei on Perophora viridis Rogick, M. P., 1945-1949 Nomenclature, Copepoda Wilson, C. B., 1925 No Mans Land geology Woodworth, J. B. & E. Wigglesworth, 1934 Nomeus gronovii Smith, H. M., 1898a Nonamesset kettle holes Koons, B. F., 1884 N onion pauciloculum Cushman. J. A., 1944 N onion tisburyensis brackish water Butcher. W. S.. 1948 Parker, F. L., 1952 Northern corals see Astrangia danae Northern squid see Ilex illacebrosus North Falmouth fauna, eel grass flats Allee, W. C, 1922b 135 North Falmouth invertebrate collections Dawson, J. A., 1931 Notomastus filiformis Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith & 0. Harger, 1873 Notoplana atomata Pearse, A. S. & A. M. Walker J 1939 Notropis rubrifrons host for Caryophyllaeus terebrans Linton, E., 1941 Nucula delphinodonta Stimpson, W., 1854a Nucula navicularis Couthouy, J. P., 1839 Nucula proximo fossil Raup, D. M. & D. R. Lawrence, 1963 Nucula shaleri Miocene Pall, W. H., 1894 Nucula thraciaeformis in Pleuronectes dentata Gould, A. A., 1841 Nudibranchiata Moore, G. M., 1950 Russell, H. D., 1964 Verrill, A. E., 1872 salt marsh, Pasque Island Russell, H. D., 1946 Nutrients Hulburt, E. M., 1956a Rakestraw, N. W., 1936 Nutrition & callus color, Polinces duplicatus Turner, H. J., Jr., 1958 Nycticorax nycticorax naevius Gross, A. 0., 1923 Obelia breeding Thompson, M. T., 1899 Obelia commissuralis development Grave, B. H., 1933 Obelia congdoni Hargitt, C. W., 1909b Obelia dichotoma symbiosis with Endeis spinosus Cole, L. J., 1910 Obelia flabellata Hargitt, C. W., 1902b synonomy Hargitt, C. W., 1908 Obelia geniculata Hargitt, C. W., 1902b Oceania languida Hargitt, C. W., 1902b Oceanography chemical Walsh, G. E., 1965a, 1965b Ochlochaete lentiformis Thivy, P., 1943 Ochromonas marina Lackey, J. B., 1940 Octobothrium crenacolle Linton, E., 1934c Oligochaeta Octobothrium crenacolle parasite of Sphyma zygaena Linton. E.. 1889-1891 parasite of Poronotus triacanthus Linton, E., 1907a seasonal distribution Linton, E., 1914 Octobothrium denticulatum parasite of Pollachius virens Linton, E., 1901a Octobothrium dipsacum parasite of Pomatomus saltatrix Linton, E., 1897 Octoplectanum affine parasite of Paralichthys dentatus Linton, E., 1898c Ocypode quadrata Smith, S. 1., 1877-1882b Ocyurus chrysurus Smith, H. M., 1902a Odontaspis littoralis parasite of Crossobothrium laciniatum Linton, E., 1889-1891 parasite of Pandarus smithii Rathbun, R., 1887a parasite of Rhynchobothrium longicorne Linton, E., 1889-1891 Odostomia Bartsch, P., 1907-1912 Odostomia (Evalea) bartschi classification Winkley, H. W., 1912 Odostomia bisuturalis Winkley, H. W., 1907, 1909 Odostomia ( Chrysallida ) bushiana Bartsch, P., 1907-1912 Odostomia crenulata Miocene Brown. T. C. 1905 Odostomia fusca Winkley, H. W., 1907 Odostomia (lolaea) hendersoni Bartsch. P.. 1907-1912 Odostomia ( Odostomia) modesta Winkley, H. W., 1909 Odostomia semicostgta Miocene Brown, T. C, 1905 Odostomia seminuda Winkley, H. W., 1907 Odostomia trifada Winkley, H. W., 1907 host for cerceria of Lecithaster confusus Hunninen, A. V. & R. M. Cable, 1943a Oithona brevicomis Deevey, G. B., 1948 Oithona plumifera Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Wheeler, W. M., 1901 Oithona similis Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Wheeler, W. M., 1901 Oligochaeta Moore, J. P., 1905b Welch, P. S., 19l7 Oligochaeta Oligochaeta tolerance to low salinity Pearse, A. S. 1928 Oligoplites saurus Gray, G. VI., 1939c Smith, H. M., 1898a Olpidium sphacellamm Sparrow, F. K., Jr., 1936 Omalostomum schultzei Jones, E. R., 1938 Ommastrephes illecebwsa Verrill, A. E., 1874, 1880 host for Phyllobothrium loliginis Linton, E., 1897 host for Thysanocephalum Linton, E., 1897 Oncaea venusta Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Wheeler, W. M., 1901 Onchidoris aspera Russell, H. D., 1964 Onchidoris fusca Russell, H. D., 1964 Onchium ocellatum Cobb, N. A., 1920 Onchocotyle mavon parasite of Morone americana Linton, E., 1942 Onset Bay oyster fishery Galtsoff, P. S., H. P. Prytherch & H. C. McMillin, 1930 salinity Galtsoff, P. S., H. F. Prytherch & H. C. McMillin, 1930 temperature, water Galtsoff, P. S., H. F. Prytherch & H. C. McMillin, 1930 Ontogeny Hydrozoa Hargitt, C. W., 1911 tidal marsh Redfield, A. C, 1965a Ophichthus gomesi Backus, R. H., 1957 Ophiocoma aculeata Desor, E., 1851a Ophioderma autotomy Allee, W. C. & J. R. Fowler, 1932 Ophioderma brevispina physiology Allee, W. C, 1927 Ophiolepis robusta Ayers, W. 0., 1854 Oph i uro idea "" Allee, W. C. & J. R. Fowler, 1932 Ayers, W. O., 1854 Clarke, H. L., 1908 Desor, E., 1851a physiology Allee, W. C, 1927 rare Gray, G. M., 1940a Opisthonema oglinum Gray, G. M., 1939c 136 Opisthonema oglinum MacCoy, C. V., 1931 Smith, H. M., 1898a Opossum shrimp see Mysidacea Opsanus tau Smith, H. M., 1898a embryos Armstrong, P. B., 1957 exchange by tidal currents Williams, G. C, 1960 feeding Herrick, C. J., 1903 host for Ascaris habena Linton, E., 1901a host for Contracaecum habena Linton, E., 1934c host for Monostomum vinal-edwardsii Linton, E., 1901b host for Siphodera vinal-edwardsii Manter, H. W., 1926 parasites of Linton, E., 1901a parasites of cestodes Linton, E., 1910a Orbicella acropora Hargitt, C. W., 1914 Orbinia omata Hartman, 0., 1942a, 1944 Orchestia agilis Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith & 0. Harger , 1873 behavior Holmes, S. J., 1903a commensal host for Allosphaerium Kidder, G. W. & F. M. Summers, 1935 commensal host for Chilodonella Kidder, G. W. & F. M. Summers, 1935 Orchestia heigalis ecology Platzman, S. J., 1960 Orchestia palustris Verrill, A. E., S. I. Smith & 0. Harger, 1873 behavior Holmes, S. J., 1903a commensal host for Allosphaerium Kidder, G. W. & F. M. Summers, 1935 commensal host for Chilodonella longipharynx Kidder, G. W. & F. M. Summers, 1935 Orchestia platensis growth estimates Sutcliffe, W. H., Jr., 1965 Orchestiidae parasites of Summers, F. M. & G. W. Kidder, 1936 Orcynus pelamys Edwards, V. N., 1878 Organic carbon Lidz, L., 1965 Organic content of sediments Wigley, R. L., 1961a Organic matter decomposition by bacteria Waksman, S. A., C. L. Carey & H. W. Reuszer, 1933 137 Osteichthyes Organic matter in marine mud Waksman, S. A., 1933 in sediments Ryder, J. A., 1885 rate of decomposition by bacteria Waksman, S. A. & C. E. Renn, 1936 Organs, olfactory Busycon Copeland, M., 1918 Nassarius Copeland, M., 1918 Orientation Ilyanassa obsoleta Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett & W. J. Brett, 1959 Brown, F. A., Jr. &H. M. Webb, 1960 Nassarius obsoletus Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett & W. J. Brett, 1959 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett & H. M. Webb, 1960 Brown, F. A., Jr., W. J. Brett, M. F. Bennett &F. H. Barnwell, 1960 Brown, F. A., Jr. &H.M. Webb, 1960 Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb & W. J. Brett, 1960 Orleans Stunkard, H. W., 1953 sediments Schlee, J., E. Uchupi & J. V. A. Trumbull, 1964 Orthaguriscus mola young Putnam, F. W., 1871 Orthonectida Meinkoth, M. A., 1956 Orygmatobothrium ansustum parasite of Carcharias obscurus Linton. E.. 1889-1891 parasite of Prionace glauca Linton, E., 1898b Orygmatobothrium crenulatum parasite of Dasyatis centrura Linton, E., 1898b Orygmatobothrium forte parasite of Cestracion zygaena Linton, E.. 1925 Orygmatobothrium paulum parasite of Galeocerdo tigrinus Linton, E., 1898b Osmerus_ moradax Fowler, H. W., 1917 Smith, H. M., 1898a Osmosis, fish Sumner, P. B., 1906a Osmotic regulation gammarids Werntz, H. O., 1963 Osteichthyes Armstrong, P. B., 1957 Armstrong, P. B. & J. S. Child, 1965 Arnold, E. L., Jr. ,1949, 1951 Atwood, N. E., 1865, 1866b, 1866-1868, 1868 Backus, R. H., 1962 Osteichthyes Baird, S. F., 1873b Bean, B. A., 1898 Bigelow, H. B. & W. C. Schroeder, 1940 Brown, G. G., 1879 Bumpus, H. C, 1899 Edwards, V. N., 1878 Eigenmann, C. H., 1902b Goode, G. B., 1879 Gudger, E. W., 1930 Harper, F., 1928 Kendall, W. C. & H. M. Smith, 1895 Lyman, T., 1861 MacCoy, C. V., 1931, 1934 Mather, F. J., IH, 1952 Mathew, S. A., 1938 Meek, S. E., 1883 Putnam, F. W., 1871 Radcliffe, L., 1916 Richards, S. A., A. Perlmutter &D. C. McAneny, 1963 Rogers, C. H., 1938 Schroeder, W. C, 1937 Schuck, H. A., 1951b Sherwood, S. H. & V. N. Edwards, 1901 Smith, H. M., 1898a, 1898b, 1899a, 1899b, 1901, 1902a, 1902b, 1902c, 1921, 1938 Spaeth, R. A., 1921 Storer, D. H., 1843b, 1848b, 1856, 1859 Thompson, J. H., 1881 U. S. Fish Commission, 1901 albinism Lux, F. E.,1959 anatomy Silvester, C. F., 1905 behavior Atwood, N. E., 1861 Blake, J. H., 1871 Breder, C. M., Jr., 1922a Lyon, E. P., 1905 Newman, H. H., 1907 Nye, W., Jr., 1883, 1887a Parker, G. H., 1912 Rathbun, R., 1894 Verrill, A. E., 1897 feeding Linton, E., 1922b Peck, J. I., 1896 bio-acoustics Moulton, J. M., 1956 copepod parasites of Rathbun, R., 1885, 1888 deformaties Chidester, F. E., 1914 development Breder, C. M., Jr., 1922b Clapp, C. M., 1891 Draper, J. W. & D. J. Edwards, 1932 Eigenmann, C. H., 1902a Miller, D. & R. R. Marak, 1959 Newman, H. H., 1908 Sullivan, W. E., 1915 larvae Kuntz, A. & L. Radcliffe, 1917 diet Schroeder, W. C, 1947 Osteichthyes 138 Osteichthyes distribution Backus, R. H., 1957 Cushman, J. A., 1906b Firth, F. E., 1931 Fowler, H. W., 1917 Gill, T., 1863 Gray, G. M., 1939a, 1940b egg Fish, C, 1928 embryology Ryder, J. A., 1884a Wilson, H. v., 1891a fishery Matthiessen, G. C. & R. C. Toner, 1963 MuUan, J. W., 1958 Perlmutter, A., 1947 food of seals Griffin, D. R., 1936 growth Mather, E J., Ill & H. A. Schuck, 1960 hermaphroditism Chidester, F. E., 1917 larvae Costello, D. P., 1946a life history Schroeder, W. C, 1928 melanosis Hsiao, S. C, 1941 migrations Blake, J. H., 1871 Collins, G. B., 1952 morphology Bigelow, R. P., 1926 Bumpus, H. C, 1898d Gabriel, M. L., 1942 Herrick, C. J., 1898, 1900, 1903 Newman, H. H., 1909 Parker, G. H., 1903, 1910 Williams, S. R., 1902 new species Bean, T. H., 1885 parasites of Cable, R. M. & A. V. Hunninen, 1941, 1942 Hahn, C. W., 1915, 1917, 1918 Hunninen, A. V. & R. Wichterman, 1936 Linton, E.,1891, 1897, 1898c, 1907b, 1915e, 1922c, 1923, 1928, 1934b, 1936, 1941 Manter, H. W., 1926 Martin, W. E., 1939 Ryder, J. A., 1884b WiUey, C. H., 1958 cope pod Rathbun, R., 1887a physiology Irving, L., 1942 predators of Gudger, E. W., 1934 rare Gray, G. M., 1934 reproduction Lee, R. E., 1942 schooling Shaw, E., 1957, 1958a, 1958b, 1958c, 1960-1961, 1961 Osteichthyes sense of smell Parker, G. H. & R. E. Sheldon, 1914 sunfish Dearborn, H. A. S., 1826 temperatures Kidder, J. H., 1880 Ostracoda Cushman, J. A., 1906b Ostrea gigas growth Turner, H. J., Jr., 1950 Ostrea virginica development Jackson, R. T., 1888a, 1888b feeding JjlJrgensen, C. B., 1952 physiology of Galtsoff, P. S., 1929 reproduction Galtsoff, P. S., 1929 Otodistomum cestoides development Manter, H. W., 1926 morphology Manter, H.W., 1926 parasite of Raja laevis Linton, E., 1934c Outer Cape Cod beach changes Zeigler, J. M. & S. D. Tuttle, 1961 age & development Zeigler, J. M., S. D. Tuttle, H. J. Tasha & G. S. Giese, 1965 Oxygen Allee, W. C, 1922c, 1923b consumption Allee, W. C. & J. R. Fowler, 1932 Fucus Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett & H. M. Webb, 1954 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. I. Sandeen & C. L. Ralph, 1954 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. I. Sandeen & H. M. Webb, 1954 Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb & W. J. Brett, 1958 Uca Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett & H. M. Webb, 1954 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. I. Sandeen & C. L. Ralph, 1954 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. I. Sandeen & H. M. Webb, 1954 Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb & W. J. Brett, 1958 Uca pugnax Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett & H. M. Webb, 1954 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. I. Sandeen & C. L. Ralph, 1954 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. I. Sandeen & H. M. Webb, 1954 Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb & W. J. Brett, 1958 139 Palinurichthys perciformis Oxygen production Quahog Pond, West Falmouth Whiteley, G. C, Jr., 1960 Oxythina fossil teeth Merrill, F. J. H., 1890 Oyster Crassostrea Brown, F. A., Jr., VI. F. Bennett, H. M. Webb & C. M. Ralph, 1956 Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb & M. F. Bennett, 1955b growth Pierce, M. E. & J. E. Currier, 1951, 1952 seasonal growth Pierce, M. E. & J. T. Conover, 1954 Oyster crabs see Pinnotheres Oyster drills see Urosalpinx Oyster Pond Falmouth algae Lewis, I. F. & W. R. Taylor, 1928 carbohydrates, dissolved Walsh, G. E., 1964, 1965b pn Walsh, G. E., 1965b productivity Walsh, G. E., 1965b sea level Deevey, E. S., Jr., 1948 Martha's Vineyard depth Matthiesen, G. C, 1960 geology Matthiesen, G. C, 1960 plankton populations Matthiesen, G. C, 1960 salinity Matthiesen, G. C, 1960 temperature, water Matthiesen, G. C, 1960 water density Matthiesen, G. C, 1960 Oyster spat & Stylochus Provenzano, A. J., Jr., 1961 Pachycyclops signatus host for Cyclopsinema mordens Cobb, N. A., 1928 (1927) Pachygrapsus transversus Smith, S. I., 1877-1882b Pachystomos clisthus Rudzinska, M. A., 1952 Pachystomos olisthus Rudzinska, M. A., 1952 Paedophylax hebes Webster. H. E. & J. E. Benedict. 1884 Paguritherium alatum parasite of Pagurus longicarpus Reinhard, E. G., 1945 Pagurus with Hydractinia Bunting, M., 1894 Pagurus acadianus Benedict, J. E., 1901 Pagurus longicarpus host for Gymnodinioides inkystans Trager, W., 1957 host for Paguritherium alatum Reinhard, E. G., 1945 host for Stegophryxus hyptius Thompson, M. T., 1902 lethal temperatures Fraenkel, G., 1960 Palaemon vulgaris Lyman, T., 1861 Palaemonetes larvae heliotropism Lyon, E. P., 1906b Palaemonetes vulgaris behavior, larval White, G. M., 1924 breeding Thompson, M. T., 1899 chromatophores, light & temperature Webb, H. M., F. A. Brown, Jr. & R. C. Graves, 1952 development Faxon, W., 1879a larval Smith, S. I., 1873 morphology Jenner, C. E., 1955 Palaemonetes pugio morphology Jenner, C. E., 1955 Palaeonemertea new species Coe, W. R., 1895 Paleobotany Berry, E. W., 1915 Hollick, A., 1896b Jeffrey, E. C, 1910 Sayles, R. W., 1939 White, D., 1890 Paleoecology Pleistocene mollusks McAlester, A. L., I. G. Speden & M. A. Buzas, 1964 Raup, D. M. & D. R. Lawrence, 1963, 1964 Paleontology Kaye, C. A., 1963 Ogden, J. G., Ill, 1963 Verrill, A. E., 1878 Woodworth, J. B., 1900 Eocene fauna, Nantucket Brown, T. C, 1905 fossiliferous boulders, Truro Crosby, W. 0., 1881 Miocene fauna. Gay Head Cushman, J. A., 1904a, 1905b Palinurichthys perciformis Smith, H. M., 1898a, 1921 host for Distomum pyriforme Linton, E. , 1901a PalinuTichthys perciformis 140 Palinurtchthys perciformis host for Ligula Linton, E., 1941 parasites Linton, E., 1901a Pallene brevirostris behavior Cole, L. J., 1901 Pallene empusa Wilson, E. B., 1880 Palynology Deevey, E. S., Jr., 1948 Livingston, D. A., 1964 Barnstable Marsh Butler, P., 1959 Pleistocene Ogden, J. G., Ill, 1959 pollen stratigraphy Ogden, J. G., Ill, 1963 Quaternary sediments Groot, C. R. & J. J. Groot, 1964 Pandarus c ranch ii parasite of Carcharinus obscurus Rathbun, R., 1885 Pandarus sinuatus Rathbun, R., 1887a development McClendon, J. F., 1906-1907 Pandarus smithii parasite of Odontaspis littoralis Rathbun, R., 1887a Pandocia Van Name, W. G., 1907-1912b Pandora crassidens Wilson, J. H., 1905 Pandora ( Clidiophora) gouldiana Boss, K. J. & A. S. Merrill, 1965 Pandora ( Clidiophora) inomata Boss, K. J. & A. S. Merrill, 1965 Pandora {Clidiophora) trilineata Boss, K. J. & A. S. Merrill, 1965 Pandoridae Boss, K. J. & A. S. Merrill, 1965 Panopea reflexa fossil Sanford, S. N. F., 1934 Paracalanus parvus Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Wheeler, W. M., 1901 Paractis rapiformis Hargitt, C. W., 1914 Paraeuchaeta norvegica physiology Raymont, J. E. G. & R. J. Conover, 1961 Parafolliculina violacea Andrews, E. A., 1942 Parahaustorius attenuatus Bousfield, E. L., 1965 Parahaustorius holmesi Bousfield, E. L., 1965 Parahaustorius longimerus Bousfield, E. L., 1965 Parahesione luteola Pettibone, M. H., 1956 Paraleptastacus brevicaudatus Pennak, R. W., 1942a Wilson. C. B.. 1932 Paraletpastacus katamensis Wilson, C. B.. 1932 Paralichthys dentatus host for Anisoporus manteri Hunninen, A. V. & R. M. Cable, 1940, 1941 host for Chondracanthus galeritus Rathbun, R., 1887a host for Distomum Linton, E., 1901a host for Distomum appendiculatum Linton, E., 1901a host for Distomum dentatum Linton, E., 1901a host for Distomum pundens Linton, E., 1901a host for Echinorhynchus sagittifer Linton, E., 1889 host for Ichtheonema sanguineum Linton, E., 1901a host for Octoplectanum affine Linton, E., 1898c host for Pontobdella rapax Linton, E., 1901b parasites of Linton, E., 1901a Paralichthys dentatus morphology, optic Parker, G. H., 1903 Paralichthys oblongus U. S. Fish Commission, 1901 Paramecium geotropism Kanda, S., 1914 Paramecium woodruffi Wenrich. P. H.. 1928 Paranais littoralis Moore, J. P., 1905b Paranthura brachiata Harger, 0., 1880a Parapagurus pilosimanus Smith, S. 1., 1878-1882 Parapandarus nodosus Wilson, C. B., 1925 Parapolia aurantiaca Coe. W. R., 1895 Pararchinotodelphys gurneyi Illg, P. L., 1955 Parasira catenulata Vernll, A. E., 1880 Parasites Groto, S., 1899 Linton, E., 1907a, 1907b, 1907c, 1910b, 1915d, 1915e, 1921, 1922a, 1922b, 1922c, 1922d, 1923, 1924, 1925, 1927, 1928, 1932, 1933, 1934a, 1934b, 1942 Provenzano, A. J., Jr., 1961 Reinhard, E. G., 1945 Acanthocephla Linton, E., 1889, 1892a Arabella on Dtopatra cuprea Allen, M. J., 1952 cercariae Linton, E., 1915b, 1915c cestode Linton, E., 1889, 1889-1891, 1897, 1898b, 1898 (1897) 1905, 1907a 141 Pecten grandis Parasites Chloromyxum clupeidae Hahn, C. W., 1918 Chomosphaera cancrorum Connolly, C. J., 1929 ciliates, coelozoic astomatous Summers, F. M. & G. W. Kidder, 1936 copepod Linton, E., 1901a McClendon, J. F., 1906-1907 Rathbun, R., 1885, 1887a, 1888 Willey, C. H., 1958 Wilson, C. B., 1903b 1905b, 1906, 1921, 1925, 1932 Crossobothrium lanciniatum Curtis, W. C, 1903 Cyclopsinema mordens Cobb, N. A., 1928 (1927) entozoan Linton, E., 1889-1891, 1910a fish Linton, E., 1894, 1898a, 1898c, 1901a 1901b, 1914, 1941 Wilson, C. B., 1905a helminth Linton, E., 1934c ithysanocephalum crispum Linton, E., 1892b isopod Reinhard, E. G., 1949 Thompson, M. T., 1902 Lecithaster confusus Hunninen, A. & R. VI. Cable, 1943a Loxosoma minuta Osburn, R. C, 1912 metacercariae, microphallid Stunkard, H. W., 1950b Microtaeniella clymenellae Calkins, G. N., 1915 Myxobolus musculi Hahn, C. W., 1917a, 1917b Myxobolus pleuronectidae Hahn, C. W., 1917b nematoda Cobb, N. A., 1902b, 1920 Nolella blakei Rogick, M. D., 1945-1949 Planocera inquilina Wheeler, W. M., 1894a Podocotyle atomos Hunninen, A. V. & R. M. Cable, 1943b Protozoa Kudo, R., 1923 Renn, C. E., 1935 Rhizocephala Reinhard, E. G., 1946 Rhopalarua Vleinkoth, M. A., 1956 skin parasite of Ctenolabrus adspersus Ryder, J. A., 1884b sporocysts Linton, E., 1915c sporozoan Linton, E., 1915c Trematode Cable, R. M., 1954 Cable, R. M. & A. V. Hunninen, 1939, 194^1, 1941, 1942 Cable, R. Vi. & H. W. Stunkard, 1931 Hsiao, S. C, 1941 Parasites Trematode Hunninen, A. V. & R. VI. Cable, 1940, 1941, 1943b Linton, E., 1898 Vlanter, H. W., 1926 Martin, W. E., 1938, 1939, 1940, 1944 Miller, H. M., Jr. & F. E. Northup, 1926 Stunkard, H. W., 1936, 1938, 1943, 1950a, 1951, 1953, 1957, I960, 1961, 1962a, 1962b, 1964 Stunkard, H. W. & R. M. Cable, 1932 Stunkard, H. W. & R. F. Nigrelli, 1930 Stunkard, H. W. & C. R. Shaw, 1931 Tubularia parasitica Hargitt, C. W., 1902a Parasitism, Hyper Hexamat ia, parasite oi Deropristis inflata Hunninen, A. V. & R. Wichterman, 1936 Parataenia medusia parasite of Dasyatis centrura Linton, E., 1889, 1898b parasite of Trygon centrura Linton, E., 1889-1891 Paratanais algicola Harger, 0., 1878 Parorchis avitus life history Stunkard, M. W. & R. M. Cable, 1931, 1932 Parthenogenesis in Asteroidea Greeley, A. W., 1902 Parvatrema borealis host, intermediate Stunkard, H. W., 1962a Parypha crocea development Allen, C. M., 1900 Pasque Island flora Fogg, J. M., Jr., 1930 nudibranch fauna of salt marsh Russell, H. D., 1946 Pasythea nodosa on Sargassum Hargi-tt, C. W., 1908 Pea crabs see Pinnotheres Peat Barnstable Marsh Redfield, A. C, 1965b, 1965c Redfield, A. C. & M. Rubin, 1962a, 1962b sedimentology Redfield, A. C, 1965a Pebbles fossiliferous Woodworth, J. B., 1892 Harwich Julien, A. P., 1907 Pecten autecology Belding, D. L., 1910b fishery Belding, D. L., 1910b Pecten concentricus Lyman, T., 1861 Pecten grandis natural history Posgay, J. A., 1950, 1953 respiration Var, nam I 19S4 Pecten irradians 142 Pecten irradians Plaine, H. L., 1952 Turner, H.J. & J. E. Hanks, 1960 hermaphroditism Grave, B. H. & J. Smith, 1936a host for Trematode sporocysts & cercariae Linton, E., 1915c infested by Polydora ciliata Plaine, H. L., 1952 Turner, H. J., Jr. & J. E. Hanks, 1959 respiration Van Dam, L., 1954 Pecten magellanicus Wilson, J. H., 1905 Pecten tenuicostatus evolution Drew, G. A., 1907a morphology Drew, G. A., 1907a Pectinaria belgica behavior Miner, R. W., 1912 Pectinidae fossil Raup, D. M. & D. R. Lawrence, 1963 Pedicellina cernua Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 Pelagia cyanella Hargitt, C.W., 1902b Pelagia quinquercirrha Desor, E., 1851d Pelecypoda Adams, C. B., 1839a, 1941b Belding, D. L., 1910a, 1910b, 1914, 1916, 1930 Clench, W. J. & C. G. Aquayo, 1931 Drew, tJ. A., 1899 Field, I. A., 1922 Grave, B.H., 1928a Jackson, R. T., 1888a Johnson, C. W., 1932 Lyman, T., 1861 Matthiessen, G. C, I960 Orr, P R., 1946 Plaine, H. L., 1952 Ropes, J. W., 1963 Ropes, J. W. & C. E. Martin, 1960 Stimpson, W., 1854a, 1854b Storer, D. H., 1839 Turner, H. J., Jr., 1951. 1957 Turner, H. J., Jr. & J. E. Hanks, 1959 U. S. Fish Commission, 1901 Verrill, A.E., 1872, 1873 Winkley, H. W., 1907 amino acid uptake Stephens, G. C. & R. A. Schinske, 1958 anti-fouling Clarke, G. L., 1947 behavior Bennett, M. F., 1954 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett, H. M. Webb & C. M. Ralph, 1956 Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb & M. F. Bennett, 1955b Drew, G. A., 1907b Pelecypoda behavior Grave, B. H., 1927a, 1927b, 1928b Merrill, A. S. & R. D. Turner, 1963 Turner, H. J., Jr. & C. J. George, 1955 feeding Blake, J. W., 1961 J^rgensen, C. B., 1952 sexual Coe, W. R., 1934, 1936a breeding Thompson, M. T., 1899 commensalism Linton, E., 1910c Patterson, J. T., 1912 development Galtsoff, P. S., 1954 Grave, B. H., 1926 Jackson, R. T., 1888b Kellogg, J. L., 1905 Richards, 0. W., 1935, 1946 Turner, H. J., Jr., 1950 distribution Carpenter, H. F., 1889 Connell, J. H., 1955 evolution Drew, G. A., 1907a fishery Galtsoff, P. S., H. F. Prytherch & H. C. McMillin, 1930 Posgay, J. A., 1950, 1953 Turner, H.J., Jr., 1949b Wheeler, C. L., 1948 fossil Lyell, C, 1844 Merrill, E J. H., 1890 Sanford, S. N. F., 1934 Scudder, S. H., 1877 gametogenesis Turner, H..J. & J. E. Hanks, 1960 growth Pierce, M. E. & J. E. Currier, 1951, 1952 hermaphroditism Grave, B.H. & J. Smith, 1936a intertidal freezing Kanwisher, J. W., 1955 life history Kellogg, J. L., 1901 Miocene, Gay Head Dall, W. H., 1894 morphology Ryder, J. A., 1889 functional Hunter, W. R. & D. C. Grant, 1962 mortality Burnett, A. L., 1955, 1960 Pandoridae Boss, K. J. & A. S. Merrill, 1965 parasites of Cable, R. M., 1954 Linton, E., 1915c Martin, W. E., 1940 periodicity Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett, H. M. Webb & C. M. Ralph, 1956 Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb & M. F. Bennett, 1955b 143 Pelecypoda physiology Galtsoff, P. S., 1929 populational ecology Ayers, J. C, 1956 predators of Lavoie, M. & G. G. Holz, Jr., 1955 propagation Turner, H. J. , Jr., 1949a raft culture Shaw, W. N., 1962 raft grown Shaw, W. N., 1963 respiration Van Dam, L., 1954 seasonal growth Pierce, M. E. & J. T. Conover, 1954 sediment reworking Rhoads, D. C, 1963 sex inversions Grave, B. H. & J. Smith, 1936b sexual cycle Grave, B. H., 1942 shell inclusions Merrill, A. S., 1960 symbiosis Gray, G. M., 1933 Peltogaste r naushonensis Reinhard, E. G., 1946 Penikese Island algae Croasdale, H., 1948 Doty, M. S., 1948 Jordan, D. S., 1874 Lewis, I. P., 1924 Lewis, I. F. & W. R. Taylor, 1933 brackish water Protozoa Zinn, D. J., 1954 palynology post glacial sea level Deevey, E. S., Jr., 1948 Protozoa Croasdale, H., 1948 Zinn, D. J., 1954 Penilia avirostris bioluminescense Lochhead, J. H., 1954 distribution Lochhead, J. H., 1954 Penis resorption Jenner, C. E., 1936a Nassa obsoletus Jenner, C. E. & N. A. Chamberlain, 19 55 Pennaria morphology, variation Hargitt, C. W., 1901 Pennaria tiarella breeding Thompson, VI. T., 1899 development Hargitt, C. W., 1900a, 1904b morphology Smallwood, M., 1899 natural history Hargitt, C. W., 1900a nematocysts, manipulation Kepner, W: A., 1943 ontogeny Hargitt, C. W., 1911 Periodicity Pennatula aculeata Hargitt, C. W., 1914 Peprilus alepidotus Arnold, E. L., Jr., 1951 Peranemopsis striata Lackey, J. B., 1940 Peridinium distribution Peck, J. I., 1896 Peridinium divergens Peck, J. I., 1896 Peridinium fusus Peck, J. L, 1896 Peridinium triquetrum seasonal distribution Hulburt, E. \1.. 1956b Periodicity Fingerman, M., 1957a Stier, T. J. B., 1933 Callinectes Fingerman, M., 1955 Crassostrea Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett, H. M. Webb & C. M. Ralph, 1956 Brown, F. A.. Jr., H. M. Webb & M. F. Bennett, 1955b Fucus Brown, F. A., Jr., M. I. Sandeen & H. M. Webb, 1954 Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb & W. J. Brett, 1958, 1960 Hantzschia amphioxys Faure-Fremiet, E., 1951b llyanassa obsoleta Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett & W. J. Brett, 1959 Brown, F. A., Jr., W. J. Brett &H. M. Webb, 1959 Brown, F. A., Jr. & H. M. Webb, 1960 Brown, F. \., Jr., H. M. Webb, M. F. Bennett fi L. H. Barnwell, 1959 Littorina littorea Haseman, J. D., 1911 Nassarius obsoletus Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett & W. J. Brett, 1959 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett &H. M. Webb, 1960 Brown, F. A., Jr., W. J. Brett, M. F. Bennett & F. H. Barnwell, 1960 Brown, F. A., Jr. &H. M. Webb, 1960 Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb & W. J. Brett, 1958, 1960 Pelecypoda Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett, H. M. Webb & C. M. Ralph, 1956 Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb & M. F. Bennett, 1955b Uca Barnwell, F. H. & F. A. Brown, Jr., 1963 Brown, F. A., Jr. &M. N. Hines, 1952 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. 1. Sandeen & N. Fingerman, 1952 Brown, F. A., Jr., Vj. I. Sandeen & C. L. Ralph, 1954 Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb, M. F. Bennett &VI. I. Sandeen, 1954 Periodicity Periodicity Uca daily Brown, F. A., Jr. &G. C Stephens, 1951 Brown, F. A., Jr. &H. M. Webb, 1949 Fingerman, M., 1955 melanophores Stephens, G. C, J. P. Greene, B. Guttman & R. A. Schinske, 1958 tidal & burrows Fingerman, M., 1957b tidal & color change Fingerman, M., 1955, 1956 Uca pugnax Bennett, M. F. & F. A. Brown, Jr., 1959b Bennett, M. F., J. Shriner & R. A. Brown, 1957 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett & M. I. Sandeen, 1953 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett & H. M. Webb, 1954 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. Fingerman, M. I. Sandeen & H. M. Webb. 195^ Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb & R. C. Graves, 1952 Webb, H. M. & F. A. Brown, Jr., 1965 melanophores Stephens, G. C, 1955 motor activity Bennett, M. F., J. Shriner &R. A. Brown, 1957 Venus mercenaria Bennett, M. F., 1954 Brown, F. A., Jr., M. F. Bennett, H. M. Webb & C. M. Ralph, 1956 Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb & M. F. Bennett, 1955b Perissopus communis Rathburi, R., 1888 Peritricha Rudzinska, M. A., 1947 Periphora listeri development Jackson, S. F., 1958 Periphora viridis Van Name, W. G., 1907-1912a Verrill. A.E., 1871b morphology Metcalf, M. M., 1895 Periwinkles see Littorina (3 species) Petaloproctus filifer Hartman, 0. ,1942b, 1944 Petersenia (Olpidiopsis) andreei comb. nov. Sparrow, F. K., 1936 Petersenia sp. Sparrow, F. K., Jr., 1936 Petersenia lobata Sparrow, F. K., Jr., 1936 Petricola pholadiformis distribution, spatial Connell, J. H., 1955 144 Petrography Schalk, M., 1938 facetted pebbles Davis, W. M., 1895 Petromyzon Mead, A. D., 1898 Petromyzon marinus Smith, H. M., 1898a pCO in sea water Loomis, W. F. & W. F. Loomis, Jr., I960 PH Bigelow, H. B., 1927 Walsh, G. E., 1965b effects upon animal distribution Allee, W. C, 1922c, 1923b Phaeodactylum tricomtum Lewin, J. C, R. A. Lewin & D. E. Philpott, 1958 phosphorus uptake Kuenzler, E. J. & B. H. Ketchum, 1962 systematics Lewin, J. C, 1958 Phaeophila engeri Thivy, F., 1943 Phaeophyta Brown, F. A., Jr., M. I. Sandeen & H. M. Webb, 1954 Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb & W. J. Brett, 1958 Collins, F. S., 1906, 1908b, 1914, 1918 Farlow, W. G., 1882b Schuh, R. E., 1900a Taylor, W. R., 1928, 1941 anaerobiosis Wieser, W. & J. Kanwisher, 1959 associated with Ectoprocta Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 development Papenfuss, G. F., 1935 distribution Collins, F. S., 1891, 1896 morphology Simons, E. B., 1906 physiology Robbins, W. J., 1916 Phaeophytin in phytoplankton method of determination by fluorescence Yentsch, C. S. & D. W. Menzel, 1963 Phallusia Van Name, W. G., 1907-1912b Phascolosoma gouldii behavior Miner, R. W., 1912 tolerance to low salinity Pearse, A. S., 1928 PhiUchthys xiphiae parasite of Xiphias gladius Linton, E., 1901b Philoscia vittata Harger, 0., 1880a Phoca vitulina U. S. Fish Commission, 1901 Phoca vitulina concolor stomach contents Griffin, D. R., 1936 145 Pholas costata fossil Gould, A. A., 1841 Pholas truncata Wilson, J. H., 1905 Pholis gunnellus Smith, H. M., 1898a Phoreiobothrium exceptum parasite of Cestracion zygaena Linton, E., 1925 Phoreiobothrium lasium parasite of Carcharias obscurus Linton, E., 1889 - 1891 parasite of Prionace glauca Linton, E., 1898b Phoreiobothrium pectinatum parasite of Cestracion zygaena Linton, E., 1925 Phoreiobothrium triloculatum parasite of Carcharinus obscurus Linton, E., 1901b Phoresis Remora Spaeth, R. A., 1921 Phosphate seasonal cycle LiUick, L. C, 1937 Phosphorus cycle Renn, C. E., 1937 distribution Hulburt, E. M., 1956a uptake by algae Kuenzler, E. J. & B. H. Ketchum, 1962 Photokinesis /Is ten as forbesi Rockstein, M. & M. Rockstein. 1957 Photoperiods Brown, F. A., Jr. &G.C. Stephens, 1951 Photosynthesis Yentsch, C. S. & C. A. Reichert, 1963 benthic diatoms Taylor, W. R. & J. D. Palmer, 1963 titration alkalinity of sea water Taylor, W. R., I960 Phototaxis Palaemonetes Lyon, E. P., 1906b Phycis americanis Atwood, N. E., 1868 Phycis chuss temperature Kidder, J. H., 1879 Phycis tenuis host for Chondracanthus phycidis Rathbun, R., 1887a host for Filaria serrata Linton, E., 1901b Phyllobothria larvae, fish hosts of Linton, E., 1922d Physiology Phyllobothnum foliatum parasite of Dasyatis centrura Linton, E., 1898b (1897) parasite of Trygon centrura Linton, E., 1889-1891 Phyllobothrium loliginis parasite of Ommastrephes illecebrosus Linton, E., 1897 Phyllobothnum thysanocephalum classification Linton, E.. 1889 - 1891, 1892b parasite of Galeocerdo tigrinus Linton, E., 1889 - 1891 see also Thysanocephalum crispum Phyllobothrium tumidum parasite of Carcharodon carcharias Linton. E., 1922d parasite of Isurus dekayi Linton, E., 1922d Phyllodoc e catenula Verrill, A. E.. S. I. Smith &0. Harger, 1873 Phyllomitus salinus Lackey, J. B., 1940 Phyllophora brodiaec associated with Bryozoa Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 Phyllophora membranifolia associated with Bryozoa Rogick, M. D. & H. Croasdale, 1949 Phylogeny Sanders, H. L., 1957 Actinozoa McMurnch, J. P., 1891a Physalta behavior feeding Gudger, E. W., 1942 carbon monoxide in float Wittenberg, J. B., 1958 gas content of float Safford, V., 1939 Physalia physalis feeding Lenhoff, H. M. & H. A. Schneiderman, 1959 Physeter { Dinoziphius) carolinensis fossil tooth Sanford, S. N. F., 1934 Physical oceanography Bigelow, H. B., 1927 Day, C. G., I960, 1%3 Seiwell, H. R., 1948 drift bottle records Bumpus, D. F., 1961 Bumpus, D. F. & C. G. Day, 1957 tides Redfield, A. C, 1953 Physiculus fulvus Bean, T. H.. 1885 Physiological ecology Skeletonema costatum Curl, H., Jr. &G. C. McLeod, 1961 Physiology David, C. N. & R. J. Conover, 1961 Phy siology Physiology algae Gifford, C. E. & E. P. Odum, 1961 Yentsch, C. S. & C. A. Reichert, 1963 unicellular McLachlan, J., 1961 Asterias forbesi Burnett, A. L., 1955, 1960 Asterias rubens Chambers, R., 1930 COt effect on Arbacia egg Haywood, C. & W. S. Root, 1930 copepod Anraku, M., 1964 Anraku, M. & M. Omori, 1963 Crepidula plana sexual changes Gould, H. N., 1949 digestive tract, elasmobranchs Sullivan, M. X., 1908 dinoflagellates Hochachka, P. W. & J. M. Teal, 1964 Dolichoglossus kowalowskyi light reactions, photoreceptors Hess, W. M., 1935 Ensis directus Drew, G. A., 1907b, 1908 fish temperatures Kidder, J. H., 1880 Gonionemus murbachii nervous system Yerkes, R. M., 1902b Metridium netabolic effects on feeding AUabach, L. P., 1905 Mnemiopsis leidyi Coonfield, B. R., 1934 Molgula manhattensis x-rays Grosch, D. S. & Z. H. Smith, 1957 Nereis virens salinity effects Langdon, F. E., 1900 Ostrea Galtsoff, P. S., 1929 phytoplankton Margalef, R. & J. H. Ryther, 1960 Scopthalamus aquosus color change Scott, G. T., 1965 Synapta Clark, H. L., 1901 Phytoplankton Margalef, R., 1960b Yentsch, C. S. & C. A. Reichert, 1963 Yentsch, C. S. & J. H. Ryther, I959 chlorolphyll variation Yentsch, C. S. & J. H. Ryther, 1957 estuaries Hulburt, E. M., 1963 metabolism Clarke, G. L. & R. H. Oster, 1934 physiology Hellebust, J. A., 1965 Margalef, R. & J. H. Ryther, 1960 146 Phytoplankton pigments Margalef, R. & J. H. Ryther, I960 polysaccharides of Lewin, R. A., 1955 populations, experimental Margalef, R. & J. H. Ryther, 1960 productivity Margalef, R. & J. H. Ryther, 1960 seasonal distribution Fish, C. J., 1925 Hulburt, E. M., 1956b Lillick, L. C, 1937 fluctuations Riley, G. A., 1947 production Clarke, G.L. & D. J. Zinn, 1937 succession, ecological Margalef, R. & J. H. Ryther, 1960 Pigments, chloroplastic & water-soluble yellow substances in algae Yentsch, C. S. & C. A. Reichert, 1961- 1962 Pigments, plant chromatographic analysis Taylor, W. R. & C. D. Gebelein, 1964 of intertidal sediments Taylor, W. R. & C. D. Gebelein, 1964 phytoplankton Margelef, R. & J. H. Ryther, 1960 Pilinia minor Collins, F. S., 1908a Pilinia reinschii Collins, F. S., 1908a Pilumnus harrisii Lyman, T., 1861 Pinnixa development, larval Smith, S. 1., 1877- 1882b early stages Smith, S. I., 1877- 1882a Pinnixa chaetopterana Smith, S. I., 1877- 1882b commensalism Pearse, A. S., 1913 Pinnixa say ana Smith, S. I., 1877- 1882b Pinnotheres maculatus commensalism Pearse, A. S., 1913 commensal of Modiolus modiolus Cushman, J. A., 1906a reproduction Pearce, J. B., 1964 Pinnotheres maculatus larvae behavior Welsh, J. H., 1933 swimming rate Welsh, J. H., 1932 Pinnotheridae reproduction Pearce, J. B., 1964 Pinnularia Peck, J. I., 1896 147 Platyhelminthes Pisces Edwards, R. L., R. Livingstone & P. E. Hamer, 1962 Goode, G. B., 1888 Storer, D. H., 1839, 1844a, 1844b, 1846 1848a, 1867 Swain, J., 1883 Williams, G. C, 1960 Winthrop, J., 1670 acoustic orientation Moulton, J. M., 1963 distribution Nichols, J. T. & C. M. Breder, Jr., 1927 Massachusetts Gill, T., 1905 Nantucket Sharpe, B.& H. W. Fowler, 1904 osmosis Sumner, T. B., 1906a Osteichthyes Olsen, Y . H. & D. Merriman, 1946 parasites of Linton, E., 1889, 1891, 1892a, 1894, 1897. 1898a, 1898b, 1901a, 1901b, 1910a, 1910b, 1914, 1933, 1934c, 1942 physiology Sumner, F. B., 1906b temperatures Kidder, J. H., 1880 Pista intermedia Webster, H.E.& J. E. Benedict, 1884 Pista palmata tolerance to low salinity Pearse, A. S., 1928 Placoid scales Squalus acanthius Sayles, L. P. & S. G. Hershkowitz, 1937 Placopecten magellanicus shell inclusions Merrill, A. S., 1960 Plagiostomum behavior Welsh, J. H., 1933 Plagiostomum mo r gam Graff, L.V., 1911 Plagiostomum stellatum Graff. L.V.. 1911 Plagiostomum whitmani Graff, L. v., 1911 Plagiostomum wilsoni Graff, L. v., 1911 Planaria Verrill, A. E., 1888-1892c Verrill, A E., S. I. Smith & 0. Harger, 1873 Plankton see also phytoplankton Bigelow, H. B., 1915, 1917, 1922, 1926, 1927 Bigelow, H. B. & M. Sears, 1939 Peck, J. I., 1896 Yentsch, C. S. & C. A. Reichert, 1963 behavior Johnson, W. H. & J. E. G. Raymont, 1939 bottom Peck, J. I., 1896 Plankton circulation effects upon Ketchum, B. H., 1954 copepods Raymont, J. E. G., 1959 decomposition in marine mud Renn, C. E., 1940 diatoms Ryther, J. H. & R. R. L. GuiUard, 1962 feeding Peck, J. L, 1896 mid depth Peck, J. I., 1896 morphology GuiUard, R. R. L. & J. H. Ryther, 1962 neretic seasonal distribution Fish, C. J., 1925 oceanic seasonal distribution Fish, C. J., 1925 population of Oyster Pond Matthiesen, G. C, 1960 populational ecology Margalef, R., 1960a seasonal distribution. Woods Hole Fish, C. J., 1925 surface Peck, J. L, 1896 Planocera in qui Una Verrill, A. E., 1892-1895 development, larval Surface, F. M., 1907 parasite of Sycotypus canaliculatus Wheeler, W. M., 1894a Planocera nebulosa Pearse, A. S. & A. M. Walker, 1939 Plant community, Barnstable dunes ecology of salt spray flora Boyce, S. G., 1952, 1954 Plants Harshberger, J. W., 1914 vascular tidal marsh, beach & dune Moul, E. T., 1964 Platessa quadrocellata Storer, D. H., 1848b Platoma bairdii Taylor, W. R., 1941 Platybothrium parasite of Sphyma zygaena Linton, E., 1901a Platybothrium cervinum parasite of Carcharias obscurus Linton. E., 1889-1391 Platybothrium parvum Linton, E., 1901b Platyhelminthes Hunninen, A. V. & R. Wichterman, 1936 Hyman, L., 1952 Jones, E. R., 1938 Linton, E., 1887, 1889, 1892b, 1923 Martin, W. E., 1938 Miller, H. M., Jr. &F. E. Northup, 1926 Platyhelminthes 148 Platyhelminthes Pearse, A. S. & A. M. Walker, 1939 Provenzano, A. J., Jr., 1961 Stunkard, H. W., 1936, 1938, 1943, 1950a, 1950b, 1951, 1953, 1957, 1960, 1961, 1962a, 1962b, 1964 Stunkard, H. W. & R. M. Cable, 1932 Stunkard, H. W. & R. F. Nigrelli, 1930 Stunkard, H. W. & C. R. Shaw, 1931 Vernll, A. E., 1882a, 1888-1892c, 1892-1895 behavior Wheeler, W. M., 1894a, 1894b feeding Jennings, J. B., 1957 commensalism Linton, E., 1910c development Curtis, W. C, 1903 Gardner, E. G., 1895 Martin, W. E., 1944 Patterson, J. T., 1912 Shaw, C. R., 1933 Surface, F. M., 1907 distribution Bush, L., 1964 Hyman, L. H., 1939 life history Curtis, W. C, 1911 Hunninen, A. V. & R . M. Cable, 1940, 1943a, 1943b Martin, W. E., 1939, 1940 morphology Curtis, W. C, 1908 new species Graff, L.V., 1911 parasitic Cable, R. M., 1954 Cable, R. M. & A. V. Hunninen, 1939, 1940, 1941, 1942 Cable, R. M. & H. W. Stunkard, 1931 Groto, S., 1899 Linton, E., 1889, 1891, 1898b, 1898c, 1905, 1907a, 1907b, 1907c, 1915c, 1915d, 1921, 1922a, 1922c, 1922d, 1924, 1925, 1926, 1927, 1928, 1934a, 1934b, 1941, 1942 Manter, H. W., 1926 Platymonas physiology Hulburt, E. M., 1963 McLachlan, J., 1961 Platymonas subcordiformis Lewis, I. F. & W. R. Taylor, 1921 polysaccharides of Lewin, R. A., 1955 Platynereis magalops breeding habits Just, E. E., 1914 Platyonichus ocellatus behavior Chidester, F. E., 1911 host for Carcinonemertes carcinophila Coe, W. R., 1902a, 1902b larvae Smith, S. I., 1873 Platyonichus ocellatus Lyman, T., 1861 Pleistocene Fuller, M. L., 1906b Koons, B. F., 1884, 1885 Koteff, C. & J. E. Cotton, 1962 Sayles, R. W. & A. S. Knox, 1943 Shaler, N.S., J. B. Woodworth & C. F. Marbutt, 1896 Upham, W., 1899 Verrill, A. E., 1875 Wilson, J. H., 1906 Woodworth, J. B., 1897 formations, Nantucket Wilson, J. H., 1905 fossils Desor, E., 1851c horse Woodworth, J. B., 1900 geology of Cape Cod Zeigler, J. M., S. D. Tuttle, H. S. Tasha & G. S. Giese, 1964 Holocene Deevey, E. S., Jr., 1948 mollusks Raup, D. M. & D. R. Lawrence, 1964 paleoeology Raup, D. M. & D. R. Lawrence, 1963 palynology Ogden, J. G., Ill, 1959 post-Pleistocene deposits & fossils Merrill, F., 1896 sea levels Horner, N. G., 1929 western Cape Cod Mather, K.F.. R. P. Goldthwait & L. R. Thiesmeyer, 1940 Pleolpidium ( Rozella ) marinum Sparrow, F. K., Jr., 1936 Pleurabrachia rhododactyla Agassiz, A., 1862 Pleuromamma physiology R aymont, J. E. G. & R . J. Conover, 1961 Pleuronectes americanus morphology Bumpus, H. C, 1898d Pleuronectes dentata stomach contents Gould, A. A., 1841 Pleuronectidae Smith, H. M., 1898a host for Acanthocephala Linton, E., 1898a Pleuronema setigera Calkins. G. N., 1902 Pleurosigma Peck, J. I., 1896 Pleurotoma decussata Couthouy, J. P., 1839 Pleurotoma plicata Adams, C. B., 1841a Pliocene Woodworth, J. B., 1897 149 Plumulana arborea Desor, E., 1851a Plumularia polynema Fraser, C. M.. 1943 Plumularia tenella VerriU, A. E., S. 1. Smith & 0. Harger. 1873 breeding Thompson, M. T., 1899 Pneumatophorus grex host for Lepocreadium retrusum Linton, E., 1942 Pocassett tidal marsh, Cyathura polita migrations Burbanck, W. D., R. Grabske & J. R. Comer, 1964 Pocasset River faunal distribution Sanders, H. L., P. C. Mangelsdorf & G. R. Hampson, 1965 salinity Sanders, H. L., P. C. Mangelsdorf & G. R. Hampson, 1965 Podark e caeca Webster, H. E. & J. E. Benedict. 1884 Podarke obscura VerriU, A. E., S. I. Smith &0. Harger, 1873 Podocoryne camea commensal on Nassa trivittata Crowell, S., 1945 sex cells, origin Bunting, M., 1894 Podocotyle atomos Linton, E., 1934c life history Hunninen, A. V. & R. M. Cable, 1943b Podoctyle olssoni Linton, E., 1934c parasite of Microgadus tomcod Manter, H. W., 1926 Podon leuckarti Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Podophyra gracilis Calkins, G. N., 1902 Poeciliidae Smith, H. M., 1898a Pogonias cromis Smith, H. M., 1898a Pogonophora Siboglinum Wigley, R. L., 1963b Pogotrichum fill forme Schuh, R. E., 1900a Point Gammon Chute, N. E., 1939 Polina glutinosa VerriU, A. E., S. 1. Smith &0. Harger, 1873 Polinices locomotion, muscular & ciliary Copeland, M., 1922 predator of Mya arenaria Turner, H. J., Jr., et al, 1948 Polinices duplicatus development, larval Hanks, J. E., 1963 Polychaeta Polinices duplicatus feeding habits Hanks, J. E., 1952 nutrition & callus color Turner, H. J., Jr., 1958* reproduction Hanks, J. E., 1957, 1963 Polinices heros feeding habits Hanks, J. E., 1952 Polinices triseriata reproduction Hanks, J. E., 1957 Pollachius carbonarius temperature Kidder. J. H., 1879 Pollachius virens Sherwood, G. H. & V. N. Edwards. 1901 feeding Herrick, C. J., 1903 host for Ascaris clavata Linton. E., 1901a host for Distomum ocreatum Linton, E., 1901a host for Octobothrium Linton, E.. 1901a parasites of Linton, E., 1901a Pollution Arcisz, W.. E. Wattie & J. L. Dallas, 1953 Kelly, C. B.. 1950 effect on Uca Claff, C. L., et al, 1958 sewage Belding, D. L., 1930 shellfish Belding, D. L., 1930 Polyandrocarpa larval metamorphosis Grave, C. 1941b Polychaeta Copeland, M., 1935 Lewis. M.. 1897 Lyman, T., 1861 Moore. J. P., 1900 Pettibone, M. H., 1963 Plaine, H. L., 1952 Turner, H. J., Jr. &J. E. Hanks, 1959 U. S. Fish Commission, 1901 VerriU, A. E.. 1880-1886, 1882a Webster, H. E. ,fc J. E. Benedict, 1884 Wells, G. P., 1961 Welsh, J. H., 1933 autecology Rankin, J. S., Jr., 1946 behavior Copeland, M., 1930 Hargitt, C. W., 1906a, 1909a, 1910 Just, E. E.. 1914 Lillie. F. R. & E. E. Just. 1913 Miner, R. W., 1912 Mortensen, E. & P. S. Galtsoff, 1944 Scott, J. W., 1909, 1911 Waterman, A. J., 1934 Yerkes, A. W., 1906 Polychaeta Polychaeta behavior feeding Copeland, M. & H. L. Wieman, 1924 Faulkner, G. H., 1931 Gross, A. C, 1921 breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 Thompson, M. T., 1899 cytogeny Wilson, E. B., 1892 development Allyn, H. M., 1912 Child. C. M.. 1900 Mensch, P. C, 1900 Schively, M. A., 1897 early Mead, A. D., 1897 larval Campbell, M. A., 1957 distribution Hartman, 0., 1942a hermaphroditism Gregory, L. H., 1905 heliotropism, larval Kanda, S., 1919 morphology Langdon, F. E., 1900 new species Moore, J. P., 1903a, 1905a, 1906, 1907a, 1907b Pettibone, M. H., 1955, 1956 parasites of Calkins, G. N., 1915 Linton, E., 1915d Martin, W. E., 1944 parasitic Allen, M. J., 1952 pelagic Moore, J. P., 1903b regeneration Smith, S. D., 1963 reproduction Martin, E. A., 1933 salinity influences Sayles, L. P., 1935 tolerance to low salinity Pearse, A. S., 1928 seasonal distribution Fish, C. J., 1925 Polychoerus caudatus development, early Gardner, E. G., 1895 Polycladida Hyman, L. H., 1939 Pearse, A. S. & A. M. Walker, 1939 Wheeler, W. M., 1894a Polycystis mamertina Jones, E. R., 1938 Polydactylus octonemus Smith, H. M., 1898a Poly dor a anoculata Moore. J. P., 1907b Polydora ciliata Plaine, H. L., 1952 150 Polydora ciliata infesting Pecten irradians Turner, H. J., Jr. & J. E. Hanks, 1959 Polydora co Ionia Moore, J. P., 1907b Polydora concharum Hartman, 0., 1942a, 1944 Verrill. A. E.. 1880-1886 Polydora ligni behavior Mortensen, E. & P. S. Galtsoff, 1944 tube building habits Mortensen, E. & P. S. Galtsoff, 1944 Polydora tubifex Verrill. A. E.. 1880-1886 Polygordidae Moore, J. P., 1904 Polyknkos hartmanni Hulburt, E. M., 1957 Polyknkos lebourae Hulburt, E. M., 1957 Polyknkos schwartzi Hulburt, E. M., 1957 Polylaimium exile Cobb, N. A., 1920 Polymastia andrica de Laubenfels, M. W., 1949 Polymorphism Dodecaceria Martin, E. A., 1933 Polynoe Lyman, T., 1861 Polynoidae new species Pettibone, M. H., 1955 Polyonyx macrocheles commensalism Pearse, A. S., 1913 Polyplacophora behavior, spawning Grave, B. H., 1922 Polypnon americanus Gray, G. M., 1934 Polysigma uniform.e Cobb, N. A., 1920 Polysiphonia fastigata development with holdfasts Derick, C. M., 1899 epiphytic on Ascophyltum nodosum Collins. F. S., 1914 Polysiphonia violacea development of holdfasts Derrick, C. M., 1899 Polysiphonia novae - angliae Taylor, W. R., 1937 Polysiphonia vestita Collins, F. S., 1896 Polysiphonia violacea life history Lewis, I. F., 1912, 1914 Yamanouchi, S., 1906-1Q07 Polyzoa Verrill, A. E., 1880-1886 Pomatomus saltatrix Atwood, N. E., 1865 151 Poronotus triacanthus Pomatomus saltatrix Backus, R. H., 1962 Sherwood, G. H. & V. N. Edwards, 1901 Smith, H. M., 1898a food of Peck, J. 1., 1896 host for Distomum ocreatum Linton, E., 1898c host for Echinorhynchus sagittifer Linton, E., 1889 host for Octobothrium dipsacum Linton, E., 1897 host for Rhynchobothrium Linton, E., 1887 host for Rhynchobothrium bisulcatum larvae Linton, E., 1889 host for Rhynchobothrium bulbijer Linton, E., 1897 natural history Baird, S. P., 1873b parasites of Linton, E., 1901a temperature Kidder, J. H., 1879 Pomatomus saltatus host for Lemanthropus pomatomi Rathbun, R., 1888 Pomolobus food of Phoca vitulina concolor Griffin, D. R., 1936 Pomolobus aestivalis Powler, H. W., 1917 development, larval Kuntz, A. & L. Radcliffe, 1917 embryology Kuntz, A. & L. Radcliffe, 1917 host for Chloromyxum clupeidea Hahn, C. W., 1918 migration, orientation Collins, G. B., 1952 Pomolobus mediocris Powler, H. W., 1917 Pomolobus pseudoharengus Powler, H. W., 1917 fishery Matthiessen, G. C. & R. C. Toner, 1963 host for Chloromyxum clupeidea Hahn, C. W., 1918 migration, orientation Collins, G. B., 1952 Pond studies dissolved carbohydrate Walsh, G. E., 1964, 1965a Great Pond Barlow, J. P., 1952, 1955 algae Blum, J. L. & J. T. Conover, 1953 phosphorus distribution Hulburt, E. M., 1956a phytoplankton, seasonal distribution Hulburt, E. M., 1956b oxygen production Whiteley, G. C, Jr., 1960 Oyster Pond, Palmouth Walsh, G. E., 1965b Pontella meadii Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Wheeler, W. M., 1901 Pontellopsis regalis Sharpe, R. W., 1911 Pontisma lagenidioides Sparrow, p. K., Jr., 1936 Pontobdella rapax Verrill. A. E., S. \. Smith &0. Harger. 1873 parasite of Paralichthys dentatus Linton, E., 1901b parasite of Stenotomus chrysops Linton, E., 1901b Pontocypris edwardsi Cushman, J. A.. 1906b Popponesset Bay Poraminifera Parker, P. L. & W. D. Athearn, 1959 Populations, diversity phytoplankton Hulburt, E. M., 1963 Populational ecology Arbacia Allee, W. C. & G. Evans, 1937b Arbacia punctulata Allee, W. C. & G. Evans, 1937a Cyathura polita in tidal marshes & estuaries Burbanck, W. D., 1961, 1962 zooplankton Barlow, J. P., 1955 endemic Barlow, J. P., 1952 Population movements Cyathura polita, Pocasset marsh Burbanck, W. D., R. Grabske &J. R. Comer, 1964 Populations, experimental phytoplankton Margalef, R. & J. H. Ryther, 1960 Porania spinulosa Verrill. A. E.. 1880-1886 Porcellio scaber embryology McMurrich, J. P., 1895 Poreponides lateralis Parker, P. L., 1952 Porifera de Laubenvels, M. W., 1949 Desor, E., 1851e Verrill, A. E., 1880-1886 fossil Verrill, A. E., 1875 new species Hyatt, A., 1878 Poronotus triacanthus development, larval Kuntz, A.& L. Radcliffe, 1917 embryology Kuntz, A. & L. Radcliffe, 1917 host for a fungoid parasite Linton, E., 1936 host for Otobothrium crenacollae Linton, E., 1907b rheotaxis Lyon, E. P., 1905 Porphyra umbilicalis 152 Porphyra umbilicalis Collins, F. S., 1918 Porphyridium cruentum polysaccharides of Lewin, R. A., 1955 Portuguese Man-of-War see Physalia Potamilla oculifera behavior Hargitt, C. W., 1906a Prasiola stipitata Lewis. I. F.. 1916 Collins, F. S., 1916 Praunus flexuosus Wigley, R. L., 1963a Prawns see Palaemonetes Praxillella tricirrata Moore, J. P., 1906 Praxillura omata Hartman, 0., 1942b VerriU, A. E., 1880-1SS6 Predators of shellfish Hanks, J. E., 1957 Prepinus viticetensis Jeffrey, E. C, 1910 Preservation, marine organisms Russell, H. D. & M. R. Carriker, 1963 Pressure Fucus Brown, F. A., Jr., H. M. Webb & W. J. Brett, 1958 high effect on development Draper, J. W. & D. J. Edwards, 1932 Priacanlhus arenatus Smith, H. M., 1898a Priapulu s pygmaeus Verrill, A. E., 1880-1886 Primary productivity Bachmann, R. W. & E. P. Odum, 1960 Pnngsheimia scutata Collins, F. S., 1908b epiphytic on Zostera marina Collins, F. S., 1891 Prionace glauca Bigelow, H. B. & W. C. Schroeder, 1940 host for Anthobothrium laciniatum Linton, E., 1898b host for Orygmatobolhrium angustum Linton, E., 1898b, host for Phoreiobothrium lasium Linton, E., 1898b Prionospio heterobranchia Moore, J. P., 1907b Prionotus carolinus Smith, H. M., 1898a behavior Parker, G. H., 1912 bio-acoustics Moulton, J. M., 1956, 1958 development, larval Kuntz, A. & L. Radcliffe, 1917 embryology Kuntz, A. & L. Radcliffe, 1917 feeding Herrick, C J., 1903 Prionotus carolinus host for Distomum Linton, E., 1901a morphology, optic Parker, G. H., 1903 parasites Linton, E., 1901a Prionotus evolans Verrill, A. E., 1897 bio-acoustics Moulton, J. M., 1956, 1958 Prionotus palmipes Verrill, A. E., 1897 Prionotus strigatus Smith, H. M., 1898a behavior Parker, G. H., 1912 Procerodes ulvae morphology Curtis, W. C, 1908 Procerodes wheatlandi morphology Curtis, W. C, 1908 Productivity Walsh, G. E., 1965a, 1965b Oyster Pond Walsh, G. E., 1965b phytoplankton Margalef, R. & J. H. Ryther, 1960 rocky intertidal zones Gilford. C. E. & E. P. Odum, 1961 Proglottid, cestode abnormal Linton, E., 1907a Prognichthys gibbifrons Rogers, C. H., 1938 Propagation, soft shell clam Turner, H. J., Jr., 1949a Prorocentrum minimum Hulburt, E. M., 1963 Prosthecocotyle monticellii parasite of Globicephalus melus Linton, E., 1924 Protelphidium tisburyense Parker, F. L. & W. D. Athearn, 1960 Proteocephalus parasite of Zygonectes diaphanus Linton, E., 1941 Proteocephalus macrocephalus parasite of Anguilla rostrata Linton, E., 1941 Proteonina Parker, F. L., 1952 Proteonina atlantica Cushman, J. A., 1944 Phleger, F. B. & W. R. Walton, 1950 Protiara h aec keli Hargitt, C. W., 1902b Protochordata Bancraft, F. W., 1904 Desor, E., 1851d Van Name, W. G., 1907-1912a, Verrill, A. E., 1871a, 1871b 1907-1912b 153 Protochordata behavior Grave, C, 1941a Watterson, R. L., 1945 larval Grave, C, 1920 Woodbridge, H., 1924 development Bertholf, L. M., 1945 Bertholf, L.M. & S. 0. Mast, 1944 Scott, F. M., Sister, 1942, 1945, 1952 fertilization Morgan, T. H., 1941 fossil Desor, E., 1851c fouling Parker, G. H., 1924 larval metamorphosis Grave, C, 1941b morphology Hunter, G. W., 1898 Metcalf, M. M., 1895 Willey, A., 1901 physiology Grosch, D. S. & Z. H. Smith, 1957 Protohaustorius deichmannae Bousfield, E. L., 1965 Protohaustorius wigleyi Bousfield, E. L., 1965 Protomyrxa-\ike parasite of Bryopsis Sparrow, F. K., Jr., 1936 Protostigmata Molgula manhattensis Willey, A., 1901 Protozoa Andrews, E. A., 1942 Cushman, J. A., 1920 Kidder, G. W. & F. M. Summers, 1935 Lackey, J. B., 1936 Margalef, R., 1960a Parker, F. L., 1952 Phleger, F. B. & W. R. Walton, 1950 Rudzinska, M. A., 1947, 1952 Verrill, A. E., 1873 Wenrich, D. H., 1928 Yentsch, C. S. & C. A. Reichert, 1963 development Faure-Fremiet, E., 1930 Summers, F. M., 1938 distribution Lackey,!. B., 1940 distribution & ecological factors Lackey, J. B., 1938 foraminifera Cushman, J. A., 1908, 1944 Lidz, L., 1965 excystation Trager, W., 1957 geotropism Kanda, S., 1914 morphology Nie, D., 1947 new species Beltran, E., 1933 Bullington, W. E., 1939 Psammon Protozoa new species Butcher, W. S., 1948 Faure-Fremiet, E., 1937, 1951a Lackey, J. B., 1960 Root, F. M., 1922 parasitic Calkins, G. N., 1915 Hahn, C. W., 1915, 1917, 1918 Hunninen, A. V. & R. Wichterman, 1936 Kudo, R., 1923 Linton, E., 1901b Renn, C. E., 1935, 1936b Summers, F. M. & G. W. Kidder, 1936 Penikese Island Croasdale, H., 1948 Zinn, D. J., 1954 physiology Hochachka, P. W. & J. M. Teal, 1964 Poponessett Bay Parker, F. L. & W. D. Athearn, 1959 Woods Hole Calkins, G. N., 1902 Lackey, J. B., 1936 seasonal distribution Fish, C. J., 1925 Provincetown Graham, J. D., 1838 Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, 1954 Zeigler, J. M., 1960 Zeigler, J. M., et al, 1961 earthquake Leet, L., 1935 fish-eating cows of Hinckley, I., 1882 flora & fauna Rathbun, R., 1881 mollusks Winkley, H. W., 1907 Polychaeta Webster, H. E. & J. E. Benedict, 1884 sand dunes & grain sizes Lutz, H. J., 1941 Smith, H. T. & C. Messinger, 1959 shore line topography Whiting, H., 1867 Provincetown Highland beach studies Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, 1954 Zeigler, J. M., 1960 Zeigler, J. M. & S. D. Tuttle, 1961 shore line geology Marindin, H. L., 1890 Provincetown Hook age & development Zeigler, J. M., et al, 1965 Proxenetes modestus Graff. L. v., 1911 Psammon Pennak, R. W., 1942a new species Faure-Fremiet, E. A., 1951a Psammoleptastacus arenaridus 154 Psammoleptastacus arenaridus Pennak, R. W., 1942a, 1942b Psammolittoral Nematoda distribution Cobb, N. A., 1929 Psammonsella nobskae Hag, J.. 1965 Psammotopa vulgaris Pennak, R. W., 1942a, 1942b Pseudocalanus minutus distribution Buzzards Bay Anraku, M., 1962 grazing Anraku, M., 1964 respiration Anraku, M., 1964 Raymont, J. E. G., 1959 Pseudocy there tta edwardsii Cushman, J. A., 1906b Pseudodiaptomus coronatus Sharpe, R. W., 1911 distribution Buzzards Bay Anraku, M., 1962 Pseudoeponides anderseni Parker, F. L. & W. D. Athearn, 1959 Pseudohaustorius borealis Bousfield, E. L., 1965 Pseudohaustoriu s caroliniensis Bousfield, E. L., 1965 Pseudopleuronectes americanus Sherwood, G. H. & V. N. Edwards, 1901 U. S. Fish Commission, 1901 breeding Mead, A. D., 1898 development Sullivan, W. E., 1915 larval stages Breder, C. M., Jr., 1922b exchange by tidal currents Williams, G. C, 1960 fishery Matthiessen, G . C. & R. C. Toner, 1963 Pearlmutter, A., 1947 food of Linton, E., 1922b host for Echinorhynchus acus Linton, E., 1889 host for Myxobolus pleuronectidae Hahn, C. W., 1917b morphology Williams, S. R., 1902 optic Parker, G. H., 1903 parasites of Linton, E., 1901a, 1922b spawning Breder, C. M., Jr., 1922a Pseudopolymorphina novangliae Parker, F. L., 1952 Pseudopriacanlhus altus Schroeder, W. C, 1937 Smith, H. M., 1898a, 1899a, 1902b Psorosperms on Cyprinodon variegatus Linton, E., 1891 Pterophryne histrio Smith, H. M., 1898a Pteroplatea altavela Coker, R. E., 1922 Pteroplatea maclura Smith, H. M., 1898a Pteropoda behavior Hsiao, S. C, 1939 Ptilanthura Harger, 0., 1878 Ptilanthura tenuis Harger, 0., 1880a Purple sea urchins see Arbacia punctulata Purpura lapillus Adams, C. B., 1839a Purpura lapillus Winkley, H. W., 1907 Pycnogonida Dawson, A. B., 1934 Wilson, E. B., 1880 behavior Cole, L. J., 1901 feeding Cole, L. J., 1906 morphology Cole, L. J., 1910 symbiosis with Hydrozoa Cole, L. J., 1910 Pycnogonum littorale Wilson, E. B., 1880 Pylaiella littoralis epiphytic on Laminaria longicruris Collins, F. S., 1914 Prymnesium parvum Hulburt, E. M., 1963 Pyramidella Bartsch, P., 1907-1912 Pyramidella ( Sulcorinella ) bartsch i Winkley. H. W., 1909 . 1912 Pyramidellida (Symola) fusca WinWey, H. W., 1912 Pyramidellida producta Winkley, H. W., 1912 Pyramidellidae Bartsch, P., 1907, 1912 Winkley, H. W., 1909 Pyramis fusca Adams, C. B., 1839a, 1839b Pyura Van Name, W. G., 1907-1912b Pyrula canaliculata Adams, C. B., 1839a habits Lyman, T., 1861 Pyrula carica Adams, C. B., 1839a Quahog see Mercenaria Quahog Pond oxygen production Whiteley, G. C, Jr., 1960 155 Quenmana gyrans Kendall, W. C. & H. M. Smith, 1894 Quick's Hole Davis, B. M., 1913b Quinqueloculina seminula Parker, F. L., 1952 Phleger, F. B. & W. R. Walton, 1950 Quinqueloculina seninula var. jugosa Parker, F. L., 1952 Quintanus tenellus Wilson, C. B., 1932 Quissett Chamaecyparis bog, tidal Bartlett, H. H.,1909, 1911 subsisdence, postglacial Bartlett, H.H., 1909, 1911 Race Point beach studies Zeigler, J. M., 1960 geomorphology Miller, R. L. ^ J. M. Zeigler, 1964 nearshore processes Miller, R. L.& J. M. Zeigler, 1964 sediments Miller, R. L. & J. M. Zeigler, 1964 water movement Miller, R. L. & J. M. Zeigler, 1964 Rachycentron canadum Smith, H. M., 1899a U. S. Fish Commission, 1901 host for Ascaris inquies Linton, E., 1901b Radiata Verrill, A. E., 1873 Radioactive algae Blake, J. W., 1961 Radiocarbon dating Ogden, J. G., Ill, 1963 Raft culture of oysters Shaw, W. N., 1962 Raft grown oysters Shaw, W. N., 1963 Rag worms see Nereis ( several species) Rahidae Smith, H. M., 1898a Raia eglantena Schroeder, W. C, 1933 Raia erinacea host for Echeneibothrium vanabile Linton, E., 1889-1891 host for Rhynchobothnum impanspine Linton, E., 1889-1891 temperature Kidder, J. H., 1879 Rata laevis temperature Kidder, J. H., 1879 Raia ocellata host for Trypanosoma raiae Kudo, R., 1923 Raja eglantena Carman, S. W., 1875 Ra\a erinacea Fowler, H. W., 1917 Remora Raia erinacea host for Echeneibothrium variabile Linton, E., 1898b host for Rhynchobothrhim imparispine Linton, E., 1898b parasites of Linton, E., 1901a physiology digestive tract Sullivan, M. X., 1908 Ra\a laevis Carman, S. W., 1875 host for Distomum veliporum Linton, E., 1898c host for Otodistomum cestoides Linton. E., 1934c Ra]a ocellata Fowler, H. W., 1917 parasites of Linton, E., 1901a Raja senta Carman. S.. 1886 Ra\a stabuliforis Radcliffe, L., 1928 morphology Cudger, E. W., 1933 Rands Harbor Burbanck, W. D., M. E. Pierce &C. C. Whiteley, Jr., 1956 oyster growth Pierce, M. E. & J. E. Currier, 1951, 1952 Ranella caudata Adams, C. B., 1839a, 1839b Rathbunula agilis Wilson, C. B., 1932 Rathbunula curticauda Wilson, C. B., 1932 Razor clams see Ensis Reclaimation of sand dunes Westgate, J., 1904 Red-jointed fiddler crabs see ilea minax Red sponges see Microciona prolifera Reforestation Chrysler, M. A., 1905 Regeneration Gonionema Hargitt, C. T., 1902c inhibition of in Clymenella torquata Smith, S. D., 1963 Tubularia Coldin, A., 1942 Remanea plumosa Pennak, R. W., 1942a Remanella obtusa Faure-Fremiet. E. M.. 1951a Remipes morphology Smith. S. I., 1874-1878 Remora Spaeth, R. A., 1921 Remora remora 156 Remora remora host for Distomum lageniforme Linton, E., 1898c host for Distomum monticellii Linton, E., 1898c Reophax arctica Phleger, F. B. & W. R. Walton, 1950 Reophax curtus Phleger, F. B. & W. R. Walton, 1950 Reophax dentaliniformis Parker, F. L., 1952 Reophax nana Parker, F. L., 1952 Reophax scottii Phleger, E B. & W. R. Walton, 1950 Reophax sp. Parker, F. L.& W. D. Athearn, 1959 Repopulation of intertidal zones Fahey, E. M., 1947 Reproduction Amphitrite omata Scott, J. W., 1909, 1911 Arbacia punctulata Palmer, L., 1935 Barentsia laxa Rogick, M. D., 1945, 1949 Botfyllus schlosseri Watterson, R. L., 1945 Dodececaria fimbriatus asexual Martin, E. A., 1933, 1936 Gonionemus murbachii effect on light on spawning Rugh, R., 1929 Pinnotheres Pearce, J. B., 1964 Polinices Hanks, J. E., 1957 Polinices duplicatus Hanks, J. E., 1963 Sabellaria vulgaris Waterman, A. J., 1934 see spawning Squalus Hisaw, F. L. & A. Albert, 1947 Xiphias gladius Lee, R. E., 1942 Reptilia Bangs, 0., 1897 Resources, marine Barnstable County Matthiessen, G. C. & R. C. Toner, 1963 Respiration Yentsch, C. S. & C. A. Reichert, 1963 Copepoda Anraku, M., 1964 planktonic Raymont, J. E. G.. 1959 intestinal Chaetopterus variopedatus Faulkner, G. H., 1931 Pecten Van Dam, L., 1954 planktonic diatoms Ryther, J. H. & R. R. L. Guillard, 1962 salinity Metridium marginatum Shoup, C. S.. 1932 Respiration Uca Webb, H. M. & F. A. Brown, Jr., 1958 Respiratory movements Hyde, 1. H., 1894 Rhabdocoela commensalism Linton, E., 1910c development Patterson, J. T., 1912 Rhabdocoma americanum Cobb, N. A., 1920 Rhabdonia tenera development of hold fasts Derick, C. M., 1899 life history Osterhout, W. J. V., 1896 Rhadinocladi a farlowii Schuh, R. E., 1900a Rhegmatodes tenuis Hargitt, C. W., 1908 morphology, variations Hargitt, C. W. 1905b Rheotaxis in Osteichthys Lyon, E. P., 1905 Rhinebothrium classification Linton, E., 1889 Rhinebothrium cancellatum parasite of Rhinoptera quadriloba Linton, E., 1889-1891 Rhinebothrium flexile parasite of Trygon centrura Linton. E.. 1889-1891 Rhinebothrium longicolle parasite of Myliobatis freminvillei Linton, E., 1889-1891 parasite of Rhinoptera bonasus Linton, E., 1889-1891 Rhinebothrium maccallum i parasite of Dasybatis centrura Linton, E., 1925 Rhinonemus cimbrius Sherwood, G. H. & V. N. Edwards, 1901 Rhinoptera bonasus Smith, H. M., 1898a host for Rhynchobothrium agile Linton, E., 1898b host for Rhynchobothrium brevispine Linton, E.. 1898b host for Rhynchobothrium longicolle Linton, E., 1898b host for Tetrarhynchus robustum Linton, E., 1898b Rhinoptera quadriloba host for Rhinebothrium cancellatum Linton, E., 1889-1891 host for Tylocephalum pingue Linton, E., 1889-1891 Rhizocephala Reinhard, E. G., 1946 Rhizophidium discinctum Sparrow, F. K., Jr., 1936 Rhizophidium globosum Sparrow, F. K., Jr., 1936 Rhizosolenia distribution Peck, J. I., 1896 157 Rhynchobothrium lon^icorne Rhizosolenia setigera respiration & temperature Ryther, J. H. & R. R. L. GuiUand, 1962 Rhizostoma pulmo morphology, variations Hargitt, C. W., 1905c Rhodacaropsis inexpectatus Hag, J., 1965 Rhodacarus pallidas Hag, J., 1965 Rhodochorton rothii epiphytic on Laminaria longicruris Collins, F. S., 1914 Rhodobothrium pulvinatum anatomy Linton, E., 1889 Rhododermis georgii Collins, F. S., 1906 Rhodomelia virgata Collins, F. S., 1896 Rhodomonas minuta seasonal distribution Hulburt, E. M., 1956b Rhodophyta Collins, F. S., 1906, 1918 Taylor, W. R.,1937, 1941 Yamanouchi, S., 1906-1907 alternation of generations Lewis, \. F., 1912 development Chester, G. D., 1896 holdfasts Derick, C. M., 1899 distribution Cleland, R. E., 1918 Collins, F. S., 1896 drifting Collins. F. S., 1914 life history Lewis, I. F., 1909 new species Collins, F. S., 1908c Jao, C. C, 1936 Rhodospermeae Jordan, D. S., 1874 Rhodymenia palmata Collins, F. S., 1914 Rhodymeniales development of holdfasts Derick, C. M., 1899 Rhombognathides seahami anaerobiosis Wieser, W. & J. Kanwisher, 1959 Rhombognathides Hag, J., 1965 Rhombus paru Smith, H. M., 1898a Rhombus tnacanthus Smith, H. M., 1898a host for Distomum gulosum Linton, E., 1901b parasites of Linton, E., 1901a sporocyst of Linton, E., 1901b Rhopalaura parasite of Amphiphorus ochraceus Meinkoth, VI. A., 1956 Rhynchobodo agilis Lackey, J. B., 1940 Rhynchobolus dibranchiatus behavior Miner, R. W., 1912 Rhynchobothrium larvae Linton, E., 1894, 1897 Pomatomus saltatrix Linton, E., 1887 Rhynchobothrium agile parasite of Rhinoptera bonasus Linton, E., 1898b Rhynchobothrium bisulcatum classification Linton, E., 1889 - 1891 parasite of Carcharias obscurus Linton, E., 1889 see also Tetrarhynchobothrium bisulcatum Linton, E., 1889 Rhynchobothrium brevispine parasite of Rhinootera bonasus Linton. E., 1898b Rhynchobothrium bulbifei Linton, E., 1889 - 1891 parasite of Alutera schoepfii Linton, E., 1897 parasite of Mustelus cams Linton, E., 1889-1891, 1898b Rhynchobothrium heterospine parasite of Anguilla rostrata Linton, E., 1897 parasite of Mustelus canis Linton. E.. 1889-1891 Rhynchobothrium hispidum parasite of Trygon centrura Linton. E.. 1889-1891 Rhynchobothrium imparispine Linton, E., 1897, 1934c parasite of Raja erinacea Linton. E.. 1889-1891. 1898b larvae in Scomber scombrus Linton, E., 1923 parasite of Raja ocellata Linton, E., 1914 Rhynchobothrium ingens parasite of Carcharhinus obscurus (shark) Linton, E.. 1 92_1 Rhynchobothrium insigne parasite of Carcharhinus commersonii Linton, E., 1925 Rhynchobothrium lomentaceum parasite of Mustelus canis Linton, E., 1889-1891 Rhynchobothrium lo ngicome Linton. E.. 1889-1891 parasite of Carcharias littoralis Linton, E., 1898b parasite of Odontaspis littoralis Linton, E., 1889-1891 Rhynchobothrium longispine 158 Rhynchobothrium longispine parasite of Trygon centrura Linton, E.. 1889-1891 Rhynchobothrium speciosum Linton, E., 1897 Rhynchobothrium tenuicolle classification Linton, E., 1889 parasite of Mustelus canis Linton, E., 1889 - 1891 see also Rhynchobothrium bulbifer Rhynchobothrium tenuispine parasite of Dasyatis centrura Linton, E., 1898b parasite of Trygon centrura Linton. E.. 1889-1891 Rhynchobothrium tumidulum parasite of Dasyatis centrura Linton, E., 1898b parasite of Mustelus canis Linton, E., 1889-1891 Rhynchobothrium wagneri parasite of Trygon centrura Linton, E., 1889-1891 Rhynchocoela Coe, W. R., 1899 Meinkoth, M. A., 1956 Ropes, J. W., 1963 Thompson, C. B., 1900a. 1900b Verrill, A. E., 1888-1892b anatomy Montgomery, T. H., Jr., 1898 classification Montgomery, T. H., Jr., 1897 development Hiirstadius, S., 1937 morphology Coe, W. R. & S. C. Ball, 1920 new species Coe, W. R., 1895 parasites of Malacostraca Coe, W. R., 1902a, 1902b Ropes, J. W., 1963 Ribbed mussels see Modiolus demissus Ribbon worms see Nemertea Robinsons Hole Davis, B. M., 1913b Roccus americanus host for Echinorhynchus agilis Linton, E., 1892a host for Echinorhynchus thecatus Linton, E., 1892a Roccus lineatus Sherwood, G. H. & V. N. Edwards, 1901 host for Distomum rufoviride Linton, E., 1898c host for Distomum tenue Linton, E., 1898c host for Echinorhynchus proteus Linton, E., 1889, 1892a (1891), 1894, 1898a Roccus saxatilis, fishery Matthiessen, G. C. & R. C. Toner, 1963 Rocinela Harger, O., 1880b Rocinela americana Harger, O., 1880b Rock crabs see Cancer Rocks physical factors & animal distribution Allee, W. C, 1922c, 1923b Rock slaters see Ligia Rossia hyatti Verrill, A. E., 1880 Rotalia beccarii Parker, F. L., 1952 Rotalia beccarii var. sobrina Parker, F. L., 1952 Rotalia beccarii var. tepida Parker, F. L., 1952 Running activity Lunar periodocity ilea pugnax Bennett, M. F. & F. A. Brown, Jr., 1959a, 1959b Sabella microphthalma Hartman, 0., 1942a Verrill, A. E., S. L Smith & 0. Harger, 1873 behavior Hargitt, C. W., 1906a hermaphroditism Gregory, L. H., 1905 Sabella picta Verrill. A. E.. 1880-1886 Sabellaria vulgaris Verrill, A. E., S. L Smith & 0. Harger, 1873 reprod